Zeus Ie Sw2n Ifu 9510797 en

Instructions for use
Zeus Infinity Empowered
WARNING Anesthesia workstation system

To properly use this medical device,
read and comply with these Software 2.n
instructions for use.
Typographical conventions
1 Consecutive numbering indicates procedural

steps, with the numbering restarting with 1 for
each new sequence of steps.
 Bullet points indicate individual actions or differ-
ent options for action.
– Dashes indicate the listing of data, options, or
objects.
(A) Letters in parentheses refer to elements in the
related illustration.
A Letters in illustrations denote elements referred
to in the text.
> The "greater than" symbol indicates the naviga-
tion path in a dialog window.
Bold italic text is used to identify labeling on the
device and text displayed on the screen.
Screen reproductions
The illustrations of products and screen contents

may, depending on configuration and equipment,
differ from the actual products.
Use of terms
Dräger uses the term "accessory" not only for

accessories in the sense of IEC 60601-1, but also
for consumable parts, removable parts, and
attached parts.
"Zeus Infinity Empowered" is also referred to as
"Zeus IE".
2 Instructions for use Zeus Infinity Empowered SW 2.n

Trademarks
Trademark Trademark owner

®
AutoFlow
Zeus®
Drägersorb® 800 Plus
Drägersorb® Free
Forta®
Dräger
SpiroLife®
DrägerService®
VacuSmart®
Infinity®
Quik Fil® AbbVie
®
Masimo
Masimo SET® Masimo Corporation
Signal Extraction
Technology (SET)®
Nellcor®
Medtronic
Nellcor OxiMax®
IVDock™
Trident™ Dräger
Dräger Fill™
BIS™
Medtronic
Bispectral Index™
Safe-Fil™
Baxter
Safe-T-Seal™
Instructions for use Zeus Infinity Empowered SW 2.n 3

Definition
WARNING
A WARNING statement provides important in-
formation about a potentially hazardous situa-
tion which, if not avoided, could result in
death or serious injury.
CAUTION
A CAUTION statement provides important infor-
mation about a potentially hazardous situation
which, if not avoided, may result in minor or mod-
erate injury to the user or patient or in damage to
the medical device or other property.
NOTE
A NOTE provides additional information intended
to avoid inconvenience during operation.

Definition of target groups
Duties of the operating organization Description of the target groups
The tasks described in this document specify the The target groups may only perform the following
requirements that have to be met by each tasks if they meet the corresponding requirements.
respective target group.
The operating organization of this product must Users
ensure the following:
Task Requirement
– The target group has the required qualifications
(e.g., has undergone specialist training or Use of the product in Specialist medical
acquired specialist knowledge through accordance with the knowledge in anes-
experience). intended use thesia
– The target group has been trained to perform

the task. Reprocessing personnel
– The target group has read and understood the
chapters required to perform the task. Task Requirement
Reprocessing Specialist knowledge
in the reprocessing
of medical devices
Service personnel
Task Requirement
Installation Specialist knowledge
Basic service work in electrical engi-
(inspection, mainte- neering and me-
nance according to chanics, experience
the "Maintenance" servicing medical de-
chapter) vices

Abbreviations and Symbols
Explanations are listed under "Overview" in the

"Abbreviations" and "Symbols" sections.

Contents
Contents
Trademarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 DIVA metering module

with Dräger Fill filling system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
For your safety DIVA metering module
and that of your patients . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 with Safe-T-Seal filling system . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
General safety information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 DIVA metering module
Product-specific safety information. . . . . . . . . . 16 with safety filling device. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Quik Fil sevoflurane safety filling system . . . . 101
Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 DIVA metering module for
desflurane with Safe-Fil filling system . . . . . . . 104
Intended use. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Data exchange, ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Startup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Indications/Contraindications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Device check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Switching on Zeus IE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Self test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Automatic self test (Auto self test). . . . . . . . . . 117
Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Pretest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Product labels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Displaying the test results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Displaying the test results
Operating concept . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
during operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Startup in emergencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Screen layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Using the touch screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Color concept . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Start settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Overview of the menu structure . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Changing patient data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Integrated SmartPilot View (optional) . . . . . . . 131
Assembly and preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Smart Ventilation Control (optional). . . . . . . . . 132
Before initial use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Gas delivery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Zeus IE as a ceiling unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Establishing the mains power supply . . . . . . . . 66 Web access (optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Establishing the gas supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 IV system - IVenus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Connecting the anesthetic End of operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
gas receiving system (AGS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Replacing or filling the CO2 absorber . . . . . . . . 73 Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Mounting the flexible arm
Alarm behavior at power on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
for the breathing bag (optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Displaying alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Connecting the hoses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Alarm info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Instructions for mounting the accessories . . . . 84
Alarm log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Preparing the optional
Alarm limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
patient monitoring system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Suspending alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Connecting the IV system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Clearing alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
DIVA metering modules
Alarm recorder (optionally with
for anesthetic agents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
hemodynamics and Infinity network) . . . . . . . . 195
All limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196

Contents
Autoset limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395

Suppressing the alarm tone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205 General information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397
Set ranges of the Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
patient monitoring alarm limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 Classification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
Trends and diagnosis windows . . . . . . . . . . . . 212 Latex-free . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
Penetration values of IBF filters . . . . . . . . . . . 399
Monitoring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400
Overview of the monitoring system . . . . . . . . . 216 Power supply. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
Device monitoring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 Ambient conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
Patient monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 IEC alarm tone sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402
Central gas supply. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403
Fault - Cause - Remedy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281 Gas delivery, FG ctrl. control mode . . . . . . . . . 406
Behavior in the event of failure. . . . . . . . . . . . . 282 Gas delivery, Auto control control mode . . . . . 406
Mains power failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282 Ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407
Gas failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283 Breathing system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410
Ventilator failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284 Fresh-gas outlet for
Anesthetic gas delivery non-rebreathing systems (optional). . . . . . . . . 410
failure (DIVA failure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284 Airway resistances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411
Mixer and DIVA failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284 Measuring systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412
Rotary safety knob O2, CO2,
Anesth. Ventilator Off for ventilation . . . . . . . . 285 and anesthetic gas measurement . . . . . . . . . . 414
In the event of partial system failures . . . . . . . . 285 Anesthetic gas measurement
In the event of device failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286 (infrared spectroscopy) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415
Failure behavior DPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287 Anesthetic gas metering modules . . . . . . . . . . 416
Zeus IE messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287 Data communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
Metering module faults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341 General safety standards
for anesthesia workstations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345 Open-source software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419
Modules for patient monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . 420
Configuration information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
Hemodynamic modules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420
System setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
Trident Pod (NMT). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421
Configuring the screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
BISx pod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422
Configuring the basic settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
Monitoring specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423
Other functions of the system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
ECG. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423
Service functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383
Non-invasive blood pressure
Service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385 measurement (NIBP). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426
Invasive blood pressure (IBP) . . . . . . . . . . . . 428
Safety information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386 Wedge measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428
Definition of service terminology . . . . . . . . . . . 387 Cardiac output (C.O.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388 Pulse oximetry (SpO2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429
Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390 Pulse oximetry
Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392 (OxiSure SpO2 via Multimed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431
Pulse oximetry
Disposal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393 (Masimo SET SpO2 via SmartPod) . . . . . . . . . 432
Disposal of the medical device. . . . . . . . . . . . . 394 Pulse oximetry
Disposal of accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394 (Nellcor Oximax SpO2 via SmartPod) . . . . . . . 434
Disposal of non-rechargeable batteries . . . . . . 394 Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436

Contents
Neuromuscular
Transmission Monitoring NMT . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437
Anesthesia depth monitoring BIS . . . . . . . . . . . 438
Essential performance data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439
EMC Declaration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440
Device combinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442
Connections to IT networks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445
Gas flow diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446
Gas control loops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 449
Ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 454
Ventilation modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 454
Appendix. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 459
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 461

This page was intentionally left blank.

For your safety and that of your patients
General safety information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

Strictly follow these instructions for use . . . . . . 12
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Safety checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Metrological checks*. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Connected devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Not for use in areas of explosion hazard . . . . . 13
Safe connection with
other electrical equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Patient safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Patient monitoring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Information on
electromagnetic compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Sterile accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Installing accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Storing the instructions for use . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Training. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Product-specific safety information . . . . . . . 16

General safety information
The following WARNING and CAUTION Maintenance

statements apply to the general operation of the
medical device. WARNING and CAUTION
WARNING
statements specific to subsystems or particular
features of the medical device appear in the Risk of medical device failure and patient
respective sections of these instructions for use or injury
in the instructions for use of another product being The medical device must be inspected and
used with this device. serviced regularly by service personnel. Re-
pair and complex maintenance carried out on
the medical device must be performed by ex-
Strictly follow these instructions for use perts.
If the above is not complied with, medical de-
WARNING vice failure and patient injury may occur. Ob-
Risk of incorrect operation and of incorrect serve chapter "Service".
use
Dräger recommends that a service contract is
Any use of the medical device requires full un- obtained with DrägerService and that all re-
derstanding and strict observation of all sec- pairs are performed by DrägerService. For
tions of these instructions for use. The medi- maintenance Dräger recommends the use of
cal device must only be used for the purpose authentic Dräger repair parts.
specified under "Intended use" on page 22
and in conjunction with an appropriate patient
monitoring system (see page 14). Safety checks*
Strictly observe all WARNING and CAUTION
statements throughout these instructions for The medical device must be subject to regular
use and all statements on medical device la- safety checks. See chapter "Service".
bels. Failure to observe these safety informa-
tion statements constitutes a use of the medi-
cal device that is inconsistent with its intend- Metrological checks*
ed use.
The medical device must undergo regular
metrological checks. See chapter "Service".
* Only applies in the Federal Republic of Germany

Accessories Connected devices
WARNING WARNING
Risk due to incompatible accessories Risk of electric shock and device malfunction
Dräger has only tested the compatibility of ac- Any connected devices or device combina-
cessories listed in the current list of accesso- tions not complying with the requirements
ries. If other, incompatible accessories are mentioned in these instructions for use can
used, there is a risk of patient injury due to compromise the correct functioning of the
medical device failure. medical device and lead to an electric shock.
Before using the medical device, refer to and
Dräger recommends that the medical device is
strictly comply with the instructions for use of
only used together with accessories listed in
all connected devices and device combina-
the current list of accessories.
tions.
WARNING
WARNING
Risk of operating errors and incorrect use
Risk of device malfunction
Strictly observe the instructions for use of all
The medical device may be operated in combi-
accessory parts, e.g.:
nation with other Dräger devices or with de-
– Water traps
vices from third party manufacturers. If a de-
– Flow sensors
vice combination is not approved by Dräger,
– CLIC adapter the safety and the functionality of the individ-
– CLIC absorber ual devices may be compromised.
– Soda lime – The operating organization must ensure
– Breathing hoses that the device combination complies with
– Masks the applicable editions of the relevant stan-
– Filters dards for medical devices.
– Endotracheal suction system – Strictly observe assembly instructions and
– Vaporizer instructions for use for each networked de-
– Manual resuscitator vice.
– AGSS terminal unit
Not for use in areas of explosion hazard
WARNING
Risk of explosion and fire
This medical device is neither approved nor
certified for use in areas where oxygen con-
centrations greater than 25 Vol.%, or combus-
tible or explosive gas mixtures, are likely to
occur.

Safe connection with other electrical Patient safety can be achieved by a wide variety of
equipment means ranging from electronic surveillance of
medical device performance and patient condition
to direct observation of clinical signs.
CAUTION
Risk of patient injury The responsibility for selecting the best level of
patient monitoring lies solely with the user of the
Connections to electrical devices not listed in medical device.
these instructions for use may only be made when
approved by each respective device manufactur- NOTE
er. Only use the medical device for therapy on one pa-
tient at a time.
Patient safety
Information on electromagnetic
The design of the medical device, the compatibility
accompanying documentation, and the labeling on
the medical device are based on the assumption General information on electromagnetic
that the purchase and the use of the medical device compatibility (EMC) according to international
are restricted to persons familiar with the inherent EMC standard IEC 60601-1-2:
characteristics of the medical device.
Electrically powered medical devices are subject to
Instructions and WARNING and CAUTION special precautionary measures regarding
statements are therefore largely limited to the electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) and must be
specifics of the Dräger medical device. installed and put into operation in accordance with
The instructions for use do not contain any the provided EMC information (see page 440).
information on the following points: Portable and mobile radio frequency
– Dangers that are obvious to the user communication equipment can affect medical
electrical equipment.
– Consequences of obvious improper use of the
medical device
– Possible negative impacts on patients with
various underlying diseases
Medical device modification or misuse can be
dangerous.
Patient monitoring
The user of the medical device is responsible for

choosing a suitable patient monitoring system that
provides appropriate information on medical device
performance and patient condition.

WARNING WARNING
Risk due to electrostatic discharge Danger of electric shock
If no measures are taken to protect against The connection of devices to auxiliary power
electrostatic discharge in the following situa- sockets can lead to an increased leakage cur-
tions, malfunctions may occur which put the rent. If the protective ground of one of these
patient at risk: devices fails, the leakage current may rise
– When touching the pins of connectors that above the permissible values.
display the ESD warning symbol. – Only connect with the approval of the re-
– When establishing connections with these spective device manufacturer.
connectors. – Have the leakage current checked by ser-
vice personnel.
In order to avoid malfunctions, observe the
– If the permissible value is exceeded, use a
following measures and instruct those per-
mains power socket on a wall instead of
sons directly involved accordingly:
the auxiliary power socket of the device.
– Observe ESD protective measures. These
protective measures can include wearing
antistatic clothing and shoes, touching a
potential equalization pin before and Sterile accessories
during connection of the pins, or using
electrically insulating and antistatic CAUTION
gloves. Risk of medical device failure and patient injury
– Comply with the requirements of the elec-
trostatic environment. Observe the follow- Do not use accessories in sterile packaging if the
ing section: "Electromagnetic environ- packaging has been opened, damaged, or if there
ment" on page 440 are other signs that the accessories are not
sterile.
WARNING Reuse, reprocessing, and sterilization of dispos-
Risk due to electromagnetic disturbances able products is not permitted.
Radio communication equipment (e.g., cellu-

lar phones) and medical electrical devices
Installing accessories
(e.g., defibrillators, electrosurgical equip-
ment) emit electromagnetic radiation. If these
kinds of devices are operated too close to this CAUTION
device or its cables, the functional integrity of Risk of device failure
this device may be impaired by electromag-
Install the accessory on the basic device in accor-
netic disturbances. This may place the patient
dance with the instructions of the basic device.
at risk.
Check for secure connection to the basic device.
– There must be a distance of at least 0.3 m
(1.0 ft) between this device and any radio
Strictly observe the instructions for use and
communication equipment in order to en-
assembly instructions.
sure the essential performance of this de-
vice.
– Maintain an appropriate distance between
this device and any medical electrical
equipment.

Storing the instructions for use Training
CAUTION Training for users is available from the Dräger

organization responsible (see www.draeger.com).
Risk of operating errors
Instructions for use must be kept accessible to the
user.
Product-specific safety information
WARNING WARNING
Risk of misinterpretation Risk of device failures
Misdiagnosis or misinterpretation of the mea- The device may fail if the power supply is in-
sured values or other parameters may endan- terrupted.
ger the patient.
Always connect the device on an uninterrupt-
Do not make therapeutic decisions based ible power supply.
solely on individual measured values and
monitoring parameters. Therapeutic deci- WARNING
sions must be made solely by the user.
Risk of not hearing the alarm tone
WARNING Dräger recommends that the user remain in

the vicinity of the anesthesia machine, i.e.,
Risk of malfunction
within a distance of up to 4 meters (12 feet).
Unallowed modifications to the medical de- This facilitates fast recognition and response
vice lead to malfunctions. in the event of an alarm.
This medical device may not be modified with-
out permission from Dräger. WARNING
Risk of insufficient ventilation
WARNING Device failure or operating errors can lead to
Risk of malfunction ventilation failure.
– To ensure immediate remedial action in
Device failure or user errors may compromise
case of device failure, the device may only
the correct functioning of the device. The
be operated under permanent supervision
medical device does not react automatically to
of users.
certain changes in the patient condition, oper-
– The general safety standards for anesthe-
ating errors, or failure of components.
sia systems require that a manual resusci-
Continuously monitor the medical device so tator be kept at the ready for emergency
that corrective measures can be initiated im- ventilation.
mediately.

WARNING WARNING
Risk of burns Risk of device catching fire
Conductive breathing hoses or face masks In the event of a patient-side fire, there is a risk
may cause burns during HF surgery. that the device may also ignite.
Do not use this type of hose and mask com- In the event of a fire, separate any connections
bined with HF surgery. carrying oxygen from the device.
WARNING WARNING
Risk of burns Risk due to the accumulation of acetone in the
patient
Do not use humidifiers or heated hoses!
When low-flow anesthesia is used (especially
WARNING in the uptake mode), the risk of accumulation
of acetone in patients with ketoacidosis or
Fire hazard!
who are under the influence of alcohol in-
Ignition sources such as electrosurgery and creases as the duration of the therapy increas-
laser surgery equipment could cause a fire es.
when in contact with oxygen or nitrous oxide.
With patients with ketoacidosis or who are un-
– Avoid leaks, e.g., in the endotracheal
der the influence of alcohol, use a fresh-gas
tubes, laryngeal masks, breathing masks,
flow of at least 1 L/min.
y-piece, breathing system including hos-
es, filters and breathing bag, at the exter-
nal fresh-gas outlet, and at the outlet for O2 WARNING
insufflation. Fire hazard!
– Only use hoses on the outlet for O2 insuf-
The flow sensor may ignite medications or
flation that are intact and leakproof. other substances that are easily flammable.
– Before starting electrosurgery or laser sur- – Do not nebulize medications or other sub-
gery, sufficient flushing with air (<25 % O2) stances that are easily flammable or spray
must be carried out under drapes as well. them into the device.
– Close the flow control valve of the O2 flow- – Do not use substances containing alcohol.
meter all the way. – Do not allow flammable or explosive sub-
– If O2 outlets are used (e.g., for insufflation), stances to enter the breathing system or
do not use any ignition sources in the im- the breathing circuit.
mediate proximity. – Do not use cyclopropane or ether.
– Do not place sources of oxygen in close
proximity to ignition sources, e.g., electri-
WARNING
cal connections.
– Electrical connections must be kept at Risk due to flow measurement failure
least 200 mm (7.9 in) from any parts carry- Deposits which are not removed during repro-
ing oxygen and/or nitrous oxide. cessing may damage the measuring wires in
– Cables and connections must be suffi- the flow sensor or cause fire.
ciently insulated and may not be damaged. – Before inserting the flow sensor check for
Check the cables for damage daily. visible damage, soiling, and particles. Re-
peat this check regularly.
– Replace flow sensors when damaged,
soiled, or not particlefree.

WARNING WARNING
Risk of strangulation Risk of patient injury
Make connection to the patient carefully. The following operating states are prohibited
when the patient is connected:
WARNING – Standby
Zeus IE must not be used with magnetic reso- – Self test
nance imaging (MRI, NMR, NMI). Device oper- – Leak test
ation may be affected, thus placing the patient – Leakage assistant
at risk. – Pretest
– Service mode.
WARNING No monitoring is possible in these operating
Device contamination possible. states. During the test, pressures and concen-
trations may occur in the system which are
Only operate Zeus IE with airway filters.
hazardous to the patient!
WARNING
CAUTION
Risk of patient injury
Risk of crushing
When using near-patient filters do not scav-
Movable device parts or attached components
enge at the patient end! In the event of steno-
may cause crushing due to clamping. Pay special
sis or increased filter resistance the patient
attention to edges, movable parts, and corners
may be injured by vacuum.
when working with the following components:
– Column cover
WARNING – Breathing system cover
Risk of equipment malfunction – Drawers
Only have network functions configured by – Extensible writing tray
authorized, trained personnel. – Swivel arms for mounted devices
– Accessories such as gas cylinders, vaporiz-
Errors in configuration can impair operation ers, CLIC absorber, and CLIC adapter
of the device and the network.
CAUTION
Risk of crushing
If the writing tray is not correctly locked in place,
objects can fall down or fingers and breathing
hoses, for example, can be pinched.
Make sure that the writing tray is correctly locked
when folding down or sliding into the device.

CAUTION NOTE
Risk of tipping over during transport Do not cover or close off the vents on the device.
Make sure there is an adequate supply of air. Oth-
The medical device may tip over if handled incor-
erwise, the device may overheat.
rectly. Observe the following points when trans-
porting medical devices:
NOTE
– The medical device may only be moved by
people who have the physical ability to do so. Risk of injury
– To improve the maneuverability, transport the Handle the DIVA metering module with care and
device with 2 persons. prevent it from tilting and falling down.
– When transporting over inclines, around cor-
ners, or over thresholds (e.g., through doors
NOTE
or in elevators), make sure that the medical
device does not bump against anything. Operate in sufficiently ventilated rooms or the CO2
– Clear the writing tray and slide it completely measurement may be impaired.
into the device.
– Do not pull the medical device over hoses, ca- NOTE
bles, or other obstacles lying on the floor. The ambient conditions specified in the Technical
– Do not activate the brake while the medical Data must be observed during operation and stor-
device is being moved. age of the device.
– Use only the handles provided to push or pull
the device. NOTE
There may be a restriction of ambient conditions
CAUTION owing to mounted accessories or specifications is-
Health risk sued by the anesthetic agent manufacturer.
Only operate Zeus IE with connected anesthetic
gas scavenging system (AGSS). NOTE
In a closed system, foreign gases can accumulate
in the breathing gas with longer surgery times,
CAUTION
e.g., by degradation of the breathing gas, etc.
Do not use silicone spray! Silicone spray may
cause breathing system valves to stick. Increased concentrations of foreign gases can be
prevented by regularly flushing the breathing sys-
tem.
CAUTION
Do not use DIVA metering modules which have
been dropped or damaged. Any damage may re-
sult in faulty metering.
CAUTION
Risk of tipping over
When transporting the device and all the hinged
arms are swung inward to the center of the device
and locked, ensure that the slope of the floor does
not exceed ±10°.
If the transport position is not observed, the max-
imum slope of the floor is reduced to ±5°.


Application
Application
Intended use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Ventilation modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Device monitoring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Patient monitoring (optional). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Monitoring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Gas supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Gas disposal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Breathing system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Data exchange, ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Indications/Contraindications . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Indications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Contraindication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

Application
Intended use
Zeus IE facilitates all forms of general anesthesia Ventilation modes

(inhalation anesthesia, balanced anesthesia, and
total intravenous anesthesia) and regional Volume-controlled ventilation at constant
anesthesia, as well as the monitoring of regional inspiration flow Volume Control
anesthesia.
Volume-controlled ventilation at decelerating
Anesthesia is achieved during automatic inspiration flow Volume Control AutoFlow,
ventilation, manual ventilation, or spontaneous synchronization of ventilation breaths Sync.(VC)
breathing by means of a gas mixture. The gas and Pressure Support if required.
mixture created is a mixture of pure oxygen and Air
(medical compressed air) or oxygen and nitrous Pressure-controlled ventilation Pressure Control,
oxide, with an additional delivery of volatile synchronization of ventilation breaths Sync.(PC)
anesthetic agents and/or intravenous drugs. and Pressure Support if required.
Pressure-supported ventilation at constant positive
airway pressure Pressure Support
Application
Manual ventilation/spontaneous breathing with and
without CPAP MAN/SPON
The Zeus IE Anesthesia workstation system is
designed for use in medical rooms, operating
rooms, and induction and recovery rooms.
Device monitoring
Applications range from adults to pediatric patients
and neonates.
The following are displayed as measured
Ventilation is accomplished on the patient through values:
a laryngeal mask, a mask, or an endotracheal tube.
– Airway pressure PIP
The breathing system can be used either with – Airway pressure Plat
partial rebreathing (low flow or minimal flow) or with – Airway pressure PEEP
complete rebreathing (closed system). – Airway pressure Mean
Non-rebreathing system with external fresh-gas – Minute volume MV
outlet, for manual ventilation for connection to Bain – Tidal volume VT
or Magill systems, for example (optional). – Respiratory rate RR
– CO2, inspiratory and expiratory
Zeus IE is equipped with modules for drug – O2, inspiratory and expiratory
metering, for patient and device monitoring, and for – N2O, inspiratory and expiratory
ventilation. – Anesthetic agent concentration, inspiratory and
expiratory
The following are displayed as curves:

– Airway pressure Paw
– Inspiratory and expiratory flow or volume curves
– Capnogram
– Oxigram
– PV & FV Loops

Application
Additionally there are chronological trends of – Inspiratory O2 and N2O concentrations FiO2,
measured values (trends) as well as a log book inN2O
available. – Inspiratory and expiratory CO2 concentrations
inCO2, etCO2
Patient monitoring (optional) Patient monitoring*

– Heart rate HR
The following are displayed as measured – ST segment ST
values: – Oxygen saturation SpO2
– Heart rate ECG HR/PLS – Non-invasive blood pressure NIBP
– ST segment ST segm. – Invasive blood pressure IBP
– Oxygen saturation SpO2 – Temperature T1, T2
– Non-invasive blood pressure NIBP – Relaxometry measurement TOF
– Invasive blood pressure IBP – Depth of hypnosis measurement BIS
– Cardiac output C.O./ Calculat. – Arrhythmia detection (optional)
– Temperature Temp
– Degree of muscle relaxation: Single, TOF, PTC Applicable inhalation anesthetic agents
– Depth of hypnosis BIS
– Wedge pressure PWP – Isoflurane
– Sevoflurane
– Desflurane
The following are displayed as curves:
– Electrocardiogram ECG (up to 3 curves) Applicable intravenous drugs
– Plethysmogram SpO2
– Invasive blood pressure IBP (up to 10 curves) All suitable medications permitted for anesthesia
– Electroencephalogram EEG and for metering with syringe pumps (optional).
Additionally there are chronological trends of

measured values (trends) as well as a log book Applicable gas mixtures for the carrier gas
available. – O2/Air
– O2/N2O
Monitoring
Gas supply
The monitoring of the patient is ensured by
adjustable alarm limits. The plug formats of the Zeus IE anesthesia
workstation are selectable and conform to the
Device monitoring standard formats of the particular country.
– Airway pressure Paw Zeus IE has connections for O2, Air, or N2O backup
– Expiratory minute volume MVe gas cylinders, which must be equipped with
– Apnea pressure reducers and pressure sensors.
– Tidal volume, inspiratory VTi
– Inspiratory anesthetic gas concentration
– Recognition of anesthesia gas mixtures
* depending on the options installed

Application
Gas disposal Breathing system
The anesthetic gas receiving system (AGS) must Interfaces to the patient are the 22 mm diameter
be used as a required accessory. The AGS is sockets on the breathing system for the connection
connected to the correspondingly marked port on of EN 12342-compliant breathing hoses.
Zeus IE.
For breathing systems without rebreathing, e.g.,
Bain systems, an external fresh-gas outlet is
available (optional).
Data exchange, ports
MEDIBUS is a software protocol for data transfer Network interface

between Zeus IE and external medical or non-
Zeus IE can be connected to a network using the
medical devices (e.g., hemodynamic monitors,
following interfaces:
data management systems, or computers) via an
RS-232 interface. – Infinity network connection in conjunction with
patient monitoring (optional).
Before transferring data, ensure strict compliance
with the following documents: – Network ports for remote diagnosis, printers,
and web applications, e.g., WebView (optional).
– MEDIBUS.X, Rules and Standards for
Implementation (9052607) If a corresponding service contract has been
obtained, the function Remote Service can be
– MEDIBUS.X, Profile Definition for Data
executed via a network connection and the
Communication V1.n (9052608)
hospital network.
– MEDIBUS, Supported Data SW 1.n (9040096)
For further information on connecting to IT
networks, see page 443.
Serial ports
Two serial ports, COM 1 and COM 2, are provided
for data communication using the Dräger
MEDIBUS data protocol.
The COM 3 serial port can only be used in
conjunction with the Integrated SmartPilot View
option.
USB ports
The USB ports enable data exchange with Dräger
USB storage media.

Application
Indications/Contraindications
Indications
Zeus IE is intended for all forms of general

anesthesia and regional anesthesia conforming to
the intended use during surgical or diagnostic
interventions.
Contraindication
The device has no product-specific

contraindications.
It is the responsibility of the user to select the
appropriate treatment for the patient's underlying
disease.
Patient status must be continuously monitored for
potential changes.
NOTE
The device administers medical gases such as
O2, N2O, or volatile anesthetic agents. For contra-
indications to the applied medical gases, strictly
observe the instructions for use of the medical
gas.


Overview
Overview
Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Breathing system view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Connection for oxygen therapy. . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Connection field for the patient monitoring
system and the IV system (optional) . . . . . . . . 30
Rear with doors open . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Connections to the gas supply block . . . . . . . . 33
Connections on the rear of Zeus IE . . . . . . . . . 34
Connections to the back of the screen . . . . . . . 35
Connections, power supply
and additional sockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
DIVA metering modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Symbols. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Product labels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

Overview
Components
Front
O
N B
M
C
L
K
D
J
I E
H
F
G
Q 001
A Control panel – screen K External fresh-gas outlet, optional

B Transport handles L O2 flow meter for regional anesthesia
C Pull-out writing tray M Self-test adapter
D DIVA metering modules, 2 pieces N Breathing system with APL valve
E Unlock buttons for DIVA metering modules O Bracket with infusion apparatus stand
F Central brake P IV system (IVenus) consisting of: IVDock
(basis) and up to 4 syringe pumps Module DPS
G Drawer
(Dynamic Pressure System), optional
H Endotracheal suction system
Q Additional locking brake
I Disposable Drägersorb CLIC absorber
(or reusable absorber)
J O2 flow meter outlet

Overview
Breathing system view M Protect water trap
Connection of internal sample line to

the Protect water trap
A B C D A
N CO2 water trap with connection point for the
E sample line
O F
G Connector for sample line to the CO2
H water trap
N I
M J O Inspiratory port
L K
211
Connection for oxygen therapy
A O2 flush button O2+
B Mechanical pressure gauge for airway pressure
C Safety rotary knob Anesth. Ventilator Off
D Safety rotary knob for emergency O2 delivery
O2
A
E APL valve
F Self-test adapter
G O2 flow meter for regional anesthesia
O2
H O2 flow meter outlet
I External fresh-gas outlet (ext. FG outlet),
optional
212
J Expiratory port The additional oxygen flow meter (A) delivers a set
flow of pure oxygen, e.g., for oxygen metering
K Breathing bag nozzle
through a nasal cannula. The supplemental oxygen
L CO2 absorber can be used in each ventilation mode:
– Standby
– Zeus IE switched off
as long as the central O2 supply is connected.

Overview
Connection field for the patient NIBP Connection for accessories to mea-
monitoring system and the IV system sure non-invasive blood pressure
(optional) (NIBP)
SpO2 Connection for accessories to mea-
SpO2 measurement with SpO2 SmartPod sure oxygen saturation (SpO2) ac-
cording to the technology marked
(Masimo SET oder Nellcor OxiMax)
Sync. Connection for synchronization of a
defibrillator
IV system Connection for Dräger IV system
(IVenus)
Without optional patient monitoring, only the

147
connection to the optional IV system is installed.
HEMOMED1 MULTIMED
Aux/HEMO2 Aux/HEMO3
NIBP SpO2
IV-System Sync.
009
MULTIMED Connection for accessories to mea-

sure electrocardiography (ECG
HR/PLS) and body temperature
(Temp)
HEMOMED 1 Connection for accessories to mea-
sure invasive blood pressures (IBP)
and cardiac output (C.O.)
Aux/Hemo 2/3 Connection for accessories to mea-
sure more invasive blood pressures
(More IBP) and cardiac output
(C.O./ Calculat.)
Connection for anesthesia effect
monitoring accessories (Trident
pod, BISx pod)

Overview
SpO2 measurement without SpO2 SmartPod MULTIMED Connection for accessories to mea-
(optional) sure oxygen saturation (SpO2),
electrocardiography (ECG
HR/PLS), and body temperature
(Temp)
HEMOMED 1 Connection for accessories to mea-
sure invasive blood pressures (IBP)
and cardiac output (C.O.)
Aux/Hemo 2/3 Connection for accessories to mea-
sure more invasive blood pressures
(More IBP) and cardiac output
146
(C.O./ Calculat.)
Connection for anesthesia effect
HEMOMED1 MULTIMED monitoring accessories (Trident
pod, BISx pod)
NIBP Connection for accessories to mea-
sure non-invasive blood pressure
(NIBP)
Aux/HEMO2 Aux/HEMO3 Sync. Connection for synchronization of a
defibrillator
IV system Connection for Dräger IV system
NIBP Sync. (IVenus)
Without optional patient monitoring, only the

IV-System connection to the optional IV system is installed.
010

Overview
Rear with doors open
I B
C
H
E D
E E
F
G
173
A Mount for cylinder pressure reducer

B Gas supply block
C Backup gas cylinders with pressure reducers
D Waste gas connector
E 3 ports for DrägerService (behind the left
backup gas cylinder and above the AGS)
F Anesthetic gas receiving system (AGS)
G Auxiliary power sockets
H Circuit breaker
Use only in an emergency to interrupt battery
charging and to switch off the device. To
disconnect the entire device from the power
supply, unplug the mains plug.
I Electrical connections for cylinder pressure
sensors

Overview
Connections to the gas supply block
A B C D E F
084
A Connection for central N2O supply
B Connection for N2O backup gas cylinder
C Connection for central Air supply
D Connection for Air backup gas cylinder
E Connection for central O2 supply
F Connection for O2 backup gas cylinder
The Air outlet and the O2 outlet options are not
shown in this illustration.

Overview
Connections on the rear of Zeus IE WARNING

Danger of electric shock
Connecting devices to interfaces (COM 1,
COM 2, COM 3, RS 232, MEDIBUS) may result
in an increase in leakage current. If the protec-
tive ground of one of these devices fails, the
leakage current may rise above the permissi-
ble values.
Only connect with the approval of the respec-
tive device manufacturer.
Have the leakage current checked by service
personnel.
If the permissible value is exceeded, discon-
nect the devices from the interfaces in use.
A B C D E
WARNING
026
View with doors open. Risk of patient injury
Ports relevant to the user: Data transmitted over the MEDIBUS interface
are for information purposes only and are not
A COM 1, RS 232 interface, MEDIBUS intended as the sole basis for diagnostic or
B COM 2, RS-232 interface, MEDIBUS therapeutic decisions. The data accessible via
this interface is not intended for use with a
C COM 3, RS 232 interface distributed alarm system conforming to
D Ethernet 1 and Ethernet 2, hospital network IEC 60601-1-8:2012 (in the context of remote
port, optional monitoring).
E Ethernet 3, Infinity Network socket

CAUTION
Only connect printers to the Ethernet 1 port which User intervention in internal device interfaces is
have been approved by Dräger. prohibited. This may impair correct functioning of
(see printer settings, page 364) the device.

Overview
Connections to the back of the screen Variant 2 - C500
CAUTION
Unsupported USB devices
USB devices that are not supported or have too
high a current consumption can impair correct
equipment operation.
A B A
Only use supported USB devices with a maximum
current consumption of 500 mA.
CAUTION
USB devices with their own mains supply
A C
020
USB devices with their own power supply (e.g.,
USB printers) may endanger patients and users. A USB ports
Only USB devices with no power supply of their B LAN ports
own should be connected to the Zeus IE. C RS232 ports
Variant 1 - C500 Variant 3 - C700
A B A
C C A C
017
A USB ports
A B
025
B LAN ports
A COM 1, COM 2
C RS232 ports
B USB ports
C one USB port on each side

Overview
Connections, power supply and

additional sockets
C
B
A
D
170
View with doors open, from above:

A Mains power supply
Secure the plug with screws!
B Automatic fuse
Can be reset after tripping.
C Equipotential connection
D Auxiliary sockets for auxiliary devices
Electronically fused, can be reset after the fuse
has tripped.
NOTE
Auxiliary sockets are not supplied by the uninter-
ruptible power supply UPS and are not supplied
with power in the event of a mains power failure!
WARNING
Do not connect HF surgery devices to the aux-
iliary power sockets, as any interference can
impair Zeus IE functionality!

Overview
DIVA metering modules K Overflow hole

L Name of anesthetic agent
B C
A
063
A DIVA metering module with Quik Fil filling
device or Dräger Fill
B DIVA metering module with desflurane filling
system (Safe-Fill)
C DIVA metering module with safety filling device
Sevoflurane
L D
K
J E
I
Desflurane
F
Isoflurane
G
H
064
D Filling port
E Locking cap
F Release for desflurane lock
G Lever to release the locking bolt
H Locking bolt for safety filling device
I Drain plug (recessed, 2.5 mm hexagon socket)
J Filling level, inspection glass window

Overview
Abbreviations
Abbreviation Explanation Abbreviation Explanation

% Tplat : Ti Ratio of inspiratory pause time to Cdyn Dynamic compliance (patient)
inspiration time Cdyn Patient compliance
A Amps, electric power unit CI Cardiac index
Agent/AGas Anesthetic gas cmH2O Centimeter of water
AGS Anesthetic gas receiving system CO Carbon monoxide
AGSS Anesthetic gas scavenging system COM Serial port
Air Medical compressed air CPAP Continuous positive airway
APL Adjustable Pressure Limitation pressure
ART Arterial blood pressure CPP Cerebral perfusion pressure
ART D Arterial blood pressure, diastole CS Central supply system for O2, N2O,
ART M Arterial blood pressure, mean Air and vacuum
pressure CV Cardiovascular
ART S Arterial blood pressure, systole CVP Central venous pressure
ARTF Artefact CVP M Central venous pressure
ATPD Ambient temperature and dB (A) Decibel, rated sound level unit
pressure, dry DES Desflurane
Battery Battery DIVA Direct injection of volatile agents,
BCT Burst count anesthetic agent delivery
BIS Bispectral analysis O2 Difference between inspiratory and
BMI Body Mass Index expiratory O2 concentration
bpm beats per minute ∆Psupp / Pressure support level above

Psupp PEEP
BSA Body surface area
EAB European pharmacopoeia
BSR Burst suppression ratio
ECG Electrocardiography
BTPS Body Temperature Pressure
Saturated (measurement at body EEG Electroencephalogram
temperature of 37 °C, current EMG Electromyography
ambient pressure, and with steam- EN European standard
saturated gas, measuring point
e.g., lung) ENF Enflurane
C.O. Cardiac output ESU Electrosurgical unit
C.O. Cardiac output etCO2 End-expiratory CO2 concentration
CAL Calibration etDES Expiratory desflurane

concentration
Cardiac Heart-lung machine mode
bypass mode etENF Expiratory enflurane concentration

Overview

etHAL Expiratory halothane concentration hPa Hectopascal
etISO Expiratory isoflurane concentration HR Heart rate
etO2 Expiratory O2 concentration Hz Hertz, oscillations per second
etSEV Expiratory sevoflurane I:E Inspiratory time: expiratory time
concentration ratio
exp., et expiratory i/e O2 Ratio of inspiratory to expiratory O2
FG Fresh gas concentration
FG DES DES concentration in the fresh gas i/e VA Ratio of inspiratory to expiratory
anesthetic agent concentration
FG ENF ENF concentration in the fresh gas
IBF Integrated bacterial filter
FG flow Fresh-gas flow
IBP Invasively measured blood
FG HAL HAL concentration in the fresh gas pressure
FG ISO ISO concentration in the fresh gas IBW Ideal body weight
FG O2 O2 concentration in the fresh gas ICP Intracranial pressure
FG SEV SEV concentration in the fresh gas ICP M Mean intracranial pressure
FGF Fresh-gas flow IEC International Electrotechnical
FiO2 Inspiratory O2 concentration Commission
Flow Fresh-gas flow in Inspiratory
GP1 D, Local non-specific blood pressure inch Inch, unit of length
GP2 D (General Pressure), diastole inCO2 Inspiratory CO2 concentration
GP 1 corresponds to the 1st
measurement channel inDes Inspiratory desflurane
GP 2 corresponds to the 2nd concentration
measurement channel inDESmax Maximum insp. desflurane
GP1 M, Local non-specific blood pressure limitation
GP2 M (General Pressure), medium inEnf Inspiratory enflurane concentration
pressure InfR 1 Infusion rate 1
measurement channel inHal Inspiratory halothane
GP 2 corresponds to the 2nd concentration
measurement channel inIso Inspiratory isoflurane concentration
GP1 S, Local non-specific blood pressure inISOmax Maximum insp. isoflurane limitation
GP2 S (General Pressure), systole
inN2O Inspiratory N2O concentration in
the breathing air
measurement channel
GP 2 corresponds to the 2nd inSev Inspiratory sevoflurane
measurement channel concentration
HAL Halothane inSEVmax Maximum insp. sevoflurane
limitation
HF surgery High-frequency surgery
insp. Inspiratory
HME filter Heat and moisture exchange filter

Overview

inVA Inspiratory anesthetic gas MRI Magnetic resonance imaging
concentration ms Millisecond, unit of time
ISO Isoflurane MV Minute volume
IV Intravenous MVe Expiratory minute volume
kg Kilogram, unit of mass MVespon Expiratory spontaneously breathed
kPa Kilopascal minute volume
kV Kilovolt, unit of voltage N2 Nitrogen
L Liter, unit of cubic measure N2O Nitrous oxide
LA Left atrial NaOH Sodium hydroxide
LA M Left atrial blood pressure, mean NIBP Non-invasive blood pressure
pressure NIBP D Non-invasive blood pressure,
lbs. Pound; unit of mass diastole
LED Light emitting diode NIBP M Non-invasive blood pressure,
LV Left ventricular mean pressure
LV D Left ventricular blood pressure, NIBP S Non-invasive blood pressure,

diastole systole
LV M Left ventricular blood pressure, NMT Neuromuscular transmission

mean pressure NO Nitrogen oxide
LV S Left ventricular blood pressure, NTPD Normal Temperature Pressure Dry
systole (20 °C, 1013 hPa, dry)
LVSWI Left ventricular stroke volume index O2 Oxygen
MAC Minimum Alveolar Concentration O2 upt. Oxygen uptake
Man. Manual OR Operating room
MAN/SPON Manual ventilation / Spontaneous ORC Oxygen ratio controlled
breathing Pa Pascal (1 mbar = 100 Pa or 1 hPa),
mbar Millibar, unit of pressure unit of pressure
Mean Mean pressure PA Pulmonary artery
min Minute, unit of time PA D Pulmonary artery blood pressure,
min. Minimum diastole
MinFG flow Minimum fresh-gas flow PA M Pulmonary artery blood pressure,

mean pressure
mL Milliliter, unit of cubic measure
PA S Pulmonary artery blood pressure,
mmHg Pressure, millimeters on a mercury systole
column
Paw Airway pressure
MPa Megapascal, unit of pressure
PEEP Positive end-expiratory pressure
MPBetreibV German medical devices operator
ordinance PGA Patient gas analyzer

Overview

Pinsp Inspiratory pressure s., sec. Second, unit of time
PIP Peak inspiratory pressure SEF Spectral Edge Frequency
Plat Plateau pressure/end-inspiratory SELV Safety Extra Low Voltage
airway pressure SEV Sevoflurane
PLS Pulse SGA System gas analysis
Pmax Maximum pressure Slope Slope rise time
Pmean Mean pressure SNGL Single Twitch, single stimulation
Pplat Plateau pressure SpO2 Oxygen saturation of the blood
ppm Parts per million (1/1000000) Spont Spontaneous
psi pounds per square inch SQI Signal Quality Index
PTC Post Tetanic Count ST ANT ST anterior
PVC Premature ventricular contraction ST INF ST inferior
PVC/min Premature ventricular ST LAT ST lateral
contraction/min
STPD Standard Temperature Pressure
PVR Pulmonary vascular resistance Dry (0 °C, 101.3 kPa, dry)
PVRI Pulmonary vascular resistance SV Stroke volume
index
SVC Smart Ventilation Control
PWP Pulmonary wedge pressure
SVI Stroke volume index
PWR Total power
SVR Systemic vascular resistance
R Resistance
SVRI Systemic vascular resistance index
RA Right atrial
Sync. Synchronized, intermittent
RA M Right atrial blood pressure, mean mandatory ventilation
pressure
T NMT Skin temperature when measuring
rel. Relative neuromuscular transmission
RR Respiratory rate T1 Temperature, measuring point 1
RRmand Mandatory respiratory rate t10 ... 90 Time of a control process in order
RRspon Spontaneous respiratory rate to achieve 10 - 90 % of the final
RV Right ventricular value
RV D Right ventricular blood pressure, T2 Temperature, measuring point 2

diastole TBlood Blood temperature
RV M Right ventricular blood pressure, Te Expiratory time
mean pressure TFT Thin film transistor (screen
RV S Right ventricular blood pressure, technology)
systole Ti Inspiratory time
RVSWI Right ventricular stroke volume TOF Train of four (series of 4 measured
index values)

Overview
Abbreviation Explanation
TOFR TOF ratio
UPS Uninterruptible power supply
USB Universal Serial Bus (computer
interface)
V.tach Ventricular tachycardia
VAC Volts, alternating current
VDC Volts, direct current
Vol. Ctrl. Volume Control AutoFlow
AutoFlow ventilation mode
Vol% Percentage gas component
relative to the total volume
Vol%SL Vol% at a standard atmospheric
pressure of 1013 hPa (sea level)
VT Tidal volume
VTe Expiratory tidal volume
VTi Inspiratory tidal volume
VTmand Mandatory tidal volume
VTspon Spontaneously breathed tidal
volume
xMAC Multiple of MAC

Overview
Symbols
Symbol Explanation Symbol Explanation

Manufacturer Do not reuse
Mains power supply (AC voltage)
Date of manufacture
Potential equalization connector
WEEE label, Directive 2002/96/EC Group views, screen displays
Use by Group trends/data, information on
YYYY-MM
the course of ventilation
Caution! Observe the Group special procedure
accompanying documentation!
Group alarms
(symbol)
Group configuration, system
Attention! (safety sign)
settings and settings for sensors
Group Start/Standby
Observe the instructions for use
(symbol on TurboVent 2 MK05045) System on or off (at the key on
screen)
Warning! Strictly follow these
instructions for use Pulse rate
Protection class type B (body) Lower and upper alarm limits
Protection class type BF (body Upper alarm limit
floating) lower alarm limit
Protection class type BF (body –– Alarm limit is switched off
floating, defibrillation protected)
**** Enter 4-digit access code
Protection class type CF
(defibrillation-protected) OK, accept the setting selected
ESD warning label, observe the Close dialog window

warning statement, see "Information Charge state of internal battery 88
on electromagnetic compatibility" to 100 %
on page 14 Charge state of internal battery 63
Caution when touching hot to <88 %
surfaces. Charge state of internal battery 38
SN Serial number to <63 %
REV Order number Charge state of internal battery 13
LOT Lot number to <38 %
Storage temperature Charge state of internal battery 0 to

<13 %
Relative humidity
?% Charge state unknown
Atmospheric pressure
Power supply from the internal
Do not use if package damaged battery

Overview
Symbol Explanation Symbol Explanation

Symbol for Uptake mode (closed Masimo SET logo indicates that the
system) monitor is configured with Masimo
Flush symbol SET functionality only. Only Masimo
sensors and intermediate cables
Patient category neonates may be used with the Masimo SET
Patient category pediatric module.
patients The Nellcor Oximax logo indicates
Patient category that the monitor is configured with
adults Nellcor Oximax functionality. Only
intermediate cables and sensors
Suppress the alarm tone
recommended by Dräger may be
(additional information is displayed
used.
under the symbol: 2 minutes, All)
Connection of internal sample line
Alarm off
to the Protect water trap
Connector for sample line to the
Alarms temporarily switched off
CO2 water trap
DIVA, unlocking
Anästh. Safety rotary knob Anesth.

Ventilator
Notaus
Ventilator Off for stopping the
delivery of anesthetic agent,
ventilation, and the delivery of fresh-
gas (0.5 L/min of O2 will continue to
be delivered, however)
O2
Safety rotary knob O2 for
emergency O2 delivery
CO2 absorber bypass
Biomed service...
Connection to Infinity network

available
No connection to
Infinity network
Non-rebreathing system on external
fresh-gas outlet

Overview
Product labels
Product label Explanation

When connecting auxiliary devices, be aware of the leakage current.
max.800mm
Label on right side of door
When transporting the device, move all hinged arms into the transport
position. To do this, swing the hinged arms to the center of the device and
lock them in place.
max.800mm
Label on left side of door

When transporting, make sure that the maximum slope of the floor is
±10°. If the transport position is not observed, the maximum slope of the
floor is reduced to ±5°. Risk of tipping over!
Observe the weight of the nominal configuration and the total permissible
nom. 185 kg weight, refer to "Technical data".
max. 300 kg


Operating concept
Operating concept
Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Variant 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Variant 2 and Variant 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Screen layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Main menu bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Buttons in system standby . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Using the touch screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

Using the dialog windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Therapy bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Color concept . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Therapy controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Waveforms and parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Color coding for anesthetic agents
and medical gases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Overview of the menu structure . . . . . . . . . . 55

Operating concept
Screen
Variant 1 E LED status indicator for the power supply in

battery operation:
– Green = battery charged
I
– Yellow = battery charge less than 50 %
– Off = battery charge exhausted
F LED status display for the gas supply from the
backup gas cylinders (O2, Air, N2O)
– Green = pressure sufficient
A – Green, flashing = pressure slightly below
level
– Off = pressure not sufficient
G LED status display for the gas supply from the
DC E central gas supply system (O2, Air, N2O)
O2 Air N2O O2 Air N2O
B H Alarm pause function
H
G F Press the Audio paused key to suppress
050
the audible alert of all active alarms for

All the controls are on the screen. 2 minutes. For additional information,
A The screen is touch-sensitive (touch screen) see page 205.
and can also be operated with gloves. Touch I The alarm bar on the front and back indicates
lightly to call up functions or dialog windows.
alarm conditions:
B Rotary knob for selecting and confirming – Red = high-priority alarm condition
settings – Yellow = medium-priority alarm condition
C On/Off button to turn the device On/Off
CAUTION
Touch and hold the On/Off button for 4 sec. to turn
the screen off. Ventilation is continued. A fresh-
gas flow of 0.5 L/min with 100 % O2 is delivered.
Anesthetic agent metering is switched off. Use a
manual pressure gauge to check ventilation and
ventilate manually if necessary.
Touch the On/Off button again to turn the screen
back on.
D LED status display for the power supply in

mains operation:
– Green = mains supply sufficient
– Off = no mains supply present

Operating concept
Variant 2 and Variant 3 G LED status display for the gas supply from the
backup gas cylinders (O2, Air, N2O)
I – Green, flashing = pressure slightly below
level
H Alarm pause function
A
Press the button to suppress the audible
alert of all active alarms for 2 minutes. For
additional information, see page 205.
I The alarm bar on the front and back indicates
D alarm conditions:
B H – Red = high-priority alarm condition

CE F G – Yellow = medium-priority alarm condition
021
All the controls are on the screen.

A The screen is touch-sensitive (touch screen)
and can also be operated with gloves. Touch
lightly to call up functions or dialog windows.
B Rotary knob for selecting and confirming
settings
C On/Off key to switch the device on/off
D LED status display for the power supply in
mains operation:
– Green = mains supply sufficient
– Off = no mains supply present
E LED status indicator for the power supply in
battery operation:
– Green = battery charged
– Yellow = battery charge less than 50 %
– Off = battery charge exhausted
F LED status display for the gas supply from the
central gas supply system (O2, Air, N2O)

Operating concept
Screen layout
The screen is divided into fields. – Parameter box: 7 waveform modules

(vertical area) and 5 data modules
A 1:35 (horizontal area), (on the C700 option,
8 waveform modules, and 6 data modules).
Touch the parameter boxes to set the
parameter settings in the
Sensors/Parameters dialog window,
B C see page 216.
C Main menu bar with buttons to:
– Open dialog windows
– Activate functions
D D Therapy bar with fields for:
301
– Breathing gas control

A Header bar with fields for: Touch the header bar to open the MixGas
– Patient data. Touch to open the Patient settings dialog window, see page 132.
setup dialog window, see page 129 Touch a therapy control to select it.
– Alarm messages. Touch to open the Alarms – Ventilation control
dialog window, see page 182. Touch the header bar of the field to open the
– Date, time, location, and stopwatch. Touch Ventilation settings dialog window. Touch
to access the stopwatch settings and to a therapy control to select it.
change the stopwatch display form,
– Additional data modules (maximum of two,
see page 381
three on the C700 option)
– Indication that the audible alarms have been
With IV system option: Field for syringe
suppressed and display of the time that the
pump control (one additional data module
alarms remain suppressed.
on the C700 option), see page 164. Touch
B Monitoring area with fields for: the header bar of the field to open the
– Loops and fresh-gas settings. Infusion settings dialog window,
When activated, the size of the waveforms see page 165.
is reduced. Without the IV System option, the data
– Mini-trends. module can be freely selected.
When activated, the size of the waveforms
is reduced.
– Module for SPV (on the C700 option)
When activated, the size of the waveforms
is reduced.
– Waveforms.

Operating concept
Main menu bar G When the Start... button is touched

– in standby mode, it opens the Startup dialog
The main menu bar contains fixed assigned – during operation, it switches into Standby
buttons and configurable buttons. The buttons are mode after confirmation.
assigned to groups. Touching a button opens the
corresponding dialog window or activates the Configurable buttons
corresponding function.
Additional buttons for directly accessing functions
or dialog windows can be configured. These
Fixed assigned buttons buttons are automatically assigned to the
corresponding group, see "Configuring the screen"
A on page 353.
B
C
G
100
A The Alarms... button opens the Alarms dialog

window. Among other things, this dialog window
can be used to set alarm limits, see page 185.
B The Views... button opens the Views dialog
window. This dialog window is used to choose
between various user-defined views.
C The Home button closes all open dialogs and
immediately returns to the main screen.
D The Screen setup... button opens the Screen
setup dialog window. This dialog window is
used to configure the screen, see page 353.
E The Trends/Data... button opens the
Trends/Data dialog window. This dialog is used
to call up the diagnosis windows.
F The NIBP start/NIBP stop button starts or
stops the NIBP measurement.

Operating concept
Buttons in system standby
Self test will start at 07:15

Last self test: Sept 4, 2008, 5:03 pm A
Run self test at least every 24 hours
B
completed/ operable
C
D
E
Standby
To start, touch "Start..." and confirm.
F
300
A Web access... button (optional), see page 161.

B The Biomed service... button opens the dialog
window (Basic settings window, password
required) to configure the Data simulation,
Service call, Service access, and Service
mode protected settings, see page 383.
C The System setup... button opens the System
setup dialog window to load and save system
configurations, see page 347.
D The Trends/Data... button opens the
Trends/Data dialog window to call up the
diagnosis windows, see page 212.
E The Device test... button opens the dialog
window for the Self test, Leak test, Leakage
assistant, and Pretest, see page 114.
F The Start... button opens the Startup dialog to
start a new case, see page 127.

Operating concept
Using the touch screen
A 1 D Therapy bar
B The therapy bar on the main screen contains the
therapy controls for the active Ventilation settings
C and the MixGas settings.
A B
305 C D
301
Using the dialog windows A Button to open the MixGas settings dialog
window. The active setting for the mixed gas is
Dialog windows consist of one or several pages displayed.
which are displayed by touching the corresponding
B Button to open the Ventilation settings dialog
horizontal or vertical tab. Dialog windows contains
window. The active ventilation settings are
elements for operating the device and informing the
displayed.
user on current settings. Dialog windows can be
opened by touching a button in the main menu bar C Therapy controls for the mixed gas setting
or by touching the respective parameter field on the
D Therapy controls for the ventilation settings
screen.
A Dialog window title
B The horizontal tabs indicate primary topics.
Touch the relevant tab to open a page.
C The vertical tabs open secondary topics. Touch
the relevant tab to open a page.
D Touch the button to close the dialog window.
If the button is yellow, the dialog window can
also be closed by pressing the rotary knob.

Operating concept
Color concept
Therapy controls Waveforms and parameters
The screen configuration is used to set the colors

for the waveforms and measured values,
see page 358.
Screen setup
306
Gray Non-operable element.
420
Dark gray Currently not operable, function
activated
Yellow Selected function, not yet confirmed Color coding for anesthetic agents and
with rotary knob. medical gases
Light green Operable element, function not
The color coding standardized in accordance with
activated.
ISO 5359/ISO 32/ISO 5360 is used for anesthetic
Dark green Operable element, function agents and medical gases.
activated.
The colors for O2, Air, and N2O are adapted to
locally applicable standards.
Set values or operating states
1 Touch the therapy control. The color turns
yellow.
2 Turn the rotary knob to set the value.
3 Press the rotary knob to confirm the value. The
color of the therapy control turns dark green or
bright green.
The following chapters of the Instructions for Use
use a simplified explanation for these instructions:
"Use the rotary knob to set and confirm the value."

Operating concept
Overview of the menu structure
Basic settings Access code required
– General settings – General

– Units
– Printer
– USB devices
– Alarm signaling
– Date/Time
– Trend order
– Drug library Manage drugs, access code required
– Event recorder – User log
– Web access – Web acc. 1 to 4
– NIBP/SpO2 Calibration of NIBP/SpO2, Selection of the

SpO2 sensor type (optional)
– Infinity config. – Network config.

– Recorder config.
– MediBus config. – COM 1

– COM 2
– Disable options

Operating concept
Basic settings Access code required
– More settings – Gas prices

– Ventilation settings
– Ventilation modes
– VA/N2O
– Calculat. settings
– Total consumpt.
System setup
– Manage setups – Profiles

– Views
– Sensors/ Parameters Overview of the selected settings
– IBP Overview of the selected settings
– MixGas/ Ventilation Overview of the selected settings
– Infusion Overview of the selected settings
– Alarms Overview of the selected settings
– Screen layout Overview of the selected settings
– Basic settings Overview of the selected settings
– Autoset limits Overview of the selected settings

Operating concept
Screen setup
– Screen layout – General
– Waveforms
– Data
– Web access
– Customize buttons Manage buttons
– Brightn./ Volume – General
– Colors Assign parameters a color
Sensors/Parameters
– ECG – ECG HR/PLS
– ECG ST
– ECG C.O.
– ST segm.
– More ECG
– SpO2 – SpO2
– NIBP – NIBP
– IBP – Config.
– IBP sites/ Channels
– Cal.
– Wedge
– Temp – Temp
– C.O./ Calculat. – C.O.

– Config.
– Cardiac calculat.

Operating concept
Sensors/Parameters (Cont.)
– BIS/NMT – NMT
– BIS
– Imped. check
– Anesth./ Ventilation – CO2 scale

– Oxygen
– Flow
– Paw
– Volatile agent
– PV & FV Loops
Infusion settings
– Infusion 1 – General
– Advanced
– Advanced
– Advanced
– Advanced
Trends/Data
– Overview – Graph. trend
– Tab. trend
– Hemodyn. – Graph. trend

– Tab. trend
– ST view
– Cardiac calculat.
– Calculat. trends

Operating concept
Trends/Data (Cont.)
– BIS/NMT – Graph. trend
– Tab. trend
– All EEG values
– Infusion – Graph. trend

– Tab. trend
– Ventilat./ Oxygenat. – Graph. trend

– Tab. trend
– Resp. mech.
– Gases/ Anesth. – Graph. trend

– Tab. trend
– Current flows
– Total consumpt.
– System – Test details
Alarms
– Alarm info Detailed alarm information
– Alarm log Overview of alarms
– Alarm limits – Noninvasive

– Invasive
– Ventilation
– Anesth.
– Infusion
– Suspend Suppressing alarms
– Alarm recorder – Recorder trigger

– Recorder config.

Alarms (Cont.)
– All limits – Hemodyn.
– IBP
– More IBP
– Arrhythmia
– Anesth.
– Infusion
– Autoset limits – Hemodyn.

– IBP
– Anesth./ Ventilation
Test details
– Checklist – Supplies/ Safety
– Breathing system
This page was intentionally
– left blank. Y-piece
Suction/
– Test results – Test result 1

– Test result 2
– Test info
– Auto self test
– Test history
– Leakage assistant
– System info
– Service Access code required

Operating concept
Ventilation settings
– Pause Set parameters
– MAN/SPON Set parameters
– Vol. Ctrl. AutoFlow Set parameters
– Volume Control Set parameters
– Pressure Control Set parameters
– Pressure Support Set parameters
– Smart Ventilation Control Set parameters
– External FG outlet Set parameters
MixGas settings
– Fresh-gas control Settings for metering mode
– Auto control Settings for metering mode
Patient setup
Change patient data


Assembly and preparation
Before initial use. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Connecting the IV system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85

Charging the battery
DIVA metering modules
for emergency operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
for anesthetic agents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Installing flow sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Inserting and removing
Zeus IE as a ceiling unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 the DIVA metering module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Fill the DIVA metering modules . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Connecting Zeus IE Transportation of filled
to the ceiling supply unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 DIVA metering modules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Establishing the mains power supply . . . . . 66 DIVA metering module

with Dräger Fill filling system . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Establishing potential equalization . . . . . . . . . . 66
Connecting the attachments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 When filling during operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Electrical fuse for auxiliary sockets. . . . . . . . . . 68 Emptying the DIVA metering module . . . . . . . 92
Establishing the gas supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 DIVA metering module

with Safe-T-Seal filling system. . . . . . . . . . . 93
Connecting the compressed gas hose . . . . . . . 70
Connecting backup gas cylinders for O2, When filling during operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Air, or N2O . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
DIVA metering module
Connecting the anesthetic with safety filling device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
gas receiving system (AGS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 When filling during operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Finishing the filling process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Replacing or filling the CO2 absorber . . . . . 73 Emptying the DIVA metering module . . . . . . . 100
Instructions on absorber operation . . . . . . . . . . 73
Filling the reusable CO2 absorber . . . . . . . . . . 74 Quik Fil sevoflurane
Using disposable CO2 absorbers . . . . . . . . . . . 74 safety filling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Filling during operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Mounting the flexible arm Finishing the filling process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
for the breathing bag (optional) . . . . . . . . . . 76 Emptying the DIVA metering module . . . . . . . 103
Connecting the hoses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 DIVA metering module for desflurane

Connecting adult breathing hoses . . . . . . . . . . 78 with Safe-Fil filling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Connecting pediatric and neonatal Filling during operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
breathing hoses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Finishing the filling process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Notes on resistance and compliance . . . . . . . . 81 Emptying the DIVA metering module . . . . . . . 105
Instructions for
mounting the accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Preparing the optional

patient monitoring system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85

Before initial use
CAUTION Charge the battery for 10 hours before initial use:

Before the device is used for the first time, all 1 Insert the power plug of Zeus IE into the mains
parts which conduct breathing gas or which come power socket.
into direct contact with the patient must be treated
The power supply must correspond to the voltage
as described in the chapter "Care".
indicated on the rating plate.
The device must have adjusted to the current
2 Check whether the circuit breaker on the right
room temperature sufficiently for it to be operating
next to the gas supply block is pressed.
within a temperature range of +15 °C to +35 °C.
The green LED (A) with the symbol lights up.
Leave Zeus IE connected to the power supply for
Charging the battery for emergency 10 hours. It does not need to be switched on.
operation
When the battery is charged, the green LED (B)
lights up with the symbol.
Zeus IE has an integrated uninterruptible power
supply (UPS) which maintains the electrical supply
to the device in the event of mains failure for at least
30 minutes provided the battery is charged. Installing flow sensors
Switchover to battery operation takes place
WARNING
automatically in the event of a failure. The Mains
supply failure message appears. Fire hazard!
The battery is automatically recharged if the mains Residual vapors of highly flammable disinfec-
plug has been inserted. tants (e.g., alcohols) and deposits that were
not removed during reprocessing may ignite
when the flow sensor is in use.
– Ensure particle-free cleaning and disinfec-
tion.
– After disinfection, allow the flow sensor to
air for at least 30 minutes.
– Before inserting the flow sensor check for
visible damage and soiling, such as resid-
ual mucus, medication aerosols, and parti-
A B cles.
– Replace flow sensors when damaged,
soiled, or not particlefree.
050

A B
039
 Remove the breathing system, see page 385.
1 Unscrew inspiratory and expiratory connecting
nozzles (A) for breathing hoses.
2 Insert both SpiroLife flow sensors (B).
3 Screw connecting nozzles (A) back on again
(use only blue, non-rotatable nozzles).
 Fit the breathing system again and lock it in
place.
Zeus IE as a ceiling unit
Features
Zeus IE can be used in conjunction with

appropriately approved ceiling supply units (e.g.,
Movita Lift Strong or Forta Lift).
Connecting Zeus IE to the ceiling supply

unit
CAUTION
Observe the instructions for use for the ceiling
supply unit.

Establishing the mains power supply
The mains voltage must correspond to the voltage 3 Check whether the circuit breaker (B) is
range indicated on the rating plate. pressed. Pressed is indicated by a white circle
on a black background.
CAUTION
Only press the circuit breaker if the screen has
completely failed
A
The circuit breaker disconnects Zeus IE, except
for the screen, from the battery and from the ex-
ternal power supply.
To disconnect the entire device from the power
supply, unplug the mains plug.
174
1 Plug the IEC line socket (A) into the device. Establishing potential equalization
Secure with the screws.
2 Insert the mains plug into a wall socket. The A
LED with the symbol lights up on the
screen.
WARNING
If the device is connected to a power socket
with incorrect mains voltage or without a pro-
tective ground, persons may be injured and
the device may be damaged.
Only connect the device to power sockets with
015
the permissible mains voltage and a protec- Differences in electrical potential between devices
tive ground. can be reduced by potential equalization.
Potential equalization does not replace the
protective ground connection.
During operation, the potential equalization
connectors must be readily accessible and the
B connection must be able to be disconnected
without the use of tools.
1 Connect the potential equalization cable to the
potential equalization pin (A) on the device.
2 Connect the potential equalization cable to a
potential equalization connector of the hospital
264
(e.g., wall, ceiling supply unit, operating table).

Connecting the attachments WARNING

 Connect the attachments to the auxiliary
sockets on the back. The connection of devices to auxiliary power
sockets can lead to an increased leakage cur-
NOTE rent. If the protective ground of one of these
If the mains power fails, devices connected to the devices fails, the leakage current may rise
auxiliary power sockets are not supplied from the above the permissible values. Therefore, the
uninterruptible power supply. total leakage current has to be checked in ac-
cordance with IEC 60601-1-1 when connecting
Do not connect any life-supporting devices to the
devices to the auxiliary sockets.
auxiliary power sockets of the anesthesia worksta-
– Only connect with the approval of the re-
tion.
spective device manufacturer.
Ensure an alternative power supply for connected – Have the leakage current checked by ser-
devices. vice personnel.
– If the permissible value is exceeded, use a
CAUTION mains power socket on a wall instead of
Patient hazard due to risk of electric shock the auxiliary power socket of the device.
Observe the maximum current input of the auxil-

CAUTION
iary devices (see relevant instructions for use).
For devices with a power input with an 8 A elec-
tronic main fuse:
CAUTION
Risk of electric shock and device malfunction In the first 2 minutes after switching on Zeus IE,
no power may be drawn from the auxiliary sock-
To ensure electrical safety, connected devices ets, because the total current fuse of Zeus IE may
must comply with one of the following standards: otherwise trip and the device may switch to bat-
– IEC 60950-1: Ungrounded SELV circuits tery operation.
– IEC 60601-1 (as of 2nd edition): Touchable
secondary circuits If the main fuse trips, the alarm Mains supply
failure appears. In this case, wait for the power-
Only connect devices with a maximum nominal on procedure and then reactivate the main fuse.
voltage of 24 V DC to the serial ports (COM 1,
COM 2, and COM 3), USB ports, and network in- Put connected devices into operation only after
terfaces. this time.

Electrical fuse for auxiliary sockets
A A
015
If an automatic fuse trips:

1 Remedy the malfunction.
2 Then switch on switch (A) on the automatic
fuse.
The fuse is active again.

Establishing the gas supply
WARNING WARNING
Risk due to gas supply failure Risk through use of O2 concentrators
All gas supplies (central gas supply, gas cylin- The following may occur:
ders) must be correctly connected since oth- – Deviations between the set value and the
erwise the backup system (gas cylinders) will actual value for the fresh-gas flow and O2
not be available if gas supply fails. concentration in the fresh gas
– Make sure that all compressed gas hoses – Inaccurate measured values for volume
are correctly connected to the rear side of – Inaccurate volume dosage in volume-con-
the device. trolled ventilation modes
– After connecting the gas supply, check for – Uptake of argon in low-flow operation and
correct function. minimum-flow operation
– Even when the anesthesia machine is con-
Do not use O2 concentrators.
nected to the central gas supply, the gas
cylinders should remain at the device with
valves closed as backup. NOTE
A failure of the gas supply can result in failure of
WARNING the connected devices.
Risk due to poor quality gas
Devices connected to the gas supply may be-
come damaged due to poor quality gas. The
use of non-medical gas may lead to gas com-
positions that impair the functional integrity of
the device.
– Only use medical gases.
– Take note of the national and international
standards for the use of medical gases.
WARNING
Risk through use of prohibited gas supply
If using an oxygen supply that delivers less
than 99.5 % oxygen, this may lead to errors in
the composition of the gas.
Only use oxygen supplies that deliver at least
99.5 % oxygen.

Connecting the compressed gas hose Connecting backup gas cylinders for O2,
Air, or N2O
1 Screw on the compressed-gas hoses of the
central gas supply (CS) for O2, Air, and N2O to Caution when handling compressed gas cylinders:
the front connections of the gas supply block.
The three ports on the back are intended for the WARNING
backup gas cylinders. Risk of explosion
One Air outlet and one O2 outlet are optionally Do not oil or grease the O2 cylinder valves or
available. O2 pressure reducers and do not handle them
2 Connect the compressed-gas hoses to the gas with greasy fingers.
supply block.
WARNING
3 Insert the plugs of the compressed-gas hoses
into the wall supply valves. Risk of explosion
Only use pressure reducers listed in the List
of Accessories Follow the instructions for use
of the pressure reducers used.
CAUTION
Risk of injury
A
Open/close the cylinder valves slowly by hand.

050
Do not use any tools!

4 All LEDs (A) turn green, the pressure values are
between 2.7 and 6.9 bar. The LEDs are
CAUTION
switched off at gas pressures of <2.7 bar, or if
the gas hose is disconnected. Risk of injury
Have leaky or tight cylinder valves repaired pro-
fessionally!
CAUTION
Risk of explosion
If the cylinder valves are open, gas can be re-
moved unnoticeably from the gas cylinders (in-
stead of from the central gas supply) during CS
operation. Always keep the cylinder valves closed
during CS operation.
It is recommended to leave the gas cylinders as a

backup on the device even if there is a connection
to the central gas supply.

179
The backup Air cylinder, which is not illustrated, is

connected to the gas inlet for the Air cylinder.
At the back of the device:
1 Place full gas cylinders into the cylinder holders.
2 Secure the gas cylinders with straps (A).
3 Screw on the gas cylinders in the mount (B).
4 Connect the pressure sensor cable.
5 Open the cylinder valves (C).
The LEDs for the status of the cylinder pressures
should light up green. When the LEDs are switched
off, check that the sensor plug and the pressure
reducer are positioned correctly and the cylinder
pressure is sufficient.
6 Close the cylinder valves again.

Connecting the anesthetic gas receiving system (AGS)
In combination with Dräger anesthesia WARNING

workstations and their modules, the anesthetic gas
receiving system meets the requirements of the
general safety standards (ISO 8835-3 and If the side openings of the receiving system
ISO 80601-2-13). are covered, this may cause a negative pres-
sure in the breathing system and in the pa-
The anesthetic gas receiving system does not work
tient's lungs.
as a stand-alone system, but is used as one of
3 components of an anesthetic gas scavenging Always make sure that the side openings on
system (AGSS). the receiving system are not blocked.
B C
180
1 Connect the transfer hose to the waste gas port

(A) on Zeus IE and to the port of the receiving
system (B).
2 Put the scavenging hose onto the port (C) of the
receiving system.
3 Connect the plug of the scavenginghose (D) to
the terminal unit of the disposal system.
 Follow the Instructions for Use of the anesthetic
gas receiving system (AGS).
CAUTION
Increased occupational exposure
Do not deliver any anesthetic agent if the AGS is
not connected!

Replacing or filling the CO2 absorber
Instructions on absorber operation WARNING

CAUTION
Do not flush soda lime in the anesthesia sys-
Risk of patient injury tem with dry gases for an unnecessarily long
For operation without CO2 monitoring (failed gas period of time!
analysis or blocked sample line), set a fresh-gas The soda lime loses moisture. If the level of
flow that is higher than the minute volume to pre- moisture falls below the minimum, undesir-
vent an increase in the inspiratory CO2 concentra- able reactions usually occur, irrespective of
tion. the type of lime and the inhalation anesthetic
being used:
CAUTION – Reduced CO2 absorption
Risk of patient injury – Increased heat development in the CO2 ab-
sorber and a high breathing gas tempera-
CO2 is not absorbed during replacement of the
ture as a result
absorber! Monitor inspiratory CO2 and set the
– Formation of CO
fresh-gas flow higher than the minute volume, if
necessary, to prevent an increase in inspiratory – Absorption and/or decomposition of inha-
CO2 concentration. lation anesthetic
Zeus IE can be used with disposable Drägersorb

CAUTION CLIC CO2 absorbers or reusable CO2 absorbers.
After replacing the absorber check that the
breathing system is positioned horizontally in the
mount to prevent a loss of gas.
CAUTION
Immediately after replacing the absorber during
operation, proceed directly with a check for leak-
tightness by performing manual ventilation and
conduct a leak test at the next opportunity to elim-
inate possible leaks.
When the breathing system is not used:

Only fill the absorber cannister just before use!

Filling the reusable CO2 absorber 6 Insert the CO2 absorber into the breathing
system from below and tilt it to the right until it
Recommendation: Use only Drägersorb 800 Plus engages.
or Drägersorb FREE.
WARNING Using disposable CO2 absorbers

Risk of hypoventilation
When reusing the soda lime dust filter or the Optional CLIC adapter
IBF absorber filter, the filter resistance may be
The CLIC adapter allows for the use of
increased and the ventilation function of
Drägersorb CLIC 800 Plus or
Zeus IE restricted.
Drägersorb CLIC Free disposable CO2 absorbers,
Replace the soda lime dust filter or the IBF fil- see the instructions for use for disposable CO2
ter with every lime change. absorbers.
Do not use any fracture lime! Increased dust

Fitting the CLIC adapter
accumulation may impair the functionality of
Zeus IE.
A A
B 005
018
 Insert the CLIC adapter into the breathing

1 Tilt the CO2 absorber (A) to the left and remove system from below and turn clockwise as far as
it with a downward motion. it will go. Make sure that the unlock button (A)
2 Remove the dust filter or IBF absorber filter (B) is facing the front and visible to the
using the recessed handles in the filter. user.
3 Empty out the used soda lime and dispose of
according to the soda lime Instructions for Use.
4 Fill the CO2 absorber to the upper mark with
fresh soda lime.
5 Insert a new dust filter or a new IBF absorber
filter. Only use undamaged filters, as exterior
damage to the filter decreases protection!

Pulling out the used absorber Installing the new CO2 absorber
1 Shake the disposable CO2 absorber before
inserting, e.g., by inverting it several times, to
A loosen the soda lime.
2 Remove the seal from the new disposable CO2
absorber.
3 Slide the new disposable CO2 absorber (C) into
the holder (B) as far as possible until you hear it
C snap into place in the CLIC adapter.
068
1 Press the unlock button (A): the holder flips

open.
2 Slide the disposable CO2 absorber (C) out of
the holder (B).
3 Dispose of the used absorber.
Information about disposal is available in the
Instructions for Use of the Drägersorb CLIC
absorber.

Mounting the flexible arm for the breathing bag (optional)
The flexible arm connects the breathing bag to the

breathing system. It allows for specified positioning
of the breathing bag.
B
011
1 If fitted: Remove the connecting nozzle (A) for

the breathing bag from the breathing system.
2 Position the connector of the arm (B) on the
breathing system and fasten it tightly with the
two knurled screws. Check to make sure the
arm is securely fastened.
NOTE
Depending on the date of manufacture, it is possi-
ble that the breathing system does not have
threaded bushings for mounting the flexible
breathing bag holder. In this case, assembly is
only possible if a new breathing system with
threaded bushings is used instead of the existing
breathing system.
3 Attach the breathing bag to other end of the

elbow.

Connecting the hoses
WARNING WARNING
Risk of burns to the patient's airways/mucous Risk due to particles and dust
membranes
In order to protect the patient from particles
A defect in the ventilator or in the DIVA meter- and dust, a filter must be used between the in-
ing module can lead to increased breathing spiratory limb of the breathing system and the
gas temperatures. patient.
To prevent the risk of burns, the length of the Use a Y-piece filter or a filter at the inspiratory
breathing hose may not be less than 110 cm. port.
WARNING WARNING
Risk of patient injury Risk of infection
When using near-patient filters do not scav- If no microbial filter is used at the Y-piece or at
enge at the patient end! the expiratory port, contamination of the
breathing system with infectious agents may
In the event of stenosis or increased filter re-
result.
sistance the patient may be injured by vacu-
um. In this case, hygienically reprocess the
breathing system after each patient.
WARNING
Risk due to leakage in the coaxial breathing NOTE
circuit Zeus IE is manufactured without natural rubber
latex.
Leakage in the inner hose of a coaxial breath-
ing circuit may result in CO2 rebreathing or in- To minimize the risk of exposure to latex, use
sufficient gas exchange. The device can de- breathing bags and breathing hoses manufactured
tect leakages only if a separate test is per- without natural rubber latex.
formed with a coaxial test adapter.
– Use a coaxial test adapter to check the in-
ner hose for leaks, see page 121. After that,
perform a leakage test for the entire
breathing circuit.
– Monitor the gas concentrations measured
during ventilation.

Connecting adult breathing hoses
A G
A
C
D
149
F F E
6 Connect the breathing bag (G) with the
connecting nozzle to the breathing bag hose
and attach to the angled nozzle. Insert the
breathing bag downward, hanging in the
B direction of the floor, into the mount.
176
It is recommended to use Dräger-approved

1 Connect the breathing hoses (A) to the breathing bags only. Otherwise, device
inspiratory and expiratory ports of the breathing performance can be restricted.
system and the Y-piece.
WARNING
Risk of burns when using HF surgery equip-
ment
Do not use any antistatic or conductive
breathing hoses!
2 Attach hose water traps (B) attach at the lowest

point to collect the condensate.
3 Connect the Y-piece (C) and elbow (D).
4 Attach the HME filter or filter (E) to the elbow on
the Y-piece.
5 Connect the sample line (F) to the filter and to
the CO2 water trap.
NOTE
Only scavenge from the near-patient filter, other-
wise the measured values may be incorrect.

Connecting pediatric and neonatal Determining system compliance and leakage

breathing hoses
G
Using a near-patient filter
A
A
G DE
F C
F
272
B 1 Connect Y-piece with filter (G) to the self-test
adapter firmly.
267
2 Perform leak test, see page 159.

1 Connect breathing hoses (A) to the inspiration
and expiration nozzles of the breathing system
using the large sleeves. Connect the small
sleeves with Y-piece.
2 Attach hose water traps (B) attach at the lowest
point to collect the condensate.
3 Connect the Y-piece (C) and spacer (D).
4 Attach the HME filter or filter (E) to the spacer
on the Y-piece.
5 Connect the sample line (F) to the filter and to
the CO2 water trap.
6 Connect the breathing bag (G) with the
connecting nozzle to the breathing bag hose
and attach to the angled nozzle of the breathing
system. Insert the breathing bag downward,
hanging in the direction of the floor, into the
mount.
breathing bags only. Otherwise, device
performance can be restricted.

Using a device-side filter (microbial

filter 654 St)
H
K
L
K J
I
280
1 Connect the breathing hoses (H) with fitted

microbial filters to the inspiratory and expiratory
ports of the breathing system.
2 Attach hose water traps (I) at the lowest point to
collect the condensate.
3 Connect the small sleeves with the Y-piece (J).
4 Connect the sample line (K) to the tube
connector and to the CO2 water trap.
5 Connect the breathing bag with the connecting
nozzle to the breathing bag hose and attach to
the angled nozzle (L) on the breathing system.
Insert the breathing bag downward, hanging in
the direction of the floor, into the mount.
breathing bags only. Otherwise, device
performance can be restricted.

Notes on resistance and compliance Calculating the resistance of the breathing

system and connected accessories
CAUTION Do not exceed a total resistance, either inspiratory
Risk of patient injury or expiratory, of 6.0 hPa (cmH2O), see ISO 8835-3
and ISO 80601-2-13.
When using additional components or hose con-
figurations which deviate from the standard Only include in calculations resistance data that
breathing circuit, the inspiratory and expiratory re- were taken under the same flow conditions:
sistance values may exceed standard require- – Adult: 60 L/min
ments.
– Pediatric patients: 30 L/min
If different hose configurations are used, pay par-
ticular attention to the measurements for the ven- – Neonatal: 5 L/min
tilation. The following formula is used to calculate the
resistance (R):
CAUTION
RInspiration =
Risk of patient injury RBreathing_system_insp + RInsp_hose +
Replacing breathing hoses, filters, vaporizers, or RBreathing_bag_hose + RInsp_filter(port) +
soda lime can change the determined leakage RInsp _filter(Y-piece)
values or compliance values and thus affect ther- RExpiration =
apy. RBreathing_system_exp + RExp_hose +
– Perform a leakage test after replacing breath- RExp_filter(port) + RExp_filter(Y-piece)
ing hoses, particularly flex hoses, vaporizers,
or soda lime. If necessary, take into consideration additional
– Perform a leakage test after changing the parts such as water traps or additional hoses. The
length of flex hoses. data for the resistance of the breathing system can
be found in the "Technical Data" chapter.
CAUTION Depending on the breathing circuit used, the
Risk of patient injury accessories connected, and the resistance of the
patient's airways, air trapping (incomplete
Changed hose lengths can change resistance
expiration) may arise with particular ventilation
and compliance. Especially for neonates, this
settings.
may cause increased or decreased ventilation
volumes. The effects are, e.g., a reduced minute volume in
the case of pressure-controlled ventilation or higher
For neonates in particular, do not use flex hoses.
mean airway pressures and peak pressures in the
case of volume-controlled ventilation.
Accessories such as, e.g., filters affect the dead
space, compliance, and resistance of the breathing Air trapping can be prevented on the anesthesia
circuit. machine by means of the following measures:
Resistance and compliance may change during – Adjusting the respiratory rate and inspiratory
ventilation as a result of condensate formation or time.
the deposition of secretions in the breathing circuit.
– Changing the configuration of the breathing
hoses and accessories that carry exhaled
gases during the expiratory time.
The responsibility for selecting a suitable remedial
measure rests with the user.

Recommended breathing system accessories

1 Select suitable accessories for the respective
patient category:
Adults Pediatric Neonates

patients
Tidal volume >700 mL 301 to 700 mL 50 to 300 mL <50 mL
Breathing bag 3L 2L 1L 0.5 L
Breathing circuit Adults Pediatric pa- Neonates (or pediatric
tients patients)
Filters For adults and pediatric patients, use suitable filters or For neonates, use
HMEFs suitable filters with low
resistance and
compliance.
Assemble the breathing circuit and connect it to the

Y-piece and nozzles on the breathing system, see
"Table with recommended hose configurations".
Only use the accessories listed in the list of
accessories for Zeus IE.
295
When attaching or removing the breathing hoses,

always hold them at the connection sleeve and not
at the spiral ribbing.

Table with recommended hose configurations
Adults Pediatric patients Neonates

Filter or HMEF with connection for sample line between Y-piece Filter at inspiratory port and expiratory
and patient: port, connection for sample line as
close to patient as possible:
insp.
insp.
exsp.
exsp.
Or
Connections on the side for the
Filter at inspiratory port and expiratory port, connection for sample line support the CO2
sample line at Y-piece: measurement and help to flush the
dead space in the Y-piece and the
insp. hose adapter.
If it is not possible to use the filter on
the expiratory port (e.g., in the event of
intrinsic PEEP due to air trapping),
reprocess the device after this patient,
exsp.
see "Cleaning, disinfection, and
sterilization".
An intrinsic PEEP due to air trapping can be prevented by the
following measures:
– Filters on the inspiratory port and the expiratory port instead
of on the Y-piece
– No expiratory filter
In this case, reprocess the device after this patient, see
"Cleaning, disinfection, and sterilization".

Instructions for mounting the accessories
WARNING
Risk of tipping and risk of injury
If the maximum permissible weight is exceed-
ed or if monitors and other auxiliary devices
are placed on the medical device, the device
can fall. Especially if the medical device is
rolled over door thresholds and similar obsta-
cles.
Before moving the anesthesia machine, re-
move all the devices that are placed on it.
Top of device Writing tray, drawer Side with breathing system

The maximum supportable The writing tray The drawer can On the side with the breathing
load for the top of the device can support a support a system, the following may be
is 13 kg (28.7 lbs). maximum load of maximum load of attached to the left-hand T-slot
The following arm no more than no more than rail:
configurations are possible: 10 kg (22 lbs). 3 kg (6.6 lbs).
– A maximum of 10 kg (22 lbs)
– Mounted on the Zeus: The T-slot rails on the side next to the on the Ø38 mm, 390 mm-
Zeus IE swivel arm doors can support a load of max. 2 kg long tube attached on the
(4.4 lbs) at a distance of max. 10 cm side, on a max.
– Mounted on the round (4 in). 40 cm (16 in)-long swivel
tube (Ø38 mm, length
arm1)
360 mm): Swivel arm
30x30 cm (12x12 in)1) or
– 15 kg (33 lb) on a 20 cm
(8 in) swivel arm with
Ø25 mm, 1000 mm-long
round tube
and/or
– 5 kg (11 lbs) at a distance of
max. 10 cm (4 in) in the right
hand T-slot rail
1) At the maximum specified distance to the upper housing cover (see picture)

Preparing the optional patient monitoring system
 Connect the cables and modules for the patient

monitoring system, see page 226.
Connecting the IV system
Attaching to a retaining arm (A) (optional)

B
1 Insert infusion apparatus stand into the
DPS 4 retaining arm and fasten with the clamping
DPS 3 screw.
2 Attach the IV system to the infusion apparatus
DPS 2 stand. Check to make sure the IV system is
DPS 1
secure.
IV Dock 3 A carrying handle (B) can be fitted to the top

syringe pump.
– Insert the carrying handle into the mounting
A slot of the top syringe pump and lower it.
– Turn the clamping screw until the carrying
handle is securely attached.
4 Connect the cable connection (C) between the
C IV system and the IV system connection in the
171
connection field for patient monitoring.

 Assemble the IV system (optional) in
accordance with the instructions for use for the
Module DPS .

Attaching to an infusion apparatus Using Quicklock

1 Attach the IV system to the round rod of the 1 Secure the connector with Quicklock until it can
infusion apparatus stand. Check to make sure be felt and heard to have engaged.
the IV system is secure.
2 To unlock, squeeze the Quicklock on both sides
2 Check the stability of the infusion apparatus and remove the connector.
stand.
3 Connect the cable connection (C) between the Use port saver
IV system and the IV system connection in the
To protect the IV connection on Zeus IE, it is
connection field for patient monitoring.
recommended that an adapter (port saver) be
– Use extension cable if necessary. used.
For stability reasons, an additional attachment to 1 Attach the adapter to the IV connection on
the infusion apparatus stand is necessary from Zeus IE.
three syringe pumps upwards.
2 Insert the IVDock plug into the adapter.
 Use an additional screw clamp.
 Replace the adapter if worn.
The position of the Module DPS syringe pumps on
the IVDock (base) determines the identification of
the syringe pumps for syringe pump control (1 to 4),
see page 164.

DIVA metering modules for anesthetic agents
The device can be operated with one or two DIVA Inserting and removing the DIVA
metering modules. The selection of the slot is metering module
arbitrary.
 Fill the DIVA metering module with the
appropriate anesthetic agent.
– Filling can be done with the DIVA metering
module plugged in or outside of the device.
– Filling is also possible during anesthesia.
– Before the internal self test of the device, the
DIVA metering modules must be filled and
connected in order to ensure a complete
test. A A
WARNING
Storing the DIVA metering module
– Only when empty (except if supplied for
imminent clinical use)
040
– In well-ventilated rooms
The DIVA metering module can be exchanged in all
– Not over 40 °C
operating states (switched off, on standby or during
Empty the DIVA metering module for regular anesthesia).
maintenance and for transport!
Plugging in the DIVA metering module
 Insert the DIVA metering module into the slot
until it can be felt and heard to have engaged.

Removing the DIVA metering module Fill the DIVA metering modules
 Keep the unlock button (A) pressed and remove
the DIVA metering module. CAUTION
Health risk
NOTE
Pressing the unlock button during operation re- Only fill DIVA metering modules in areas with ad-
sults in immediate shutdown of the DIVA metering equate ventilation.
module! This can lead to a rapid drop in anesthetic Do not spill any anesthetic agents and do not in-
agent concentration in the breathing gas. hale anesthetic vapor.
CAUTION CAUTION
Risk of injury Health risk
Place DIVA metering modules only on firm, hori- The DIVA metering module can be filled too full.
zontal surfaces. The DIVA metering module can Anesthetic agent vapors and anesthetic agent
be damaged when dropped. may escape.
Keep an eye on the sight glass. Fill the DIVA me-
Sight glasses tering module to the maximum mark at most.
NOTE
Observe the expiration date and storage tempera-
ture of the anesthetic agent.
If the brand name is different, ensure the correct

250 mL assignment, e.g., by the color coding of the DIVA
metering module and the anesthetic agent bottle.
The color coding, standardized according to
ISO 5359/ISO 32/ISO 5360, is used for anesthetic
agents and medical gases.
004
The DIVA metering modules have a sight glass with Anesthetic agents from different manufacturers
marks for minimum and maximum filling levels. A with different brand names can be metered in the
third mark in the lower section indicates that an DIVA metering module from a technical viewpoint
entire anesthetic agent bottle (250 mL) can be individually or mixed if they are equal in
refilled. composition as well as their physical and chemical
features and if they are approved for
pharmaceutical use.
Filling devices
The following filling devices are possible for the
different anesthetic agents:
Isoflurane Safety filling system/Dräger Fill

Sevoflurane Quik Fil safety filling
system/Dräger Fill
Desflurane Desflurane filling system

Close the drain plug before filling! CAUTION

WARNING Increased occupational exposure
Risk of patient injury When filling during the warm-up phase of the
DIVA metering module, anesthetic agent may es-
Make sure the name of the anesthetic agent
cape.
and the color coding on the DIVA metering
module and anesthetic agent bottle agree. Only fill the DIVA metering module after the warm-
Otherwise, hazardous anesthetic agent mix- up phase.
tures may develop or mistakes can be made.
WARNING Transportation of filled DIVA metering

Risk of patient injury modules
Do not allow any detergents or substances not The DIVA metering module can be transported in
intended for use to enter the filling system. any position. The filling device must be properly
The anesthetic agent may be contaminated. closed.
WARNING
Transportation in filled state
– Only within the scope of regular clinical
Do not use anesthetic agents that were emp- operation, not for storage and dispatch
tied from a DIVA metering module, but dispose
of in a proper manner. Otherwise, the anes- – Only with ambient conditions in accordance
thetic agents may be contaminated, mixed with the technical data
with others or used by mistake. – The DIVA metering module may remain filled
provided operating interruptions do not exceed
CAUTION 6 months; otherwise, empty the DIVA metering
Increased occupational exposure module.
When emptying the DIVA metering module, do The anesthesia equipment can be moved at the
not fill the anesthetic agent bottle up to the brim! place of work when the DIVA metering module is
This can cause anesthetic agent to be released plugged in and locked.
into the atmosphere.
CAUTION
Health risk
Only fill the DIVA metering modules at tempera-
tures of up to 40 °C, otherwise anesthetic agent
can escape.

DIVA metering module with Dräger Fill filling system
for isoflurane and sevoflurane Starting the filling process
D
A
B C
B
067
1 Only use anesthetic agent bottle with
053
anesthetic-specific collars (B) on the bottle

The Dräger Fill filling system consists of the
neck.
following components:
A anesthetic-specific filling device on the DIVA WARNING
metering module Risk of patient injury
B anesthetic-specific Dräger Fill filling adapter on Agent-specific filling cannot be guaranteed if
the anesthetic agent bottle anesthetic agent bottles without a collar are
used. Anesthetic agents may be mixed or
used by mistake.
When filling during operation
2 Select Dräger Fill filling adapters for the
appropriate anesthetic agent. The color coding
MixGas settings
and names/symbols on the filling adapter
correspond to the anesthetic agent used.
A 3 Screw the cap (C) off the anesthetic agent
bottle.
 Use undamaged filling adapters and anesthetic
agent bottles only.
4 Screw the Dräger Fill filling adapter(D) firmly
onto the anesthetic agent bottle.
CAUTION
332

 Touch the Ventilate reservoir (A) button.
With a leaky connection between the bottle adapt-
The DIVA metering module is vented for er and bottle, anesthetic agent vapor can escape.
approx. 30 seconds. No anesthetic agent vapor
escapes into the environment during filling.

Avoid excessive force and tilting of the

anesthetic agent bottle!
8 Watch the filling level in the sight glass (H).
F 9 The supply will be interrupted automatically

when the maximum mark is reached.
10 Fill the DIVA metering module to the maximum
mark at the most.
11 If the DIVA metering module is filled beyond the
E
maximum mark, the anesthetic agent flows out
through an overflow hole (I).
061
5 Screw the locking cap (E) off the filling device
slowly so that any pressure which has built up Finishing the filling process
in the DIVA metering module can escape 1 Reduce the pressure in the anesthetic agent
slowly. bottle and slowly pull out the anesthetic agent
6 Introduce the anesthetic agent bottle with the bottle.
filling adapter (F) into the filling opening. When 2 Check the filling level in the sight glass (H) – the
doing so, turn the anesthetic agent bottle DIVA metering module must hang or stand
clockwise until the coded area has engaged in vertically during the check.
the filling opening.
3 Screw on the locking cap (J).
CAUTION  Screw the Dräger Fill filling adapter off the
Health risk anesthetic agent bottle and
If turned in the wrong direction, the screw-on fill- 4 use the screw cap (K) to close the anesthetic
ing adapter may come loose from the anesthetic agent bottle.
agent bottle and anesthetic agent may escape.
CAUTION
Do not turn the anesthetic agent bottle counter-
clockwise. Increased occupational exposure
Firmly screw on the locking cap. Otherwise, anes-
thetic agent can escape.
NOTE
G Anesthetic agent bottles which have a Dräger Fill
filling adapter fitted may be kept in storage.
H I K
J
062
7 Press the anesthetic agent bottle (G) up to the

stop into the filling opening and keep it pressed.

Emptying the DIVA metering module
B
C
A
263
1 Hold empty anesthetic agent bottle (A) under

the drain opening on the bottom of the DIVA
metering module.
2 Screw the locking cap (B) off the filling opening.
3 Use a screwdriver for hexagon sockets to open
the drain plug (C).
4 Close the drain valve again after emptying.
5 Close the anesthetic agent bottle with the cap.
6 Close the DIVA metering module with the
locking cap (B).
WARNING
Do not use anesthetic agents that were emp-
tied from a DIVA metering module, but dispose
of in a proper manner. Otherwise, the anes-
thetic agents may be contaminated, mixed
with others or used by mistake.

DIVA metering module with Safe-T-Seal filling system
MixGas settings
A
A
B
C
013
332
Safe-T-Seal filling system with permanently  Touch the Ventilate reservoir (A) button.
installed adapter The DIVA metering module is vented for approx.
The Safe-T-Seal filling system consists of the 30 seconds. No anesthetic agent vapor escapes
following components: into the environment during filling.
A Anesthetic-specific filling device on the DIVA WARNING

metering module Risk of patient injury
B Anesthetic-specific adapter, permanently If new or sealed anesthetic agent bottles are
installed on the anesthetic agent bottle partially empty, this may have been caused by
a leak.
Safe-T-Seal filling system with screw-on The DIVA metering module can be filled too
adapter full. Anesthetic agent vapor and anesthetic
The Safe-T-Seal filling system consists of the agent liquid may escape.
following components: Keep an eye on the sight glass. Fill the DIVA
A Anesthetic-specific filling device on the DIVA metering module to the maximum mark at
metering module most.
B Anesthetic-specific Safe-T-Seal filling adapter

screwed on to the anesthetic agent bottle
C Anesthetic-specific collar and thread on the
neck of the bottle

Starting the filling process WARNING

Risk of incorrect filling
Safe-T-Seal filling device with permanently
When using anesthetic agent bottles without
installed filling adapter
anesthetic-specific collars, substance-specif-
ic filling may be carried out incorrectly.
– Only use anesthetic agent bottles with an-
esthetic-specific collars on the neck of the
bottle.
– Only use Safe-T-Seal filling adapters for
sevoflurane.
– Use undamaged filling adapters and anes-
thetic agent bottles only.
C
2 Screw the cap (E) off of the anesthetic agent
bottle.
B
030
1 Screw off the cap (B) of the permanently

installed filling adapter (C). F
2 The filling adapter (C) must sit firmly and
tightly on the anesthetic agent bottle and must
be undamaged.
Safe-T-Seal filling device with screw-on filling

adapter
035
E
3 Firmly attach the screw-on Safe-T-Seal filling
adapter (F) to the anesthetic agent bottle.
D
034
1 Use anesthetic agent bottles with anesthetic-

specific collars (D) on the neck of the bottle.

K
H
M
G
037
J L
041
4 Remove the locking cap (G) from the filling
6 Press the anesthetic agent bottle (I) into the
device slowly so that any pressure buildup in
filling opening as far as it will go and keep it
the vapor can escape slowly.
pressed while still holding the anesthetic agent
5 Insert the anesthetic agent bottle with the filling bottle firmly. Avoid the use of excessive force
adapter (F) into the filling opening (H). When and jamming of the anesthetic agent bottle.
doing so, turn the anesthetic agent bottle
7 Watch the filling level in the sight glass (J). The
clockwise until the coded area has engaged in
supply will be interrupted automatically when
the filling opening.
the maximum mark is reached.
CAUTION 8 Fill the DIVA metering module to the maximum
Health risk mark at most.
If turned in the wrong direction, the screw-on fill- 9 If the DIVA metering module is filled beyond the
ing adapter may come loose from the anesthetic maximum mark, the anesthetic agent will flow
agent bottle and anesthetic agent may escape. out through an overflow hole (K).
Do not turn the anesthetic agent bottle counter-
clockwise.

Finishing the filling process

1 Reduce the pressure in the anesthetic agent
bottle (I) and slowly pull out the anesthetic
agent bottle.
2 Check the filling level in the sight glass (J) – the
DIVA metering module must hang or stand
vertically during the check.
3 Screw on the locking cap (L).
 Unscrew the Safe-T-Seal filling adapter from
the anesthetic agent bottle and close the
anesthetic agent bottle with the screw cap (M).
CAUTION
Increased occupational exposure.
Firmly screw on the locking cap. Otherwise, anes-
thetic agent can escape.
NOTE
Anesthetic agent bottles which have a Dräger Fill
filling adapter fitted may be kept in storage.

DIVA metering module with safety filling device
B MixGas settings
A
A
C
051
for isoflurane
332
The safety filling system consists of the following
components: 1 Press the Ventilate reservoir (A) button before
A Anesthetic-specific filling device on the DIVA filling.
metering module The DIVA metering module is vented for
B Anesthetic-specific Dräger filling adapter approx. 30 seconds. No anesthetic agent vapor
C Anesthetic-specific collar and thread on the
neck of the bottle
E
Recommendations
– Use only anesthetic agent bottles with an
anesthetic-specific collar on the bottle neck. D
– Use Dräger filling devices only.
– Use filling adapters with a non-return valve only.
– Use undamaged filling adapters and anesthetic
052
agent bottles only.

2 Select the filling adapter for the appropriate
– If the filling adapter is not firmly and tightly
anesthetic agent.
connected to the anesthetic agent bottle and
the DIVA metering module, the anesthetic agent The color coding and names/symbols on the
can flow out. filling adapter correspond to the anesthetic
agent used.
3 Screw the filling adapter (D) firmly onto the
anesthetic agent bottle.
4 Turn the square end (E) of the filling adapter so
that the holes point downwards.

CAUTION
I
er and anesthetic agent bottle, anesthetic agent
vapor can escape.
057
9 Swivel the anesthetic agent bottle (I) slowly to
an overhead position and keep it in this position.
10 Watch the filling level (J) in the sight glass.
The supply will be interrupted automatically
055

5 Pull out the locking bolt (F) and fold it down.
NOTE
6 Hold the anesthetic agent bottle downwards.
The seals of the DIVA metering module and filling
The holes of the filling adapter point adapter are wearing parts: Check and have them
downwards. replaced by trained personnel if necessary.
G
056
7 Insert the filling adapter (G) into the opening of

the filling device up to the stop.
8 Tighten the lever (H) without using excessive
force.
The lever is not flush with the front side of the
DIVA metering module when filling.
Increased effort can cause damage to the seal and
lead to release of fresh gas and anesthetic agent.

If the lever cannot be closed completely, disengage

the lever and depress the locking bolt completely,
otherwise the locking bolt will not seal and the
gasket seal may be damaged.
7 Unscrew the filling adapter and close the
C anesthetic agent bottle with the cap.
A NOTE
Do not store any anesthetic agent bottles with the
B filling adapter unscrewed! Anesthetic agent will be
4
D released!
058
To use anesthetic agents in a safe and

1 Swivel the anesthetic agent bottle (A) environmentally-friendly manner, please follow the
downwards. following instructions:
2 Check the filling level with the sight glass (B). NOTE
The DIVA metering module must be in an Close the anesthetic agent bottle, even if it has
upright position. been emptied. Allow remaining anesthetic agent in
3 Swivel the lever (C). the filling adapter and anesthetic agent bottle to
evaporate under an extractor hood, otherwise an-
4 Pull out the filling adapter (D). esthetic agent vapor will be released.
E
059
5 Insert the locking bolt (E) and press in

completely.
6 Close the lever (C).
Otherwise, fresh gas and anesthetic agent
vapor could escape after switching on and
transporting the DIVA metering module.

A
265
1 Hold empty anesthetic agent bottle (A) under

the drain opening on the bottom of the DIVA
metering module.
2 Swivel the lever slowly.
3 Pull out the locking bolt and fold it down.
the drain plug (B).
5 Close the drain plug again after emptying.
6 Insert the locking bolt again and press in up to
the stop.
7 Close the lever.
8 Close the anesthetic agent bottle.

Quik Fil sevoflurane safety filling system
A
B
053
The safety filling system consists of the following B

components:
A Anesthetic-specific filling device on the DIVA
060
metering module
2 Unscrew the cap (B) from the bottle adapter.
B Anesthetic-specific adapter on the anesthetic
agent bottle. The bottle adapter must be positioned firmly
and tightly on the anesthetic agent bottle and
must be undamaged.
Filling during operation
CAUTION
MixGas settings
er and anesthetic agent bottles, anesthetic agent
A vapor can escape.
332
1 Press the Ventilate reservoir (A) button.

The DIVA metering module is vented for
approx. 1 minute. No anesthetic agent vapor

D
A
C
B
061
3 Screw the locking cap (C) off the filling device
062
slowly so that any pressure which has built up in
the DIVA metering module can escape slowly.
bottle (A) and slowly pull out the anesthetic
4 Insert the anesthetic agent bottle with the bars agent bottle.
into the respective grooves (D) of the filling
2 Check the filling level in the sight glass (B) – the
opening. Only use anesthetic agent bottles with
DIVA metering module must stand vertically
suitable bars!
during the check.
 Press the anesthetic agent bottle up to the stop
into the filling opening and keep it pressed. CAUTION
 Avoid excessive force and tilting of the Increased occupational exposure
anesthetic agent bottle! Firmly screw on the locking cap. Otherwise, anes-
 Watch the filling level in the sight glass. thetic agent can escape.
The supply will be interrupted automatically  Screw the cap onto the bottle adapter.
 Always keep the anesthetic agent bottle closed!

A
263
1 Screw empty anesthetic agent bottle (A) into the

drain opening on the bottom of the DIVA
metering module.
2 Unscrew the locking cap (B) of the filling device.
the drain plug (C).
4 Close the drain valve again after emptying.
5 Remove the anesthetic agent bottle and close it
with the cap.
6 Close the DIVA metering module with the
locking cap (B).

DIVA metering module for desflurane with Safe-Fil filling system
Filling during operation
A B
C
A
B
065
C
The Safe-Fil filling system consists of the following
components:
A Anesthetic-specific filling device on the DIVA
metering module
054
B Unlock button on the DIVA metering module 1 Touch the unlock button (A).
C Anesthetic-specific adapter on the anesthetic 2 Pull out the locking cover (B) of the DIVA
agent bottle metering module.
3 Open the desflurane anesthetic agent bottle
and insert the bottle neck (C) into the filling
opening until it engages.
4 Keep the anesthetic agent bottle pressed.
The anesthetic agent bottle is equipped with an
internal valve to prevent spilling.
5 Watch the filling level in the sight glass. The
DIVA metering module must be in a vertical
position when checking.
NOTE
Fill the DIVA metering module to the maximum
mark only!
If filled beyond the maximum mark, excess desflu-
rane may splash out of the filling device when re-
moving the anesthetic agent bottle.

Finishing the filling process Emptying the DIVA metering module

bottle.
2 Touch the unlock button.
3 Pull out the anesthetic agent bottle and close it.
4 Insert the locking cap of the DIVA metering
module into the filling device until it engages.
066
1 Attach an empty anesthetic agent bottle.
2 Turn the DIVA metering module with the
anesthetic agent bottle attached upside down
and push.
3 After emptying in this position, touch the unlock
button and remove the anesthetic agent bottle.
4 Turn the DIVA metering module upright and
close it with the locking cover.
5 Close the anesthetic agent bottle.


Startup
Startup
Device check. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108

Checking the central gas supply. . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Checking the backup gas cylinders . . . . . . . . . 108
Checking the O2 flush. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Checking the emergency O2 delivery . . . . . . . . 109
Checking the breathing system . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Checking the APL valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Emergency ventilation bag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Checking the anesthetic
gas scavenging system AGSS . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Checking the O2 flow meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Switching on Zeus IE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Supply & safety. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Breathing system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Suction & Y-piece . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Self test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114

Preparing the self test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Starting the self test manually. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Automatic self test (Auto self test) . . . . . . . . 117
Pretest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Displaying the test results. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119

Test results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Test info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Automatic self test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Test history . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Leakage assistant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
System info. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122

during operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Startup in emergencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123

Startup
Device check
Prerequisites Checking the backup gas cylinders

– The device has been reprocessed, see chapter
"Reinigung, Desinfektion und Sterilisation", and A A
assembled ready for operation.
– The gas supply, anesthetic gas scavenging
system and power supply must be connected.
– Optional: Filled backup gas cylinders are
connected.
– The emergency ventilation bag, e.g.,
Dräger Resutator 2000, is on the device.
Checking the central gas supply
179
Immediately change over to cylinder supply in the
event of a central gas supply failure:
1 Open the cylinder valves (A) slowly.
A
050
If the pressure is sufficient, all LEDs (B) will turn

Check gas pressures: green (see page 70):
 All LEDs (A) turn green. The pressure values – O2 greater than 50 bar
are between 2.7 and 6.9 bar. – Air greater than 50 bar
– N2O greater than 30 bar
If the gas pressures fall below 2.7 bar, the LEDs will
go out. If the LEDs are not green, the pressure values lie
below the threshold value:
– O2 less than 20 bar
– Air less than 20 bar
– N2O less than 30 bar
2 Make sure that the sensor plug and the cable to
the pressure reducer are connected properly.
NOTE
If the valves are open during central supply opera-
tion: Risk of gas being drawn from the backup gas
cylinders!
3 Close the cylinder valves again after the

capacity test.

Startup
Checking the O2 flush Checking the breathing system
A A
038
The O2 flush is provided for flushing and filling the
breathing system and the breathing bag with
oxygen quickly (approx. 35 L/min), bypassing
anesthetic agent delivery.
047
There is a knob (A) on each side of the breathing 1 It is complete and engaged. The hoses are
system with identical functions. firmly connected.
1 Manually close the filter on the Y-piece or 2 New soda lime, not discolored violet.
connect the test lung.
2 Press the O2+ button (A). CAUTION
Risk of device failure
3 The breathing bag fills; the filling process can
be heard. To avoid a backflow of condensed water into the
breathing system, the hoses between the patient
and the breathing system must have sufficient
Checking the emergency O2 delivery slack.
The condensate in the hose must be continuously
A monitored and, if necessary, disposed of or dis-
charged to the hose water traps. Standing water
impairs device operation!
042
1 Manually close the filter on the Y-piece or

connect the test lung.
2 Press the O2 rotary safety knob (A) to unlock it
and adjust the O2 flow by turning the knob.
3 The breathing bag fills.
4 Turn the O2 rotary safety knob (A) back to the
original position and push it in.

Startup
Checking the APL valve Checking the anesthetic gas scavenging

system AGSS
B
The anesthetic gas scavenging system (AGSS)
must conform to ISO 8835-3 and ISO 80601-2-13.
A
WARNING
If the side openings of the receiving system
are covered, this may cause a negative pres-
sure in the breathing system and in the pa-
tient's lungs.
215
Always make sure that the side openings on

(for manual checking in cases of emergency) the receiving system are not blocked.
1 Adjust the pressure to 20 mbar (A).
2 Manually close the filter on the Y-piece or
connect the test lung. B
3 Manually ventilate with breathing bag.
4 Check the pressure limits on the mechanical A
pressure gauge (B).
Emergency ventilation bag
Example: Dräger Resutator 2000 (not shown).

 The emergency ventilation bag is present on
the device and its functionality has been
044
checked.
1 Transfer hose (A) is connected to the nozzle on
the back of the device and to the receiving
system (AGS).
2 The scavenging hose is connected to the
receiving system, the plug (B) is in the Dräger
wall socket, whose indicator is green.
3 The float in the AGS hangs between the two
markings.
 Follow the Instructions for Use of the anesthetic
gas receiving systems (AGS) and the
anesthetic gas scavenging system (AGSS).

Startup
Checking the O2 flow meter
O2
212
1 Open the adjustment knob counterclockwise.

The ball ascends steadily in the measuring
tube.
2 Close the adjustment knob.

Startup
Switching on Zeus IE
The start may be delayed due to database

maintenance.
Self test
Test details
A
Self test
050
 Touch the On/Off button (A).
310
Manual ventilation and emergency O2 delivery are
possible at all times. The device switches to the self test mode
automatically. The Test details > Checklist dialog
Anesthetic agent is not delivered yet! window is opened.
WARNING
Perform the self test once a day in order to
check the operational reliability of the device
and hence minimize the risk of exposing the
patient to a hazard!
618
The initial screen appears after switching the

device on.

Startup
Checklist
Use the checklist (A) to make sure the device is Breathing system
ready for operation.
The checklist consists of the following test steps: 1 Touch the Breathing system tab (C).
– Supplies & Safety (B) 2 Perform the following test steps:
– Breathing system (C)
– Suction unit & Y-piece (D) – Anesthetic gas scavenging system
Self test – Manual breathing bag
Test details – APL valve
– Soda lime
A B
C
D
Suction & Y-piece
1 Touch the Suction/ Y-piece tab (D).

Self test
2 Perform the following test steps:
– Endotracheal suction
– Microbial filters
310
– Y-piece
– Sample line
CAUTION
– Watertraps
The checklist is part of the self test and must be
applied each time before operation. Otherwise The checklist can also be called up during
device operation may be impaired. operation.
1 Switch to the system standby screen.
 Call up the test steps one after the other and
work through the checklist. 2 Touch the Device test... button.
The Test details dialog window appears.
Supply & safety 3 Touch the Checklist tab (A).
1 Touch the Supplies/ Safety tab (B).

2 Perform the following test steps:
– Power supply
– Central gas supply
– Gas cylinders
– Emergency breathing bag
– O2 flush
– O2 emergency delivery

Startup
Self test
Preparing the self test Starting the self test manually
WARNING The self test can only be started from the system
standby screen.
The self test must never be performed when a
patient is connected!
CAUTION
When filling during the warm-up phase of the
DIVA metering module, anesthetic agent may es-
cape. A
Only fill the DIVA metering module after the warm-
up phase.
302
1 Touch the Device test... button (A).
A The Test details dialog window appears.
Self test
Test details
Self test
C D
048
1 Place the Y-piece (A) with the filter firmly onto

the cone (self-test adapter).
435
2 Connect sample line to the filter. 2 Touch the Self test (B) button.
3 Set the APL valve to 20 mbar. 3 Touch the Name of tester button (C).
4 Switch off the manual O2 supply. 4 Enter a new name or select a name from an
existing list of the last six testers. Names can
also be deleted from the list.
5 The Start (D) button automatically turns yellow.
Confirm with rotary knob.

Startup
The self test starts. The Start button (D) is dark After the pretest, the following options are available
green. to continue the self test:
Self test – Pretest passed:
Test details
– Self test continues automatically.
– At the end of the self test, the current test
result is displayed.
– Pretest failed:
 Call up the cause of the error via the Test
info tab.
Self test
 Perform the pretest again or start the self
E test directly to obtain accurate error
analysis.
A failed pretest does not change the last self test
436
result.
The total duration of the test is approx. 8 minutes.
Two progress indicators (E) show the elapsed time The pretest can be activated as a separate test in
in %. preparation for the automatic self test,
see page 118.
The top bar displays the Pretest. The pretest takes
approx. 1 minute. The device is tested for the The bottom progress bar displays the progress of
following most frequent errors: the self test.
– Large leak
A tone sequence is played from the primary
– Y-piece not connected properly
loudspeaker after completion of the pretest. Next 2
– APL valve setting
tone sequences, each with 3 constant tones, are
– Central supply status of O2 and Air
played from the backup loudspeaker.
– Flow sensors inoperable
If these tones cannot be heard, service personnel
If a problem is determined in the pretest,
must be contacted.
information about the cause and how to remedy the
problem appears above the progress bar.
 When the problem has been remedied, touch
the Repeat pretest button.

Startup
Self test
Test details
F
I
Self test
G
H
501
437
There is an audible tone at the end of the self test.

During the self test, the Test results (F) page
displays the results of the previous test. The system standby screen displays the following
information (I):
If the self test is passed, the device will display the
completed/operable message on a green – Exchange water traps at least every 4
background. The self test did not identify any errors weeks.
and the device automatically switches to the Start – Last self test: Date and time
dialog. Zeus IE can be put into operation. – Run self test at least every 24 hours
– Last test result (with colored background).
If the self test is failed, one of the following
messages appears:
Test of the alarm system
– completed/partly operable on a yellow
background. The user can decide based on the The alarm system is automatically checked during
cause of the error (see "Test info" on page 119) the self test. Additionally, the loudspeaker is
whether the self test should be repeated or automatically checked when a new case is started.
ended after remedying the error.
– completed/not operable on a red background.
The user must repeat the Self test after
remedying the error.
Repeating the self test:
 Touch the Repeat button (G). All tests are
repeated.
Terminating the self test:
 Touch the Cancel button (H).
If the self test is canceled during the test sequence,
the canceled message appears instead of
completed.
If the self test failed, the Test details dialog window
remains open.

Startup
Automatic self test (Auto self test)
The start of the automatic self test is set in the

general basic settings, see page 360.
A
B
500
Before the start of the self test, a message (A)

about the upcoming automatic self test appears on
the standby screen.
The message contains the following information:
– Exchange water traps at least every 4
weeks.
– Self test will start at: Time (countdown
4 minutes before start)
– Last self test:: Date and time
– Run self test at least every 24 hours
– Last test result (with colored background).
The countdown can be interrupted by:
– touching the Cancel Autotest button (B)
– Opening the startup dialog
The countdown is replaced by –:– .
The automatic self test is repeated after 24 hours.

Startup
Pretest
Pretest
Test details
Pretest
B
C
435
The pretest can be started as a separate test in

preparation for the automatic self test the next day.
This ensures that the typical errors in the self test,
see page 115, will no longer occur.
The pretest is called up from the standby screen.
1 Touch the Device test... button.
2 Touch the Pretest button (A).
The Start button (B) automatically turns yellow.
3 Confirm with rotary knob.
The pretest starts. The button turns dark green.
A progress indicator shows the elapsed time in %
during the test. If a problem is found in the pretest,
information about the cause and how to remedy the
problem appears in the text display.
After the problem has been remedied:
 Touch the Repeat button (B) (Start). The
pretest continues.
Or cancel the pretest:
 Touch the Cancel button (C).

Startup
Test results Test info
Calling up the test results: Calling up the test info:

 Touch the Test results tab (A).  Touch the Test info tab (A) or View details tab
(B).
Test details
Test details
A
A
ISO SEV
C D
316
All results of the last test are displayed and saved

until the next test or a restart. B
319
The test result is displayed in color: All faults from the self test or leak test are listed.
Green test successful The user receives the following information about
Red test unsuccessful troubleshooting:
– Fault (C)
Gray not tested – Cause and remedy (D)
– graphic presentation of the system components
In addition to the image, important system data is
displayed:
– Central supply pressure and cylinder pressure
– Leaks and compliance with the time of the last
measurement
– Battery capacity
– Anesthetic agent quantity in the DIVA metering
module

Startup
Automatic self test Test history
 Touch the Auto self test tab (A). Calling up the test history:
Test details  Touch the Test history tab (A).

A Test details
Time-controlled self test
B A
starts at
Time-controlled self test C
317
The automatic self test is set as standard in the
316
general basic settings, see page 360.
The results of previous tests are displayed with the
The default values can be changed for the next test: following information:
– Time-controlled self test starts at (B)
– Date and Time
– Time-controlled self test (C) On/Off
– Test
The new values apply to the next automatic self – Name of tester
test. After the next automatic self test is completed, – Number of test loops
the values are reset to the default values. – Result
Factory setting: Off If a test did not detect any faults but is incomplete,
the result is indicated with canceled.
When activating On, the following messages
appear:
– Auto self test is enabled. Conduct Pretest.
Check start time.
When activating Off, the following message
appears:
– Auto self test is disabled.

Startup
Leakage assistant
The Leakage assistant facilitates leak detection in

the breathing system. Test pressure and leakage-
flow values are displayed continuously, so that a
reduction in the leakage is immediately apparent by
manually checking the connections.
D E
H F
Test details
A G
B
C
107
315
Prerequisites:
Starting the leakage assistant:
– The emergency O2 delivery is not active.
 Touch the Leakage assistant button (A). The
Perform test:
Start button (B) turns dark green automatically.
1 Connect the connector (D) to the inspiratory
The leakage assistant starts.
port.
The test pressure is 25 to 30 mbar and is indicated
2 Connect the coaxial test adapter (E) to the
in the form of dotted lines on the pressure display.
expiratory port.
If the part of the system closest to the patient is the
3 Remove the elbow (F) from the hose. Connect
cause of the leak, a leak value above 100 mL/min
the connector (G) to the coaxial test adapter
is displayed in red. For other causes, a leak value
(E).
above 500 mL/min is displayed in red.
4 Touch the Leakage assistant button.
A message indicates where the cause of the leak
– Wait until the leakage value is stable.
can be found and provides information about how
to remedy the problem. If the leakage value exceeds 500 mL/min,
use another breathing circuit.
Leaving the leakage assistant:
5 To return to the selection of the available tests,
 Touch the Cancel button (C).
touch the Cancel button.
6 Connect the breathing circuit completely.
Testing a coaxial breathing hose for leakage
– Remove the coaxial test adapter.
The leakage assistant can be used to find leakage – Attach the elbow again.
in the inner hose of coaxial breathing circuits. When – Connect the connector (H) (expiration) to
Dräger coaxial breathing circuits are used, the the expiratory port.
inner hose is connected directly to the expiratory – Perform the system test or leakage test.
port using a test adapter for this purpose.

Startup
Notes on leaks: System info
The System info page contains information about

Flow valve Pressure sensor
Flow sensor, exp.
the device configuration.
Calling up the system info:
Lung
 Touch the System info tab (A).
Circle flow
Test details
A
Absorber Blower Flow sensor, insp.
Bag
Pressure sensor
Leak test 2
Leak test 1
246
Leaks are determined separately in the mechanical

subsystem and the system as a whole. (See "Gas
flow diagram" on page 446).
Leak test 1:
– Leak test in near-patient breathing system.
316
Leaks of up to 100 mL/min are tolerated.
– The leak value is relevant to automatic
ventilation. Service
Leak test 2: An access code is required to display the following
– Leak test in the system as a whole. Leaks of up service-related information:
to 500 mL/min are tolerated. – System info
– The leak value is relevant to manual and – Info log
spontaneous breathing. – Service info
– More Info
– System data
– DIVA data
– GMZ Data
– Access codes
– Apollo Software.

Startup
Displaying the test results during operation
1 Touch the Trends/Data... button.

Trends/Data
A The Trends/Data dialog window appears.
2 Touch the System tab (A).
B The Test details dialog window appears.
3 Touch the Test results tab (B).
320
Startup in emergencies
WARNING
Use only in urgent cases if there is no time for
the self test!
B
If a self test is not completed, malfunctions
can go undiscovered!
Pay special attention during operation!
A
071
2 Set the O2 rotary safety knob (B) for emergency

O2 delivery to the desired O2 flow:
050
Range: 0 to 12 L/min
1 Touch the button (A) on the screen.
3 Start manual ventilation.
Wait for the software to launch and for electronics
test to end. The device only performs a minimum
test.
NOTE
During this phase, no anesthetic gas delivery is
possible!

Startup
After switching on, the device opens the Test

details dialog window.
Test details
MAN/SPON. F
Self test
323
C  Touch the MAN/SPON field (F).
316
The Ventilation settings dialog window opens.

Canceling the self test 1 Touch the button for the required ventilation
mode.
 Touch the Cancel button (C). The button turns
yellow. Confirm with rotary knob. 2 Adjust the fresh-gas settings if necessary.
No message appears on the system standby 3 Return the O2 safety rotary knob to 0 and push
screen. The Startup dialog dialog window in.
appears.
NOTE
The warm-up phase of the DIVA metering modules
takes approx. 2 minutes. No anesthetic gas can be
delivered during this time!
Startup dialog
The leak and compliance test is not performed.
The levels of accuracy (e.g., for flow measure-
ment) indicated under "Technical data" cannot be
guaranteed.
WARNING
In order to ensure device features in an emer-
gency operation, check APL valve and breath-
D ing system operation by ventilating manually
in MAN/SPON ventilation mode.
312
The MAN/SPON button (D) is shown in yellow. If

the Startup dialog is confirmed with the rotary
know, the devices switches automatically to the
MAN/SPON mode with the preset profile.

Operation
Operation
Start settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 Web access (optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161

Export of case data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 Launching a web application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Start dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Patient transfer (optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 IV system - IVenus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Information and
Changing patient data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 safety instructions on the IV application . . . . . 163
Patient categories and set ranges . . . . . . . . . . 130 Safety concept. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Influence of weight and age Controls for IV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
on the device settings: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Infusion dialog window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Putting the Module DPS
Integrated SmartPilot View (optional). . . . . . 131 into operation on Zeus IE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Administering an infusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Smart Ventilation Control (optional) . . . . . . . 132 Administering a bolus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Select drug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Gas delivery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 Simultaneous replacement
Nitrous oxide-free system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 of syringe and drug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Adjusting mixed gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 Drug library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Fresh-gas control mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 Module DPS – transport concept . . . . . . . . . . 176
Auto control mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 Displaying infusion trends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Uptake mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 Setup for the IV system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Safety instructions for Auto control mode. . . . . 138
End of operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 Switching off Zeus IE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Starting ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 When Zeus IE is not in use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
MAN/SPON ventilation mode
(manual/spontaneous) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Volume Control AutoFlow ventilation mode . . . 143
Volume Control ventilation mode . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Pressure Control ventilation mode . . . . . . . . . . 145
Pressure Support ventilation mode . . . . . . . . . 147
Changing the ventilation mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Set ranges and default values
for the ventilation modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Ventilating pediatric patients and neonates . . . 149
Using non-rebreathing systems . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Directing fresh gas to the external outlet . . . . . 151
Pause mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Maneuvers (optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Special events during ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Changing the patient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Checking the soda lime . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Changing the HME filter or filter . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Leak test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
3
Operation
Start settings
Prerequisite Exporting case data

The device has passed the self test or the self test 1 In the main menu bar, touch the Export case
was canceled due to an urgent emergency. data... button (A).
Export case data...

Export of case data
Case data can only be exported in Standby mode. D

B
G F E
A C
502
The case data and the associated time stamps are
displayed in the list (B). Information for the export is
displayed in field (C), e.g., USB stick is ready.
Exporting selected case data

302
Prerequisite: USB storage medium is installed and 2 Select a case with the rotary knob or with the
is connected to the USB interface. Detailed arrow keys (D).
information about connecting and installing can be
The patient data for the selected case are
found in the instructions for use.
displayed in field (E). This line may be empty if
The data are stored in the "Draeger\ExportData" there are no patient data available for the case.
directory. Each exported case is contained in a
3 Touch the Export selected button (F).
separate compressed archive in .tar.gz format.
Each archive contains files with data in csv format,
depending on the options that have been enabled. Exporting all case data
The archive name includes the following
Touch the Export all button (G).
information:
– Case ID
– Date and time of the start of the case

Operation
Start dialog Selecting other profiles

1 Touch the More profiles button (C).
The Startup dialog dialog window on the The profile selection list (profile setup
standby screen will open: see page 347) will appear. The current profile has a
– Automatically after the self test is successful or dark green background.
is canceled 2 Select and confirm the profile using the rotary
– By touching the screen below the upper blue knob.
bar and on the left next to the buttons
– By touching the Start... button (A). The selected profile is displayed on the button
– When the application of 2 mechanical breaths (B).
using the breathing bag is detected 3 Close the selection list:
– When connecting an IV system to Zeus or a
connected IV system is started, i.e.: Touch the More profiles button (C).
– An IV dock is connected to Zeus with a Alternative:
switched-on pump.
– An IV dock is already connected to Zeus  Touch the Continue case button (D).
and a switched-on pump is mounted. All the therapy settings are preserved when
– An IV dock is already connected to Zeus Continue case is selected. All trends and the
and a mounted pump is switched on. alarm log are carried forward. Depending on the
Standby basic configuration, the anesthetic agent
concentration will either be set to 0 or the last
selected value will be retained.
If the startup dialog has been closed, the last
Startup dialog
selected profile is displayed on the Continue case
button with the corresponding symbol.
D B
E F G
H 2. Set details (Setting the details)
I
1 Touch the Weight: (E), Age (F), Height: (G), or
C J Gender (H) button.
K L 2 Use the rotary knob to set and confirm the

A value.
312
RR and VT are dependent on the IBW of the patient

1. Select profile (Selecting the profile) if Radford or Define was selected, see the Basic
settings > More settings > Calculat. settings
The user can set the profiles displayed on the dialog. The patient category has an influence on the
buttons (B) in the System setup dialog window, calculation of the IBW.
see page 347. Only the buttons that have assigned
profiles are displayed. The five factory profiles are Patient category IBW formula
preset. The default profile is preselected and has a
Neonates IBW = actual body weight
dark green background.
For patients with max. IBW = 16 x (body height in
126 cm body height: m)²
For patients with min. IBW = 22 x (body height in
127 cm body height: m)²

Operation
3. Check settings (Checking the settings) Patient transfer (optional)

The upper display field (I) shows the current
settings for gas delivery and ventilation for the Startup dialog
selected profile.
The lower display field (J) shows the IV settings for
the selected profile (optional).
A
4. Start (Start) B
After completion of each user action within the start
dialog, the MAN/SPON button (K) is activated.
Confirmation per rotary knob closes the Startup
dialog dialog window and switches to the
MAN/SPON ventilation mode.
472
Alternative: When connected to an Infinity network, it is
possible to transfer patient data (trend data,
 Touch the Pause button (L) and confirm with the demographic data).
rotary knob to close the start dialog window and
to switch to the Pause mode. Demographic data is sent to Zeus IE directly.
Trend data is only available for subsequent transfer
Changing IV data (optional) (to monitors or other Zeus IE systems) or for
printout (via Infinity network).
Standby
The transferred patient is automatically always a
New patient.... Zeus IE suggests the most suitable
profile.
Startup dialog
1 Touch the Patient transfer button (A). The
button turns dark green.
The following information is displayed (B):
– Bed
M – Name
– Care unit (only with Multiview workstation in the
Infinity network).
2 The selected bed is shown in yellow. Confirm
with rotary knob.
312
 Touch the More IV settings button (M). All buttons are gray and the Transferring patient
The 4 blocks of the IV configuration containing all data, please wait! message is displayed during the
relevant pump data are displayed. Drug data and patient transfer. After the transfer, the patient data
assignments can be changed. is updated and the page closes.
Closing the page:

 Touch the More IV settings button (M).

Operation
Changing patient data
Setting the following patient data:

A
– Weight (E)
– Height (F)
– Age (D)
– Date of birth (H)
1 Touch the respective button.
2 Use the rotary knob to set and confirm the
value.
The year of birth changes automatically when age
is entered, and vice versa.
323
Open the Patient setup dialog window during Setting the Gender (G):
operation:
 Touch the Female or Male button.
 Touch the field for patient data (A).
Print case (I) (optional):
Patient setup  Touch the Graphic or Tab. button.
The graphic or tabular trends of the entire patient
B E are printed.
C F
G
3
D H
I
468
The dialog window contains buttons for the various

patient data.
The keyboard window appears for text input for the
following settings:
– Name (B)
– ID (C)
Specific features of the keyboard:
In contrast to a normal PC keyboard, the Shift and
AltGr buttons do not switch back. The button must
be touched a second time for it to switch back.
 Enter text and press Enter or confirm with
rotary knob.

Operation
Patient categories and set ranges Patient Parameter Recommended

category setting ranges1)
The patient categories are as follows:
Neonates Age 0 to 2 years
– Neonates Weight 0.3 to 10 kg
– Pediatric patients Height 20 to 80 cm
– Adults Pediatric Age 0 to 16 years
patients
The factory-supplied profiles correspond to the
Weight 5 to 50 kg
three patient categories. A change in patient
category can only be made by selecting a new Height 50 to 200 cm
profile. Adults Age 12 to 130 years
Factory- Weight Age Height Weight 30 to 300 kg

set profile (kg) (years) (cm) Height 120 to 300 cm
Dräger 5 0 60 1) For settings outside these ranges, the Check patient
Neo. category alarm appears.
Dräger 20 6 100
Ped. 1
Dräger 40 12 150
Ped. 2
Dräger 80 60 180
Adult 1
Dräger 100 60 180
Adult 2
WARNING
By selecting a patient category, values for pa-
tient weight and age, which have an effect on
patient and ventilation settings, are preselect-
ed.
The selected patient category should always
match the patient.
WARNING
When acknowledging the settings selected,
the user accepts responsibility for their suit-
ability.

Operation
Influence of weight and age on the device settings:
Patient data Influenced parameter Algorithm Remark

Weight Tidal volume: VT Radford / User / VT from profile Setting is performed
only in standby mode.
Respiratory rate: RR Radford / User / RR from profile Setting is performed
only in standby mode.
∆Psupp cancellation >20 kg: 4.0 s
20 kg: 1.5 s
Internal respiratory phase >20 kg: Criteria for adults
detection
20 kg: Criteria for pediatric pa-
tients
Alarm limit setting for >20 kg: 6.0 L/min
Exp. time too short
20 kg: 2.0 L/min
Internal circle flow in >20 kg: 6 L/min x Ti/(Ti + Te)
fresh-gas mode
20 kg: 1 L/min x Ti/(Ti + Te)
Age xMAC Age-dependent after Mapleson
Integrated SmartPilot View (optional)
SmartPilot View* is only available in the adult Integrated SmartPilot View is optionally displayed
(Adult) patient category. or hidden in the left-hand area (B) of the screen.
1:35
The view can be saved in a profile (Profiles).
Detailed information can be found in the SmartPilot
B View instructions for use.
A
503
 Touch the SmartPilot button (A).
* only in conjunction with variant 3 - C700

Operation
Smart Ventilation Control (optional)
The Smart Ventilation Control software supports Detailed information can be found in the Smart
the user during anesthesia from intubation to Ventilation Control instructions for use (9053869,
extubation. 2nd edition and higher).
Gas delivery
Zeus IE can be operated in manual fresh-gas Nitrous oxide-free system

delivery mode (FG ctrl. control mode) and as a
closed control loop (Auto ctrl. control mode). A nitrous-oxide-free device system can be
In contrast to conventional fresh-gas delivery, the configured under Basic settings > More settings
automatic control of oxygen, carrier gas and an- > VA/N2O, see page 376.
esthetic agent takes place in a closed control loop. Throughout the system in nitrous-oxide-free
operation, N2O monitoring and the N2O setting
WARNING elements are turned off.
If face masks are used, the end expiratory an-
esthetic agent measurement may be incorrect
on account of the leak to be expected. Do not Adjusting mixed gas
operate the device in the Auto ctrl. control
mode.
WARNING
Risk due to residual concentrations of anes-
thetic agent
Volatile anesthetic agent may trigger malig-
nant hyperthermia. As a result, the patient
could be put at risk.
– For patients suspected of malignant hyper-
thermia: Do not use any volatile anesthetic A
agent or devices with residual concentra-
329
tions of these gases above 5 ppm.

1 Touch the Pause - no gas dosage button (A).
– For further information and recommenda-
tions for therapy settings for patients with The MixGas settings dialog window containing the
suspected malignant hyperthermia, con- control modes opens.
tact the responsible national Dräger orga-
Switch control mode to:
nization.
– FG ctrl. (fresh-gas control) or
– Auto ctrl. (auto control)
CAUTION
Mixed gas is only delivered if a ventilation mode is
active.

Operation
Fresh-gas control mode When selecting the therapy control for the
anesthetic gas concentration for the first time, the
initial value is preset automatically, see page 376.
MixGas settings
 Button (G) opens the Ventilation settings
A dialog window
 Button (H) opens the Alarms dialog window
Fresh-gas control
J Volume Control - CMV -AF
K
B C I
338
D E F G After closing the MixGas settings dialog window,
the most important therapy controls (I) are shown in
H 330
the lower part of the screen and can be used

directly.
Setting the fresh-gas concentration manually Set the O2 concentration to 100 %.
1 Touch the FG ctrl. tab (A).  Touch the 100% O2 button (J).
2 Confirm with rotary knob. The color of the therapy control (K) will turn yellow
3 Touch the button for the desired carrier gas (B). and will display a value of 100 %.
4 The color changes to yellow, confirm with rotary  Use the rotary knob to set and confirm the
knob. value.
5 Touch the button (C) for the anesthetic agent

required (ISO, SEV, DES).
The anesthetic agents displayed correspond to
the connected DIVA metering modules.
6 The color changes to yellow, confirm with rotary
knob.
Settings:
– O2 fresh-gas concentration FG O2 (D)
– Fresh-gas flow Flow (E)
– Fresh-gas concentration of the anesthetic
agent FG DES, FG ISO, FG SEV (F)
7 Touch the therapy control of the parameter.
value.
The set values are transferred to the system.

Operation
Default settings:
Parameter Setting range Default settings:
Neo Ped1 Ped2, Adult1,
Adult2
Carrier gas Air or N2O N2O N2O N2O
Fresh-gas flow 0 to 18 L/min 2 L/min 4 L/min 6 L/min
Fresh-gas flow for external 3 to 18 L/min 6 L/min 6 L/min 6 L/min
fresh-gas outlet
With Air as the carrier gas: 21 to 100 Vol% 90 Vol% 100 Vol% 100 Vol%
FG O2
With N2O as the carrier gas 25 to 100 Vol% 90 Vol% 100 Vol% 100 Vol%
FG O2
FG ISO 0 to 5 Vol% 0 Vol% 0 Vol% 0 Vol%
FG SEV 0 to 8 Vol% 0 Vol% 0 Vol% 0 Vol%
FG DES 0 to 18 Vol% 0 Vol% 0 Vol% 0 Vol%

Operation
Auto control mode Other parameters:

– FiO2 (D) (inspiratory O2 concentration target
MixGas settings value)
– Flush flow (E) (flush flow)
A – MinFG flow (F) (minimum fresh-gas flow)
– etSEV, etISO, etDES (G) (target value
expiratory anesthetic gas concentration)
– inSEVmax, inISOmax, inDESmax (H) (limit
value maximum inspiratory anesthetic agent
concentration)
B C  Touch button (I). The Ventilation settings
D E G H I
dialog window appears
F J 332
 Touch button (J). The Alarms dialog window
appears
Automatic concentration control WARNING

The expiratory anesthetic agent content and
inspiratory oxygen content of the breathing gas are The user must adjust maximum inspiratory
measured, compared, and readjusted to the set anesthetic agent concentration to suit the pa-
nominal values. For a detailed description, see tient. Otherwise there is a risk of concentra-
"Descriptions", see page 449. tion levels being too high or too low.
In Auto control mode, the level of fresh-gas flow is
Setting parameters:
selected automatically. Fresh-gas flow is limited
downwards by minimum flow. 6 Touch the therapy control of the respective
parameter.
Activating Auto control mode:
1 Touch the Auto control (A) tab and confirm
value.
with rotary knob.
Selecting the carrier gas:
When the warm-up phase of the metering module
2 Touch the (B) button.
is complete, the xMAC target value is displayed
3 The color of the button turns yellow. Confirm (above the therapy control for the target value of the
with rotary knob. expiratory anesthetic gas concentration).
Selecting the anesthetic agent: The xMAC target value specifies the xMAC value
that is achieved when the target value for the
4 Touch the ISO, SEV or DES button (C). The
expiratory anesthetic gas concentration is reached.
anesthetic agents displayed correspond to the
connected DIVA metering modules. If N2O is selected as the carrier gas, the following
target values are used to calculate the xMAC target
5 The color of the button turns yellow. Confirm
value:
with rotary knob.
– Expiratory anesthetic gas concentration
– Inspiratory O2 concentration

Operation
Setting mixed gas in the therapy bar on the

main screen
After closing the MixGas settings dialog window,
the most important therapy controls are displayed
in the therapy bar of the main page and can be set
there directly.
K
M
L
N 338
Setting the inspiratory O2 concentration:

1 Touch the (L) button.
value.
If 100% O2 is to be delivered:
3 Touch the 100% O2 button (K). The color of the
therapy control will turn yellow and the value
100 will be displayed.
Setting the flushing flow:
1 Touch the Flush flow button (M).
2 Use the rotary knob to set and confirm the value
(max. 18 L/min).
The button color changes to dark green and
displays the set value. The fresh-gas flow is
increased to the set value for 60 s. The text
Flushing is displayed above the virtual flow tubes.
Interrupting the flush flow:
 Touch the (N) button.
The flushing flow is interrupted and displays the set
MinFG Flow (closed or minimum fresh-gas flow).

Operation
Default settings:
Parameter Setting range Default settings:
Neo Ped1 Ped2, Adult1,
Adult2
Carrier gas 0 to 100 Vol% Air N2O N2O N2O
1)
Air or N2O 0 to 75 Vol% N2O
FiO2 25 to 100 Vol% 100 Vol% 100 Vol% 100 Vol%
MinFG flow ; 0.25 to 18 L/min
Flush flow 3 to 18 L/min 4 L/min 6 L/min 6 L/min
etISO 0 to 5 Vol% 0 Vol% 0 Vol% 0 Vol%
inISOmax 0 to 5 Vol% 4 Vol% 4 Vol% 4 Vol%
etSEV 0 to 8 Vol% 0 Vol% 0 Vol% 0 Vol%
inSEVmax 0 to 8 Vol% 8 Vol% 8 Vol% 8 Vol%
etDES 0 to 18 Vol% 0 Vol% 0 Vol% 0 Vol%
inDESmax 0 to 18 Vol% 12 Vol% 12 Vol% 18 Vol%
1) A nitrous oxide-free device system can be configured under Basic settings.

Operation
Uptake mode
MixGas settings WARNING

If the volatile anesthetic agent is changed on
Zeus IE, an anesthetic agent mixture can form
in the breathing system:
 Do not switch to Auto control mode for at
least 15 minutes.
 Set a high fresh-gas flow until the accumu-
lated anesthetic agent has been scav-
enged!
A In Auto control mode, the system flushes au-

tomatically (for 15 minutes at a fresh-gas flow
332
of >12 L/min) after changing the volatile anes-

Operating mode: Closed system thetic agent.
In Uptake mode, leak and uptake are compensated CAUTION

automatically. The system operates at minimum
If the Auto control cutoff message is displayed,
fresh-gas flow.
switch to the manual fresh-gas control mode to
 Set the button MinFG flow (A) to . avoid any unnecessarily high gas or anesthetic
gas consumption!
For detailed information, see "Display of the flow
tubes" on page 225.
CAUTION
If the DIVA metering module is activated, do not
Safety instructions for Auto control remove it while the Auto control control mode is
mode running or else the anesthetic agent will be
washed out at a high fresh-gas flow.
WARNING
If the HighFlow mode (fresh-gas flow
>12 L/min) is set automatically due to the
failure of a component when in Auto control
mode, the anesthetic agent concentration
must be adjusted manually. The text
Automatic flushing is displayed above the
flow tubes.
In HighFlow mode, the depth of anesthesia
may otherwise be too shallow because the ex-
piratory concentration target value is used as
the fresh-gas concentration target value.

Operation
Ventilation
Starting ventilation Selecting the ventilation mode:

 Touch the corresponding tab, e.g., (B). The
color turns yellow. Confirm with rotary knob.
A
C
329
Opening the Ventilation settings dialog window: D
335
 Touch the (A) button. Setting ventilation parameters:
The following ventilation modes are available: 1 Touch the corresponding therapy control.
– Pause 2 Use the rotary knob to set and confirm the
– MAN/SPON value.
– Vol. Ctrl. AutoFlow
3 Touch the button to close the dialog window.
– Volume Control
– Pressure Control Direct switching to the MixGas sett. dialog window
– Pressure Support (C) and Alarms dialog window (D) is possible from
– Smart Ventilation Control (optional) all ventilation modes.
– External FG outlet (optional)
B
334

Operation
Setting ventilation parameters in the therapy

bar on the main screen
After closing the Ventilation settings dialog
window, the most important therapy controls are
displayed in the therapy bar of the main page and
can be set there directly.
Example: Volume-controlled ventilation at constant
flow
Volume Control - CMV E 338
Activate MAN/SPON ventilation mode:

 Touch the MAN/SPON button (E).

Operation
MAN/SPON ventilation mode Applying the volumeter function

(manual/spontaneous)
MAN/SPON
600
1200
Ventilation settings 5.2
45 s
A
A
337
The top progress indicator shows the current
inspiratory and expiratory tidal volume VT. The
expiratory tidal volume is also displayed
numerically. The progress indicator tracks the
inspiratory and expiratory tidal volume VT. At the
end of inspiration, the tidal volume delivered is
represented by a bar. The leak in tidal volume is
displayed at the end of the expiration phase.
The bottom progress indicator shows the measured
336
minute volume. The expiratory minute volume is

In the MAN/SPON ventilation mode (A), the patient also displayed numerically. The current expiratory
can be ventilated manually using the manual minute volume is re-determined for each breathing
breathing bag. cycle and the elapsed time is displayed in seconds
 Set maximum airway pressure at the APL valve. alongside the progress indicator, with the
accumulated volume above it.
 CPAP level is preset.
Starting the volumeter

Setting ventilation parameters in the therapy
bar on the main screen Specifying the CPAP level:
After closing the Ventilation settings dialog 1 Touch the therapy control (A).
window, the most important therapy controls are 2 Use the rotary knob to set and confirm the
displayed in the therapy bar of the main page and value.
can be set there directly.
3 Touch screen in the area of the progress
MAN/SPON B indicator.
600
1200 On the progress indicator, the individual breaths
C 5.2
45 s
are separated by segments. After 60 seconds, the
volumeter will stop automatically. The measured
337
The (B) button shows the last selected ventilation values are displayed for 4 minutes and then
mode or, initially, the ventilation mode preselected cleared.
in the basic settings (see page 376). If the volumeter is pressed again before the
Switching to the previous ventilation mode: 60 seconds have elapsed, the volumeter will stop
and the values will be cleared. If pressed again, the
 Touch the (B) button and confirm with rotary volumeter is restarted.
knob.
The volumeter function (C) is used for monitoring
and evaluating ventilation with spontaneous
breathing and manual ventilation in the
MAN/SPON ventilation mode.

Operation
Setting the APL valve Spontaneous
10 20 30
002
012
 Turn the valve head of the APL valve left as far
 Set the valve head to the desired maximum
as it will go.
airway pressure.
The dots coincide and the valve head is lifted.
Settings between the grid marks are also possible.
The pressure limitation is cancelled, the valve is
CAUTION open for free spontaneous breathing and the set
Risk of patient injury CPAP level is used.
Even with automatic ventilation, the APL valve
must be adjusted to a pressure that is safe for the
patient!
Quick release
003
 Release pressure from the breathing system by

lifting the valve head.

Operation
Volume Control AutoFlow ventilation Ventilation settings

mode
Volume Control AutoFlow with decelerating

inspiration flow
E F G H I
Paw Pressure support
fast rise time slow rise time ∆Psupp
fast rise time slow rise time
Pinsp
PEEP
t
A B C D
Trigger window for insp. and
339
Ti
exp. synchronization
1 Adjust volume-controlled ventilation with autoflow,
RR
Flow synchronization, synchronization/Psupp:
A Maximum airway pressure Pmax
t
B Tidal volume VT
without spontaneous with spontaneous C Respiratory rate RR

breathing breathing
D Positive end-expiratory pressure PEEP
258
Fixed mandatory minute volume MV adjusted with E Switching Sync. (synchronization) on and off
tidal volume VT and respiratory rate RR. Switching this on activates synchronization
For patients with and without spontaneous and, if set, activation of the set pressure
breathing. support.
The patient can breathe spontaneously at any time F Flow trigger threshold for Trigger
(free deep breathing ability). Spontaneous (synchronization of mandatory breaths)
breathing can be supported with Pressure An exceeded trigger threshold is represented in
Support. the pressure curve by triangles.
G Pressure support ∆Psupp
WARNING
Risk of patient injury H Inspiratory time Ti or I:E
Do not use Volume Control AutoFlow ventila- In the configuration (see page 375), specify
tion mode with intrinsic PEEP (alarm mes- whether Ti or the I:E ratio is set.
sage: Exp. time too short). Expiratory flow
does not return to the base line. This can I Pressure rise time Slope
cause an excessive pressure rise in ventila-
tion pressure.
CAUTION
The administered volume may be lower than the
set volume if there is a leak!

Operation
Volume Control ventilation mode Ventilation settings
Volume Control with constant flow
Paw
% Tplat
E F
Pmax
Pplat
(configu- PEEP
rable)
Ti Te
t
A B C D
340
1
RR
Flow Adjust ventilation pattern with ventilation
Insp. Flow parameters:
A Maximum airway pressure Pmax
t B Tidal volume VT
C Respiratory rate RR
259
D Positive end-expiratory pressure PEEP

Volume-controlled ventilation with fixed mandatory
E Inspiratory time Ti or I:E
minute volume MV, adjusted with tidal volume VT
and respiratory rate RR.
In the configuration (see page 375), specify
For patients without spontaneous breathing. whether Ti or the I:E ratio is set.
WARNING F Pause time % Tplat

Do not use Volume Control ventilation mode
with intrinsic PEEP (alarm message: Exp. time
too short). Expiratory flow does not return to
the base line. This can cause an excessive
pressure rise in ventilation pressure.
CAUTION
The administered volume may be lower than the
set volume if there is a leak!

Operation
Pressure Control ventilation mode Adjust ventilation pattern with ventilation

parameters:
A Inspiration pressure Pinsp
Paw Pressure
support ∆Psupp B Respiratory rate RR
fast rise time slow rise time
Pinsp fast rise time slow rise time C Positive end-expiratory pressure PEEP
PEEP D Switching Sync. (synchronization) on and off

t
Trigger window for insp. and exp.
Switching this on activates synchronization
Ti
synchronization and, if set, activation of the set pressure
1
RR
support.
Flow
E Flow trigger threshold Trigger for
synchronization of mandatory breaths. An
t
exceeded trigger threshold is represented in the
pressure curve by triangles.
without spontaneous with spontaneous
breathing breathing F Pressure support ∆Psupp
258
G Inspiratory time Ti or I:E

Pressure-controlled ventilation combined with free
In the configuration (see page 375), specify
spontaneous breathing during the entire breathing
whether Ti or the I:E ratio is set.
cycle and adjustable pressure support on PEEP
level. The mandatory portion of the total minute H Pressure rise time Slope
volume, MV, is adjusted with the inspiratory
Inspiration pressure Pinsp is adjusted in absolute
pressure Pinsp, and the respiratory rate RR. terms while pressure support Psupp is adjusted
For patients with and without spontaneous relative to the PEEP level.
breathing.
The patient can breathe spontaneously at any time
(free deep breathing ability). Spontaneous
breathing can be supported with Pressure
Support.
D E F G H
A B C
341

Operation
PEEP modifications
J I
342
Depending on the configuration in the basic

settings, the inspiratory pressure Pinsp can be
automatically changed when modifying the PEEP
value, see page 375.
For PEEP-value-dependent setting of the change
in Pinsp:
1 Touch the PEEP therapy control (I).
The color turns yellow. The value of ventilation
parameter Pinsp (J) also turns yellow.
2 Set PEEP and confirm with the rotary knob.
The value for Pinsp is automatically adjusted.

Operation
Pressure Support ventilation mode Adjust ventilation pattern with ventilation

parameters:
Continuous Positive Airway Pressure/Pressure A Minimum respiratory rate RRmin
Support The minimum respiratory rate RRmin defines
the period after which a mechanically triggered,
Paw
Trigger indicator Trigger indicator pressure-supported breath is administered if it
Apnea
ventilation has not been triggered by spontaneous
∆Psupp triggering.
Time [s]
B Positive end-expiratory pressure PEEP
Slope
1/RRmin
C Flow trigger threshold for Trigger
1/RRmin (synchronization of mandatory breaths)
Flow An exceeded trigger threshold is represented in
the pressure curve by triangles.
D Pressure support ∆Psupp
Time [s]
E Pressure rise time Slope
Flow trigger Flow trigger No trigger
260
Spontaneous breathing at an increased pressure

Changing the ventilation mode
level to increase the functional residual capacity.
Spontaneous breathing can be supported with
If the ventilation mode is changed, the presets from
Pressure Support. For patients with spontaneous
the parameters of the preceding ventilation mode
breathing.
are adopted or suitably derived.
Ventilation settings Identical parameters are adopted directly.
When changing from pressure-controlled
ventilation mode Pressure Control to volume-
controlled ventilation modes, a mechanical VT is
determined over 10 breaths and preset.
C D E
In addition, Pplat is set as a new Pinsp when
changing from volume-controlled ventilation modes
to Pressure Control (see following table).
A B
343

Operation
Set point Vol. Ctrl. AutoFlow / Pressure Control Pressure Support MAN/SPON
Volume Control
VT VT (measured) ––– ––– –––
Pinsp ––– Pplat ––– –––
Ti X X ––– –––
Te X X ––– –––
PEEP X X ––– –––
∆Psupp X X X –––
1)
Slope X X X –––
CPAP ––– ––– X/PEEP X
1)
Trigger X X X –––
1) Only applies to Vol. Ctrl. AutoFlow.
––– Is not adopted.

X Is adopted
Set ranges and default values for the ventilation modes
Ventilation parameter Setting range Factory default value

Neo Ped1 Ped2 Adult1 Adult2
Tidal volume VT [mL] 20 to 1500 30 150 300 600 700
Respiratory rate RR [1/min] 3 to 80 30 25 20 12 10
Inspiratory time Ti [sec.] 0.2 to 10 depending on RR, I:E
RRmin [1/min] 12 6 6 3 3
I:E ratio 4:1 to 1:4 1:1 1:2 1:2 1:2 1:2
Maximum airway pressure Pmax [mbar] 8 to 70 15 20 40 40 40
CPAP [mbar] Off, 3 to 10 Off Off Off Off Off
Positive end expiratory pressure PEEP Off, 3 to 35 Off Off Off Off Off
[mbar]
Inspiratory pressure Pinsp [mbar] 3 to 70 10 15 15 15 15
Pressure support ∆Psupp [mbar] 0 to 70 0 0 0 0 0
Pressure rise time Slope [sec.] 0 to 2 0 0 0 0 0
Flow trigger threshold Trigger [L/min] 0.3 to 15 3 3 6 6 6

Operation
Ventilating pediatric patients and Using non-rebreathing systems

neonates
Only possible with the External FG outlet option.
If tidal volume VT is less than 200 mL:
WARNING
 Use suitable ventilation accessories, see the
Insufficient gas supply to the patient
table on page 82.
Non-rebreathing systems are only suitable
If tidal volume VT is less than 20 mL, or if tubes are
and intended for manual ventilation or sponta-
unblocked (leaks possible), ventilate with Pressure
neous breathing. They must only be connect-
Control.
ed to the external fresh-gas outlet.
In the Auto control control mode, an automatic
Connect the non-rebreathing system in accor-
increase in fresh-gas flow is possible.
dance with the instructions for use.
Consequently, in the MAN/SPON ventilation mode,
the ventilation ressureure can reach the maximum Strictly observe instructions for use of the non-
airway pressure adjusted at the APL valve. rebreathing system and transfer hose.
For this reason: To prevent contaminating the ambient air with
 Always adjust maximum airway pressure at the anesthetic gases, connect the gas outlet of the
APL valve according to the patient! breathing system to the gas inlet on the anesthetic
gas receiving system. Use a transfer hose with an
WARNING overpressure valve conforming to ISO 80601-2-13.
Limiting device performance
WARNING
Observe weight setting! Weight determines in- Risk of faulty gas delivery
ternal circle flow.
O2, CO2, and anesthetic gases must be moni-
WARNING tored, even for non-rebreathing systems.
With neonates, monitor the inspiratory CO2 Make sure that the sample line is connected.
concentration as an indicator for pendulum
respiration. WARNING
Risk of excessive airway pressure
WARNING
Excessive airway pressure may result from
Risk of patient injury the absence of an overpressure valve or
The user must assess the risks of switching breathing bag.
over to 100% O2 and take action as necessary. Only non-rebreathing systems with a breath-
ing bag or an overpressure valve in accor-
dance with ISO 80601-2-13 may be connected.
CAUTION
Risk of gas contamination
In A-cone operation, the sample gas withdrawn is
returned to the internal breathing system. When
changing patients or anesthetic agent, flush the
breathing system!

Operation
Example: Bain system

 Prepare Bain system according to the relevant
B
C
A
611
3 Remove the sealing plug from the inlet nozzle
269
(C) of the anesthetic gas receiving system.

1 Connect the sample line to the elbow of the
 Use the transfer hose to connect the non-
non-rebreathing system and to the water trap
rebreathing system to the inlet nozzle on the
(A).
anesthetic gas receiving system (C).
For elbows without a sample gas connection:
NOTE
 Use a T-piece for the sample line.
After using a non-rebreathing system, reinsert the
Or sealing plug into the inlet nozzle to prevent
contamination of the ambient air with anesthetic
 Connect a filter with a sample gas
gases.
connection to the Y-piece. Connect the
sample line to the filter. Ensure the correct
course of the sample line. Do not use
adapters.
2 Connect the fresh-gas hose of the non-
rebreathing system to the external fresh-gas
outlet (B).

Operation
Directing fresh gas to the external outlet External fresh-gas outlet
NOTE
If the Ext. fresh-gas outlet is switched to when in
344
Auto control control mode, the Zeus IE activates After closing the Ventilation settings dialog
Fresh-gas control control mode automatically. window, the External fresh-gas outlet mode is
displayed in the lower part of the screen.
A Pause mode
Ext. fresh-gas outlet
Overview
The Pause mode stops ventilation and gas delivery
for an indefinite time. Gas measurement and
Check fresh-gas settings.
MixGas will be patient monitoring (optional) remain activated. This
switched to Fresh-
gas control mode is suitable, for example, when intubating or
B C D automatically.
disconnecting the patient.
470
Clearing the alarm

1 Touch the External FG outlet tab (A). The color
turns yellow. If the time defined by the profile-dependent Timer
therapy control is exceeded, an alarm reminds the
The following message appears: MixGas will
user to resume the ventilation. Setting the therapy
be switched to Fresh-gas control
control Timer to 0:00 deactivates the alarm. The
automatically.
total elapsed time is also displayed.
If the previous therapy mode is resumed from the
3 Set fresh-gas values. Pause mode, the previous therapy settings will be
retained.
Settings:
– O2 fresh-gas concentration FG O2 (B)
– Fresh-gas flow Flow (C) Pause mode as monitoring mode
– Fresh-gas concentration of the anesthetic
If (e.g., for a regional anesthesia) a new case is
agent FG DES, FG ISO, FG SEV (D)
started in Standby mode with the ventilation mode
4 Touch the therapy control of the parameter. set to Pause, the Timer therapy control will always
be set to 0:00, regardless of the profile
configuration. That prevents alarms related to
value.
pause time.

Operation
Maneuvers (optional) parameters for the respective maneuver are shown

and set in area (B).
Zeus IE has various maneuvers for lung
recruitment. During a maneuver, various lung- One-step lung recruitment
related data is shown so that the user can assess
the course of a maneuver. This maneuver applies a set pressure for a specific
period and thus facilitates, for example, a
The reminder function (optional) reminds the user prolonged ventilation breath with adjustable
to carry out a maneuver. A reminder is issued after pressure.
first changing the ventilation mode to:
– Volume Control Procedures
– Pressure Control
– Pressure Support
– SVC
as well as during programmable intervals once a
maneuver is completed. The Consider G
recruitment message is shown in the flow and
pressure curves.
C D F
The responsibility for the use of the recruitment
maneuvers lies solely with the user. E H
604
Dräger recommends monitoring the patient’s
hemodynamics when carrying out a maneuver. 1 Use the therapy controls to set Pressure (C)
and Duration (D).
Available maneuvers:
2 If necessary, touch the More button (E) and set
– One-step recruitment
a reminder with the therapy control (G).
– Multi-step recruitment
3 Touch the Start button (F) and confirm.
1 Open the Procedures dialog window.
The rise in pressure from the PEEP level to the set
2 Touch the tab of the corresponding maneuver. pressure level and the pressure drop at the end of
the maneuver occur with 20 hPa/s.
Procedures
The maneuver automatically comes to an end
when the time is up. To cancel the maneuver, touch
the Cancel button (H) and confirm. If necessary,
A the PEEP may be adjusted before confirming.
When starting the maneuver, the alarm limit Paw is
checked. If the alarm limit is too low, it will be
B changed to a value 5 hPa below the set pressure.
After the maneuver, the alarm limit is reset to the
original value.
604
The relevant curves, trends and measured values

are shown in area (A) of the dialog window. The

Operation
Multi-step lung recruitment 2 If necessary, touch the More button (O) to

display the following settings:
This maneuver applies a sequence of pressure-
controlled mandatory breaths with variable R ∆Pressure Pressure difference between
pressure levels. The inspiratory and expiratory Pinsp and PEEP, with ventila-
pressures are increased incrementally and then tion taking place during the
reduced again to the starting level. For parameters
maneuver. After reaching the
such as RR and Ti, the values from the previous
set maximum pressures
ventilation mode are applied. If there is no value for
PEEP max or Pinsp max, the
the parameter Slope, a value of 0.2 seconds is
pressure difference is adjust-
used.
ed accordingly so that both set
values for PEEP max and Pin-
Procedures
sp max can be achieved.
S Breaths@Max Number of spontaneous

breaths at the pressure level
I J K of Pinsp max
T Breaths/Step Number of spontaneous
R S T U breaths after which the next
L pressure level starts
O U Reminder Length of time before the re-

Q P M
minder for another maneuver
N appears
603
3 Touch the Start button (L) and confirm this.

I Trends in the measured values for pressure,
compliance or tidal volume
J Trend prediction for inspiratory pressure and
expiratory pressure during the maneuver
("what if..." function)
The exact course of the maneuver is influ-
enced by the following values:
– Parameters entered in this dialog
– Set values for RR and PEEP in the therapy
bar
K Values for pressure, compliance or tidal vol-
ume
1 Using the therapy controls Pinsp max (Q) and

PEEP max (P), set the pressure levels to be
reached during the maneuver.

Operation
During the maneuver, the inspiratory pressure is

gradually and automatically increased to the set
maximum pressure value Pinsp max and the
expiratory pressure to the maximum pressure value
PEEP max. Both pressures are kept at the
maximum pressure level for a specified number of
spontaneous breaths, Breaths@Max, and then
gradually lowered. The values the pressures are
increased and lowered to are dependent on the
patient category selected. The corresponding
setting is confirmed in the Basic settings dialog.
When starting the maneuver, the alarm limit Paw is
checked. If the alarm limit is too low, it will be
changed to a value 5 hPa above the set pressure
Pinsp max. After the maneuver, the alarm limit is
reset to the original value.
If the pressure should not increase further during
the maneuver, touch the Descend now button (M)
and confirm. The pressure will then be gradually
lowered. This will shorten the duration of the
maneuver.
To cancel the maneuver, touch the Cancel button
(N) and confirm. If necessary, the PEEP can be
adjusted before confirming. This can be useful if,
for example, the desired effect has already been
achieved during the maneuver. Ventilation then
continues immediately with the previous settings
and the adapted PEEP.
Due to the delay between the set and measured
airway pressures for technical reasons, there may
be a difference of up to one level between the
currently used pressure and the last measured
pressure.
Using the rotary knob, the cursor can be moved in
the screen area (I) to show the previous measured
values. In order to make reading the data easier,
the screen area (I) is temporarily not updated. In
order to show the current measured values again,
touch area (J).

Operation
Alarm behavior during the maneuver

During the maneuver, several alarms are adjusted
as follows:
Alarm Maneuver
One-step recruitment Multi-step lung recruitment
Pressure alarms:
AW pressure high Alarm limit increased to Alarm limit increased to Pinsp
Pressure +5. If the alarm limit max +5. If the alarm limit is al-
is already at pressure +5 or ready at Pinsp max +5 or high-
higher, the alarm limit remains er, the alarm limit remains un-
unchanged. changed.
Airway pressure not reached Suppressed ...
Volume alarms:
Tidal volume high Suppressed ...
Minute volume low Shown 90 seconds after starting the maneuver at the earliest.
Apnea alarms:
Apnea (no pressure)
Apnea (no flow)
Apnea (no CO2) Suppressed ...
Apnea
AW pressure low
Several technical alarms stop the maneuver

automatically, e.g., alarms due to a sensor failure.

Operation
Special events during ventilation Changing the patient
Patient data can only be configured in the Startup

Water trap is full
dialog (see page 127) from the standby screen,
 Remove water trap. from a ventilation mode, and from the Pause mode
by means of the New patient... button.
 Empty or replace the water trap, see page 385.
WARNING
Soda lime is used up Risk of infection
 Remove absorber container in fresh-gas or If a Y-piece or filter that has already been used
standby mode. is attached to the circuit plug and a repro-
 Replace the soda lime, see page 73. cessed component is then attached at a later
stage, this may lead to contamination of the
new component.
DIVA metering module is empty – Only use reprocessed components on the
 Refill the DIVA metering module, see page 88. circuit plug.
– Hoses that have already been used that
 Switch over to full DIVA metering module or have filters or Y-pieces attached must not
 Replace the DIVA metering module, be attached to the circuit plug.
see page 87.
NOTE
Starting a new case clears the data of the preced-
Suction system is full
ing case!
 Change suction bottle.
 Insert empty backup bottle (see relevant
instructions for use).

Operation
Changing the patient from ventilation mode Changing the patient during the Pause mode
1:35 1:35
Standby
A C
469
473
1 Touch the Standby... button (A). 1 Switch to the Pause mode.
All settings previously modified in operation are Prerequisite: the New patient... button has been
preserved. configured, see page 357.
The Standby dialog window appears. 2 Touch the New patient... button (C).
2 Confirm Standby button (B) with rotary knob. The startup dialog opens.
Or continue ventilation: 3 Perform configuration, see page 127.
 Close dialog window.
Pressing the rotary knob automatically switches the
device to the system standby screen.
3 Call up the Startup dialog and perform
configuration, see page 127.
Startup dialog
312

Operation
Checking the soda lime
Check the soda lime in the following cases:

– Soda lime in the absorber is violet.
– The inspiratory CO2 concentration inCO2 is
5 mmHg or more.
 Replace the soda lime, see page 74.
Changing the HME filter or filter
The filter on the Y-piece must be changed after

each patient. Connect the sample line again if
necessary.
 Remove old filter.
 Attach new filter firmly.
NOTE
Observe hospital regulations for infectious pa-
tients! Dispose of the old filter according to hospital
hygiene regulations.

Operation
Leak test Perform leak test, if:

– the breathing system was opened with the twist
– Checking all breathing gas-conducting locks
components for leaks – the soda lime was replaced
– the breathing filters were replaced
– Determining compliance for volume correction – the sample line was replaced
– Calibration of the flow sensors – the breathing hoses were replaced
– the flow sensors were replaced
The leak test can only be performed in system
standby. NOTE
Before starting the leak test, plug the filter onto the
WARNING
self-test adapter and connect the sample line.
Do not perform leak test when a patient is con- Starting the leak test
nected! In this operating state, it is not possi-
ble to monitor the patient. During the test, Standby
pressures and concentrations may occur in

the system which are hazardous to the pa-
tient!
CAUTION
After each change of patient, a leak test must be
performed to rule out the possibility of major
leaks. A
Standby
300
1 Touch the Device test... button (A).
048

Operation
The Test details dialog window appears.
Test details
D C 310
2 Touch the Leak test button (B).

3 Follow the instructions in the field (D).
4 Touch the Start button (C) and confirm with
rotary knob.
CAUTION
If the leak test has been canceled, it can lead to
leaks not being detected.
Pay special attention during operation.
 If during leak test it is detected that the last self

test was unsuccessful or that, after activating
the device, no self test was performed at all, the
following message appears next to the name
field of the tester: Self test required!

Operation
Web access (optional)
The specified applications can be used with the

Web access screen 1
following restrictions:
A Functions Function restrictions
Saving the diagno- A text box opens: "unable to
sis log to a file if no open file".
patient data is trans-
ferred.
Saving the diagno- It can be saved, but the files
sis log to a file if pa- cannot be opened and
tient data is trans- viewed again.
ferred.
308
Saving the trend A text box opens: "Error in

 Touch the Web access... button (A) on the data to a file. output file selection"
system standby screen (example) or during Calling up the help The help function cannot be
operation. function. launched.
The dialog window shows the web application. Application display As the display is very small,
Enabled accesses are shown in green and non- the alarms, alarm limits,
enabled accesses are shown in gray. curve identifiers, etc. are dif-
The LED indicates the status of the web ficult to read.
applications:
– Gray: Not enabled
– Green: Web application launched
– Red: Web application stopped
Only web applications approved by Dräger can be
used.
Applications approved as web applications in
conjunction with Zeus IE:
– WebViewer Version VF4
– WebViewer Version VF5

Operation
Launching a web application
Prerequisite: Configure the Web access... button

in the Screen setup > Customize buttons dialog
window, see page 357.
Web access screen 1
B D
C
A
486
1 Touch the Web access... button (A).

The Web access screen 1 dialog window appears.
2 Touch the button (B) for the respective web
application (1 to 4).
The LED (C) turns from red to green. The button
turns dark green. If another application is launched,
the button for the web application launched
previously turns light green.
Exiting web application

1 Select the web application to be stopped.
Button turns dark green.
2 Touch the Stop button (D).
The current application is exited.

Operation
IV system - IVenus
Information and safety instructions on Observe the Module DPS instructions for use:
the IV application 1 Activate configuration group PAr.
Operation of the Module DPS syringe pump and 2 Set syringe selection PAr 4.
other safety instructions are explained in separate 3 Set at least one syringe type to SEL.
Attach the IVDock and Module DPS to Zeus IE,
WARNING
see page 85. Note the respective instructions for
use before using these modules. Risk of patient injury
The Module DPS syringe pump can be remotely When starting the Module DPS syringe pump,
controlled with the IVDock on Zeus IE. Module DPS the syringe size, syringe type and drug name
may also be operated independently. must be confirmed directly on the Module DPS
syringe pump. To eliminate the risk of incor-
WARNING rect settings and ensure the patient's safety,
Risk of patient injury the user must check on the syringe pump and
on Zeus IE that the correct drug is being used
Synchronous or parallel and overlapping op- in the correct dosage.
erations of the pump and Zeus IE may lead to
operating errors.
WARNING
The current operations must be completed or Risk of patient injury
interrupted before new operations are under-
Only use weight-related metering at a patient
taken with other devices (Module DPS or
weight of 5 kg and upwards.
Zeus IE).
Correct adjustment of patient weight is re-
Remote control via Zeus IE is not possible until quired because otherwise in the event of
operation of the Module DPS syringe pump is weight-based metering the drug may be me-
terminated. The control panels for the IV system on tered incorrectly.
the screen remain gray for that period of time (i.e.
they are not operable). If any malfunctions should occur on Zeus IE
(IVenus), the syringe pumps can be controlled
If there is an interruption in the data link between
independently of Zeus IE:
Zeus IE and the IV dock, the pumps cannot be
remotely controlled. The syringe pumps then  Remove the IVDock plug from the IV socket on
continue running at the set delivery rate and can be Zeus IE. Observe the instructions for use of the
controlled independently of Zeus IE. Module DPS syringe pump!
If remote control of a syringe pump is not possible, NOTE
the syringe pumps must be reconfigured.
When the IVDock plug is disconnected from the IV
socket on Zeus IE, the base (IVDock) is no longer
supplied with power. Each Module DPS is pow-
ered by its own battery. Pay attention to the battery
warning! Infusion is automatically stopped when
the battery is empty.

Operation
Safety concept Controls for IV
Infusion settings
1 1 2 3 4
A B
476
345
When a pump is operated by Zeus IE for the first If the IVenus IV system is connected to Zeus IE,
time or after a change of drug, a dialog window (A) operation of the Module DPS syringe pumps is
appears showing the parameters which determine controlled via the screen. Zeus IE can control up to
the metering. 4 Module DPS.
If the application time of a bolus is >180 seconds, Module DPS syringe pumps are controlled from:
this dialog window will also appear. The value of the
A The Infusion settings dialog window for all
bolus rate appears in yellow.
settings
WARNING Or
Risk of patient injury B The field for IV control in the lower part of the
To eliminate the risk of incorrect settings and screen for direct access to key functions
ensure the patient's safety, the patient data The gas supply is then displayed in the data
and/or IV settings must be checked on the sy- modules area.
ringe pump and on Zeus IE when the pump
settings are displayed. During operation, the Module DPS syringe pumps
are controlled via the IV control field.
1 ATRAC C
3.00
Inf mg/kg/h
D
Start bolus
463

Operation
Each Module DPS syringe pump is uniquely Page General

identified in the header bar by:
Infusion settings
C Number of the Module DPS (1 to 4) indicates
the position on the IVDock: The lowest Module
DPS of IVenus is pump number 1.
Short name of the drug (this is also shown on A B
the pump display).
WARNING C G
Before starting infusion, the short drug name D E F H
and the dose in mL or mL/h on the pump dis-
play must be compared with those on the I
347
Zeus IE screen in order to prevent administra-
A Drug Select: Selecting a drug from the drug
tion of an incorrect drug.
library
D Depending on the state of the Module DPS For a selected drug, Name, Abbreviation,
syringe pump connected, information, buttons Concentration, Infusion rate limit, and Bolus
or therapy controls are displayed. rate limit are displayed. For "Selecting a drug",
see page 171.
In the example: Button with display of infusion
rate currently set, user-defined unit of B Pump On/Off: Switching the Module DPS
measurement, button for starting the bolus. syringe pump on or off.
C On/Off: Starting or stopping a Bolus.
D Bolus rate: Therapy control for the bolus rate in
Infusion dialog window
a user-defined unit of measurement and display
of the set bolus rate in mL/h.
Opening the Infusion settings dialog window:
E Bolus: Therapy control for the bolus volume in
 Touch the header bar in the IV control field.
The horizontal tabs stand for Module DPS syringe of the set bolus volume in mL. This is displayed
pumps 1 to 4. The pages are identical. in red for application of an initial bolus.
The vertical tabs open the settings for General and F Time: Display of the bolus application time in
Advanced. seconds.
G On/Off: Starting or stopping an infusion.
H Infusion: Therapy control for the infusion in a
user-defined unit of measurement and display
of the set infusion rate in mL/h.
I Status: Display of a running or waiting function
(e.g., Bolus running ...).

Operation
Page Advanced Setting parameters:

Page for the setting limits of infusion and bolus 1 Touch the therapy control of the respective
administration parameter.
Infusion settings
value.
J K N Putting the Module DPS into operation

on Zeus IE
M
Prerequisite:
L O Suitable drug settings have been loaded with the
profile setup or selected from the Infusion settings
dialog window.
348
J Max.bol.rate: Limits the bolus rate saved in the

profile.* Switching on the Module DPS
Therapy control for the maximum bolus rate in a
of the set maximum bolus rate in mL/h 1 ATRAC
K Bolus: Therapy control for the bolus in a user-
defined unit of measurement and display of the
set Bolus in mL. This is displayed in red for
application of an initial bolus.
A
L Bolus rate: Therapy control for the bolus rate in
of the set bolus rate in mL/h
M Bolus time: Display of the Bolus application
time in seconds.
491
N Max.inf.rate: Limits the infusion rate saved in If a Module DPS syringe pump which is switched off
the profile. is connected to Zeus IE:
Therapy control for the maximum infusion rate
 Touch the Start pump button (A).
in a user-defined unit of measurement and
display of the set maximum infusion rate in Or
mL/h
 In the Infusion settings (see page 165) dialog
O Infusion: Therapy control for the infusion in a window, touch the Pump On button.
 Confirm with the rotary knob.
of the set infusion rate in mL/h
The Module DPS syringe pump is switched on.
Zeus IE checks information from the syringe pump
being used. The default values are set.
* Bolus rate= speed of bolus administration

Operation
Confirming the syringe Administering an infusion
The Check patient and pump settings! dialog

window appears if:
– There is a change of patient via system standby.
– The syringe barrel clasp (flap) has been opened
and all the pumps have stopped.
– A pump which is stopped is connected to
Zeus IE.
– A pump which is running is connected to
B Zeus IE.
270
Zeus IE prompts the user to confirm the syringe
being used on the Module DPS syringe pump (size Starting the infusion
and make):
1 Confirm syringe at pump . 1 ATRAC
The LED in the (B) button on the syringe pump
flashes in green. A
2 Press the (B) key.
The LED continues to flash in green.
Confirming the drug

Zeus IE prompts the user to confirm the drug being
used on the Module DPS:
463
1 Confirm drug at pump .  Touch the Start infusion button (A).
The LED in the (B) button on the syringe pump Or
flashes in green.
2 Press the (B) key. window, touch the On button for the Infusion.
The LED continues to flash in green. The LED in the (B) button on the syringe pump
An infusion or a bolus application can be started goes out and the infusion starts.
only after the syringe size and the drug have been
confirmed on the syringe pump and after visual
inspection of the assigned Module DPS syringe
pump on Zeus IE.

Operation
Checking patient data/weight For each syringe pump, the delivery can be limited
to mL/h (B), if there is no appropriate drug in the
Before starting the first infusion, check the patient
drug library:
weight entered and correct if necessary. The
individual IV deliveries are related to that weight. 1 Touch the respective button.
WARNING 2 Use the rotary knob to set and confirm the

value.
When the pump settings are displayed, check
the patient data and/or IV settings on the sy-
ringe pump and on Zeus IE to eliminate the Entering the infusion rate and starting the
risk of incorrect settings. infusion
Checking the patient and pump settings 1 ATRAC 1 ATRAC
Check patient and pump settings!

A
4
B
A B
3
467
2
1 Touch the Start infusion button (A).
1 The therapy control (B) for the infusion rate is
displayed with the preset value.
464

The device prompts the user to check the following
value.
patient and IV settings:
– Patient weight Infusion is started. The selected metering rate is
– Number of Module DPS syringe pumps displayed on the button (A).
– Drug name
In the infusion dialog, the infusion rate can be
– Abbreviation:
adjusted without simultaneously starting infusion,
– Concentration
see page 165.
– Bolus volume (This is displayed in red during an
initial bolus.) CAUTION
– Infusion rate
A very heavy patient weight can lead to infusion
– Bolus rate
rates of more than 1200 mL/h when converting
– Bolus time
the weight-based metering rate. 1200 mL/h is the
A new drug can be selected for each syringe pump: maximum infusion rate that can be set on
Zeus IE, depending on syringe size.
 Touch the Change drug button (A).

Operation
Extreme settings on the syringe pump which lead to If an infusion is restarted, the infusion rate value
a delivery rate of >1200 mL/h may under certain last set is displayed on the therapy control.
circumstances be a departure from the set range of
the infusion therapy control or bolus therapy
control. This is indicated on the therapy control by Administering a bolus
> max.
 Check the concentration and weight setting and A bolus can be started after switching on a Module
adjust if necessary. Select suitable metering. DPS syringe pump or during an infusion. The initial
bolus is displayed in red.
Syringe change After the second bolus and after transport of the
Module DPS to Zeus IE, the maintenance bolus is
If the content of a syringe is used up completely loaded. If the bolus is changed for the maintenance
during the course of an infusion, it can be replaced bolus, that dose is loaded and administered for the
with another syringe filled with the same drug when following maintenance boluses.
the syringe pump is on. The simultaneous
replacement of syringe and drug is described on
page 171. Checking patient data/weight
Before starting the initial bolus, the correct patient
Stopping the infusion weight must be entered as when starting an initial
infusion, see page 167.
1 Touch the Start infusion button (A).
The therapy control (B) for the infusion rate is Starting a bolus
2 Set 0 with the rotary knob and confirm.
1 ATRAC
Infusion is stopped.
Stopping the infusion in the Infusion settings

dialog window
Infusion settings
A 463
 Touch the Start bolus button (A).

Or
C
window, touch the On button for the Bolus.
347
 Touch the Off button (C) and confirm with rotary

knob.

Operation
Setting bolus Stopping a bolus
1 ATRAC 1 ATRAC
B
C
465
466
1 Touch the Start bolus button (A).  Touch the Stop bolus button (C) and confirm.
The therapy control (B) for the bolus volume is Bolus administration stops. Infusion stops.
2 Use the rotary knob to set and confirm the Stopping the infusion in the Infusion settings
value. dialog window
The bolus starts. Infusion settings
The set value for the bolus is displayed. The pump
symbol indicates the Bolus running ... function by
the display of the plunger moving in the syringe.
If a bolus is started during an infusion, infusion
continues after the end of the bolus.
D
347
 Touch the Off button (D) and confirm with rotary

knob.
If bolus administration has not finished, the
remaining quantity is administered when the bolus
is restarted.
If the application time of a bolus is >180 seconds, a
dialog window will appear, see page 164.

Operation
Select drug The settings (C) for the drug selected are displayed
alongside the drug list:
The selectable drugs are stored in the drug library, – Concentration
see page 172. – Bolus rate
In the Infusion settings > General dialog window: – Maximum bolus rate
– Bolus rate limit
Infusion settings – Infusion rate
– Maximum infusion rate
– Infusion rate limit
– Initial bolus
A – Maintenance bolus
3 Press rotary knob.
The drug selected is applied. The dialog window
closes.
Simultaneous replacement of syringe

347
and drug
1 Touch the Select button (A) and confirm with
rotary knob. If an empty syringe is replaced with a syringe filled
with another drug during the course of an infusion:
The Select drug dialog window appears.
1 Remove the empty syringe from the pump.
Select drug
2 Select the drug on Zeus IE.
3 Insert new syringe.
C
4 Confirm the new drug on the syringe pump.
B
422
The drug list (B) shows all the drugs stored with the
following information:
– Name
– Abbreviation
2 Select a drug from the drug list (B) using the
rotary knob.

Operation
Drug library C The settings for the drug selected are displayed
alongside the drug list:
The drug data is managed in the drug library. – Concentration
Access is password-protected, see "Drug library" – Bolus rate
on page 369. – Maximum bolus rate
– Bolus rate limit
Basic settings
– Infusion rate
A – Maximum infusion rate
– Infusion rate limit
– Initial bolus
– Maintenance bolus
– Last modified
D The Delete, Edit, and Add buttons are used to
change the settings for drugs.
E The Import and Export buttons are used to
save drug library data to USB storage media,
from which the data can then be read into
423
another Zeus IE.

In the Basic settings dialog window:
1 Touch the Drug library tab (A). CAUTION
Computer viruses
The dialog window to enter the access code for the
drug library appears. Mass storage devices can contain computer vi-
ruses which can impair the operation of Zeus IE.
2 Enter access code for the drug library and – Check mass storage devices for computer vi-
confirm. ruses before using them with Zeus IE.
The Drug library dialog window appears. – Do not use any mass storage device contain-
ing computer viruses with Zeus IE.
Drug library
C
B
D E
425
B Drug list with the following information:

– Name
– Abbreviation

Operation
Basic setting Setting dose

 Touch the Edit button (D). Drug editor
The Drug editor dialog window appears.
M
Drug editor
F N P
O Q
G
K
H R
L S
I
427
J  Touch the Dose settings tab (M).
The infusion and bolus delivery settings are
426
displayed:
 Touch the General settings tab (F).
N Infusion rate (mL/h)
The basic drug settings are displayed: O Maximum infusion rate (mL/h)
G Name P Initial bolus (mL)
H Abbreviation Q Maintenance bolus (mL)
I Concentration R Bolus rate (mL/h)
J Concentration unit: µg/mL, mg/mL S Maximum bolus rate (mL/h)
K Quantity unit: mL, mg, µg/kg, mg/kg
Units can be defined by the user and may vary.
L Time unit: min, h
NOTE
If a drug is stored in a profile, the abbreviation can-
not be changed. The drug must first be removed
from the profile.

Operation
Setting the limits Color
Drug editor Drug editor
T W
U V
428
429
 Touch the Limit settings tab (T).  Touch the Color tab (W).
The infusion and bolus limit settings are displayed: The color coding settings of the respective drug are
U Infusion rate limit (mL/h) displayed.
V Bolus rate limit (mL/h)
Units can be defined by the user and may vary.
NOTE
These limits cannot be changed during operation
Delivery beyond these set limits is possible. A vio-
lation of these limits is announced.

Operation
Adding new drugs WARNING

 Touch the Add button in the Drug library dialog Risk of patient injury
window.
If the same drug has different concentrations,
The Drug editor dialog window appears. e.g., Propofol 1 % or Propofol 2 %, an unam-
biguous name and abbreviation must be se-
Drug editor lected.
7 Set and confirm Concentration (Z) values with

the rotary knob.
X 8 Touch the Concentration unit required and
Y confirm with the rotary knob.
Setting the dose for the new drug:
Drug editor
Z
M
426
Entering basic drug data:

1 Touch the Name button (X). A keyboard window
opens.
2 Use the BackSp button in the keyboard window
to delete the placeholder No drug.
3 Enter name and confirm with the rotary knob.
427
If the name entered is not accepted, there is
already a drug with this name in the drug library.  Touch the Dose settings tab (M).
Choose a new name.
The infusion and bolus delivery settings are
Zeus IE allows abbreviation (Y) of the drug name. displayed.
The abbreviation for the drug name must be
1 Touch the buttons of the respective parameters.
unique. 5 characters (letters, numbers) must be
entered. Do not use special characters! 2 Use the rotary knob to set and confirm the
Examples: value.
– PROP1 = Propofol 1 %
– PROP2 = Propofol 2 %
Entering a new abbreviation:
4 Touch the Abbreviation button (Y). A keyboard
window opens.
5 Use the BackSp button in the keyboard window
to delete the placeholder for the abbreviation.
6 Enter name and confirm with the rotary knob.

Operation
Editing a drug Module DPS – transport concept

In the Drug library dialog window:
If a Module DPS syringe pump which is switched on
1 Select a drug from the list using the rotary knob. is plugged into the IVDock, the syringe pump
2 Touch the Edit button. settings are applied by Zeus IE, even if a new
patient is loaded.
3 Edit settings in the basic data and deliveries
and confirm with the rotary knob. NOTE
If you make changes to drugs which are stored in a The basic configurations of the pumps may be par-
profile, the modified data from the drug library is tially changed when connecting to Zeus IE. The
transferred to the profile. changes to the basic configurations are preserved
even after disconnection from Zeus IE. They can
be manually reset on the pump if required (see In-
Deleting a drug structions for Use for the Module DPS).
NOTE
1 Select a drug from the list using the rotary knob.
The data for the manual bolus are not automatical-
2 Touch the Delete button and confirm with rotary ly adopted in the trend display for IV data if:
knob. – a manual bolus is started via the syringe pump
while Zeus is still in General Standby
The drug is deleted.
or
– the syringe pump has not yet been remotely
Drug library import/export
operated by the Zeus.
Only when the pump has been confirmed on Zeus,
1 Touch the Export or Import button. the data from manually started boluses will be ad-
opted into the trend memory.
2 Insert a USB storage medium and follow the
instructions in the dialog window,
see page 172.
CAUTION
After transferring a drug library, check the drug
configurations to eliminate the risk of incorrect
settings.

Operation
Displaying infusion trends Adapting scalings to the maximum values

administered:
Open the Trends/Data dialog window,  Touch the Auto scale button (C).
see page 212.
Displaying the cursor with time information:
 Touch the Infusion tab (A).
1 Touch the Cursor button (D).
The information about infusions which have already
been administered and ones which are still running 2 Move cursor by turning the rotary knob.
is displayed. The zoom function is used to change the time
window shown:
Graphic trend display  Touch the Zoom + / Zoom - (E)/(F) button.
Trends/Data
Tabular trend display
A
1200
4 B Trends/Data
0
1200
3
1200
2 C G
0
D
1200
1 E
0
F
351
After touching the Infusion tab (A), the Graph.

trend page (B) is preselected.
H
353
The following graphic trends for syringe pumps 1 to Open the tabular display of the data from syringe
4 are displayed from top to bottom: pumps 1 to 4:
– InfR 1 to InfR 4
– administered volume Vtot  Touch the Tab. trend button (G).
The scaling limits are: Select Interval [min] for creating a new row in the
table:
– Maximum infusion rate
– Maximum bolus rate  Touch the corresponding button (H) (1, 2, 3, 5,
10, 15, 30 min).
For each Module DPS syringe pump, the current
data is, relating to the position of the cursor,
indicated as a numerical value next to the graphic
trend displays:
– Name and Concentration
– Selected infusion
– Delivery rate
– Volume actually administered Vtot

Operation
Setup for the IV system
System setup
431
The values set for the Module DPS in Zeus IE are

displayed in the System setup > Infusion dialog
window (A). The values displayed are saved in the
profile. For more information on the system setup,
see page 347.

Operation
End of operation
Changing to the Standby mode Standby is the standby mode in which:

– Fresh gas is switched off
– Quick start dialog window appears
– Electrical power consumption is minimal
Standby – Operation can be resumed quickly
B – The device can be switched off
A Switching off Zeus IE

469
1 In the main menu bar, touch the Standby...
button.
Or
Press the key below the screen.
In the Standby dialog window, confirm the
automatically selected Standby... button.
Standby
C
050
1 Touch the On/Off button (C).
The Shut down? dialog window appears.
Standby
300

Operation
When Zeus IE is not in use
 Leave the device connected to the mains

supply. The green LED with the symbol is
lit.
Shut down? 1 Close the backup gas cylinders (if used).
D 2 Disconnect supply hoses from the central

supply, roll up and hang over the storage place
on the back of the device.
3 Pull the connector of the anesthetic gas
scavenging system out of the wall socket.
307
4 Pull off the hose of the anesthetic gas

2 Touch the Shut down? button (D). scavenging system.
The system shuts down.
3 Close the O2 emergency delivery if necessary. Without connection to the mains supply
NOTE
WARNING
Charge the battery at least every 4 weeks, other-
Remove gas supply hoses from the wall termi-
wise there will be no uninterruptible power supply
nal units (central supply).
available when the device is put into operation,
If the gas supply hoses remain connected to see page 64.
the wall terminal units, even minor internal
leaks may lead to contamination of the supply
gases.
If the device is in system standby for longer than

90 minutes, Zeus IE may need a warm-up phase of
3 minutes before anesthetic agent delivery can
resume.
NOTE
As the DIVA metering modules cool down slowly
(when using desflurane), metering accuracy is
temporarily reduced if Zeus IE is shut down and
put back into operation immediately.

Alarms
Alarms
Alarm behavior at power on . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 Autoset limits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200

Setting Autoset limits
Displaying alarms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
for the Hemodyn. area. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Alarm priorities and signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 Setting Autoset limits for the IBP area. . . . . . . 201
Schematic diagram of the alarm tones . . . . . . . 183 Setting Autoset limits
Tone signals during operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 for the Anesth./ Ventilation area . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Adjusting the lower and
Alarm info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 upper limit values according to
set points and patient demographic data. . . . . 202
Alarm log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Suppressing the alarm tone . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Alarm limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Calling up via limit violations Set ranges of the
during operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 patient monitoring alarm limits . . . . . . . . . . 207
Calling up alarm limits Device-related . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
via the alarm message field . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 Patient-related . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Non-invasive patient monitoring (optional) . . . . 186 Arrhythmia detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Invasive blood pressure
monitoring (optional). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187 Trends and diagnosis windows . . . . . . . . . . 212
Ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Anesthesia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Infusion (optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Suspending alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189

Direct suspension of alarms
using buttons in the main menu bar . . . . . . . . . 192
Clearing alarms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Alarm recorder (optionally with

hemodynamics and Infinity network) . . . . . . 195
All limits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196

Hemodynamics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
BP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Other BPs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Arrhythmia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Anesthesia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Infusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199

Alarms
Alarm behavior at power on
After switching from system standby to operation,

all non-technical alarms are deactivated for one
minute to allow sufficient time to select a suitable
setting.
Displaying alarms
B A 1:35
Alarms of highest priority
– The alarm message requires immediate action.
– Text on a red background
– The corresponding parameter flashes
C
– Continuous tone sequence
Medium-priority alarms
– The alarm message requires immediate action.
301
– Text on a yellow background

The alarm messages appear in the alarm message
– The corresponding parameter flashes
field (A) of the header bar.
– A tone sequence sounds every 30 seconds
If more alarms occur simultaneously than can be
displayed in the alarm message field, the All
alarms button (B) is displayed for further alarms. Alarms of lower priority
 Touch the All alarms button. – The alarm messages require attention and, if
necessary, action.
The Alarms >Alarm info dialog window will open.
Information about all currently active alarms – Text on a cyan-colored background
appears.
– Single tone sequence
Alarm priorities and signals
Different background colors in the alarm message

field identify the priority of active alarm messages.
The alarm-related parameter, e.g., (C), flashes in
the color corresponding to the alarm priority.

Alarms
Schematic diagram of the alarm tones
Tone sequence for various alarm priorities
Alarm priority Tone sequence (conforms to IEC 60601-1-8) Repeating
High Yes
Depending on the overall alarm situation, this tone sequence
may be played only as a 5-tone sequence due to the timing
of the individual alarms.
Agent Yes
Low No
The acoustic alarm signals are emitted by a backup

loudspeaker if the primary loudspeaker fails. It
plays the tone sequences for medium-priority
alarms and high-priority alarms at a constant tone
frequency and a constant volume.
Tone signals during operation
When Signal
– Start of therapy
– Test tone during self test
– Dialog could not be opened
(Pitch of the individual tones differs de-
pending on the cause)
Timeout imminent, as a setting has not
been confirmed yet
Furthermore, special tone sequences are played in Pulse tone:

the following situations:
The pulse tone can be derived from the SpO2
– Self test successful or failed. plethysmogram, from the ECG, or from the arterial
– Device start pressure curve. The pitch of the pulse tone differs
depending on the source. The change in pitch of
the pulse tone depending on the SpO2 value can be
configured.

Alarms
Alarm info
 Touch alarm message field. All current alarms are listed in chronological order
with the following information:
The Alarms >Alarm info dialog window (A) will
B Duration
open with all currently active alarm messages.
C Prio
Alarms D Alarms
E Alarm limits
A F Cause
B C D E G Remedy
!!!
! See also the alarm messages from page 287.
!
!
!!
F G
356
Alarm log
The Alarm log records all alarm messages that All alarms that occur are listed in chronological
have occurred, including those that are no longer order with the following information:
active, in chronological order (maximum 200). The B Date
alarm log deletes the oldest entries as soon as new C Time
entries are recorded in an already full alarm log. D Priority
E Patient alarms
Alarms E Technical alarms
A See also the alarm messages from page 287.
B C D E F The Graph.trend (G) and Tab. trend (H) buttons
!!!
! open the dialog windows for trend display as a
!
!
curve or table at the time of the selected alarm.
!!
! The alarm log is cleared:
!
! – At the start of a new case
!!
!!
– When switching on the system
!!! – In the event of a total power failure of more than
G H 5 min (after the batteries are empty)
358
 Touch the Alarm log tab (A).

Alarms
Alarm limits
B Calling up alarm limits via the alarm

C
1:35
message field
 Touch alarm message field (B).
A The Alarms dialog window appears.

 Touch the Alarm limits tab (D).
The Alarm limits dialog window appears. The
vertical tabs (E) lead to the different user
configurations.
301
Alarms
Calling up via limit violations during

D
operation
If limit violations occur during operation, the

H
corresponding parameter will flash, e.g., (A). E
1 Touch the respective parameter field.
The Sensors/Parameters dialog window appears. F
2 Touch the button.
G
359
The Alarms > Alarm limits dialog window will
open for the parameter selected. The following user configurations (E) with the
corresponding upper (F) and lower (G) alarm limits
3 Touch the button of the alarm limit to be can be displayed:
modified. The button turns yellow. – Noninvasive (optional)
4 Set the required value by turning the rotary – Invasive (optional)
knob and push to confirm. – Ventilation
– Anesth.
Or – Infusion (optional)
1 Touch the Alarms... button (C).
The Alarms > Alarm limits dialog window will
open. The alarm-related limit is preselected, the
button is yellow.
2 Set the required value by turning the rotary
knob and push to confirm.

Alarms
WARNING Non-invasive patient monitoring

Risk due to incorrect settings (optional)
Different standard alarm limits or therapy set-  Touch the Noninvasive button (A).
tings might be configured for medical devices
within the same area. The user must observe Alarms
the following:
– Make sure that the values set for new pa-
tients are appropriate. A
– Make sure that the alarm system is neither
rendered useless by setting extreme val-
ues for the alarm limits nor deactivated by
switching off the alarms.
– Check the start settings for alarms and B C D E F G H I
alarm settings each time the ventilation
mode is changed.
359
1 Touch the vertical tab of the user configuration
of the alarm limit to be modified. The following upper and lower alarm limits can be
2 Touch the button of the alarm limit to be configured:
modified. The button turns yellow. B HR (heart rate)
C SpO2 (blood oxygen saturation)
3 Set the required value by turning the rotary D NIBP S/NIBP D/NIBP M
knob and push to confirm. Blood pressure depending on the set
parameter: S, D or M
The graphic displays a 30-minute trend of the
E T1 (temperature, measuring point 1)
alarm-related parameter. The broken lines (H) in
F T2 (temperature, measuring point 2)
the graphic represent the alarm limits and are
G TBlood (blood temperature)
moved accordingly.
monitored for cardiac output measurement
If the alarm limit of the parameter is being H NMT (TOF count)
monitored, the color of the button is dark green - I BIS (BIS index)
otherwise it is bright green.

Alarms
Invasive blood pressure monitoring Ventilation

(optional)
 Touch the Ventilation button (A).
 Touch the Invasive button (A).
Alarms
Alarms
A A
B C D E F G H
B
361
360
The following upper and lower alarm limits can be

The alarm limits can be configured depending on configured:
the selected parameter (B) S, D or M. Only the B etCO2 (Endexpiratory CO2 content of the
alarm limits of the blood pressure sensors currently breathing air)
connected are shown. C inCO2 (Inspiratory CO2 content of the breathing
air)
D FiO2 (Inspiratory O2 content of the breathing
air)
E MVe (Expiratory minute volume)
F VTi (Inspiratory tidal volume)
G Paw (airway pressure)
H Brody-Factor
Leakage detection in closed operation, see "Set
ranges of the patient monitoring alarm limits"
on page 207.
The alarm limits set are displayed on the
waveforms as a broken line.

Alarms
Anesthesia Infusion (optional)
 Touch the Anesth. button (A).  Touch the Infusion button (A).
Alarms Alarms
A
B C 1 A
B C
362
479
The following upper and lower alarm limits can be The upper alarm limits are only displayed if the
configured: syringe pumps are connected to Zeus IE.
B Inspiratory N2O content of the breathing air
(inN2O) These buttons only appear if N2O is The following upper alarm limits can be configured:
selected as the carrier gas. B Infusion pressure
C Inspiratory anesthetic agent content of the C Infusion volume
breathing air (depending on the selected
anesthetic agent, e.g., inIso). KVO function*
If the KVO function is activated in the syringe pump,
the syringe pump does not shut down if the upper
alarm limit for the infusion volume is exceeded.
KVO appears on the pump display. The infusion
continues at a low infusion rate. The syringe pump
cannot be remote-controlled.
1 Switch off syringe pump.
2 Increase the volume alarm limit on Zeus IE.
3 Switch syringe pump back on.
* Keep Vein Open

Alarms
Suspending alarms
In this dialog, suppression can be activated for

specific alarm groups.
 Touch the Suspend tab (A).
Alarms
A
B G
C
D
E
F
363
Alarm group Factory setting

Apnea alarms (B) On
CO2 alarms (C) On
BIS/NMT alarms (D) On
CV alarms (E) On
Cardiac bypass mode (F) Off

Alarms
The following table shows which alarms are

suppressed in the respective alarm groups:
Alarms Alarm groups

Apnea CO2 BIS/NMT CV alarms Cardiac by-
alarms alarms alarms pass mode
Apnea x x
Apnea CO2 x x x
Apnea pressure x x
Apnea flow x x
AW pressure low x x
Minute volume low x
etCO2 high x
etCO2 low x
Insp. CO2 high x
CO2 sensor failure x
Heart rate/Pulse high x x
Heart rate/Pulse low x x
ST high/low x x
Arrhythmia monitoring x x
IBP high/low x x
IBP static x x
IBP outside of the measur- x
ing range
NIBP high/low x x
C.O. blood temp. high x
C.O. blood temp. low x
C.O. complete x
Temperature high/low x
SpO2 high x x
SpO2 low x x
SpO2 pulse search x
BIS high x
BIS low x
TOF count high x
TOF count low x

Alarms
Alarm delay Minute volume low

The alarm Minute volume low is delayed in certain
cases and displayed as follows:
– 90 seconds after starting a case at the earliest
– 90 seconds after changing the ventilation mode
at the earliest
– 90 seconds after starting a recruitment
maneuver at the earliest
As soon as the ventilation mode is changed, the
apnea alarm and the CO2 alarm are reactivated
and the Cardiac bypass mode is ended.
Note the following exceptions:
Changing the ventilation mode to Reactivates Ends the Cardiac

Apnea alarms CO2 alarms bypass mode
Pause no no
MAN/SPON no yes
Vol. Ctrl. AutoFlow yes yes
Volume Control yes yes
Pressure Control yes yes
Pressure Support yes yes
Smart Ventilation Control (optional) yes yes
External FG outlet (optional) no yes
Technical alarms
Technical alarms can be acknowledged and then
set to a low priority.
CAUTION
Suspending technical alarms does not eliminate
the cause of the alarm. Eliminate the cause of the
alarm immediately, see page 287!
Acknowledging a technical alarm:

 Touch the Confirm button (G).
The respective alarms are displayed as alarms of
lower priority.

Alarms
Direct suspension of alarms using

buttons in the main menu bar
The suspension of an alarm group can be

configured for direct access as a button in the main
menu bar. See "Configuring buttons" on page 357.
CO2 alarms on/off

The CO2 alarms off button can be used to switch
off the alarm limits for inCO2 and etCO2.
The symbol is displayed.
 Pressing the CO2 alarms off button again
switches the CO2 alarms on once more.
Alarms are activated after detection of a respiratory
phase.
If no respiratory phase has been detected after
changing from standby to a ventilation mode, the
CO2 alarm is switched off temporarily. The
symbol is displayed. The symbol will disappear as
soon as respiratory phases are detected, see CO2
auto wake-up (breaths), page 375.
WARNING
National and international standards specify
minimum monitoring with alarm functions.
These regulations may not be complied with if
the alarm function of monitoring parameter et-
CO2 is disabled!

Alarms
Clearing alarms
Alarms can no longer be cleared by means of the The following alarm messages can be completely
Audio paused key, but the alarm priority of the cleared:
following active alarms can be reduced from
medium to low: Alarm text
ART nonstatic
Alarm text
ART transducer unplugged
NIBP D high
BISX pod disconnected
NIBP D low
BISX sensor disconnected
NIBP M high
C.O. complete
NIBP M low
C.O. out of range
NIBP S high
C.O. unplugged
NIBP S low
C.O. unstable baseline
TOF count high
Check NIBP cuff size
TOF count low
Check patient category
A
ALARM
RESET
1:35
CVP nonstatic
CVP transducer unplugged
DIVA off! Module removed
Drug data read error
Drug data write error
Event from web appl.
GP1 nonstatic
GP1 transducer unplugged
GP2 nonstatic
612
 In the header bar, touch the ALARM RESET GP2 transducer unplugged
button (A) and confirm. HemoMed pod 1 disconnected
All the alarms displayed in the alarm message field HemoMed pod 2 disconnected
that can be cleared are cleared.
HemoMed pod 3 disconnected
ICP nonstatic
ICP transducer unplugged
Infusion 1 stopped
Infusion 2 stopped
Infusion 3 stopped
Infusion 4 stopped
IV remote control failed

Alarms
Alarm text Alarm text

LA electrode fail Pump 2 pressure drop
LA nonstatic Pump 2 pressure rise
LA transducer unplugged Pump 3 operation failed
Leads invalid Pump 3 pressure drop
LL electrode fail Pump 3 pressure rise
LV nonstatic Pump 4 operation failed
LV transducer unplugged Pump 4 pressure drop
MultiMed Pod disconnected Pump 4 pressure rise
NIBP blocked line RA electrode fail
NIBP cannot measure RA nonstatic
NIBP D high RA transducer unplugged
NIBP D low RL electrode fail
NIBP hose unplugged RV nonstatic
NIBP inflation fail RV transducer unplugged
NIBP M high Safety settings active
NIBP M low Setting not confirmed
NIBP open line SpO2 sensor connected?
NIBP out of range SpO2 sensor unplugged
NIBP press exceed SVC: Patient not suitable
NIBP press leak Temp 1 unplugged
NIBP S high Temp 2 unplugged
NIBP S low Time synchronization
NIBP time exceed TOF count high
NMT artefact TOF count low
NMT check electrodes Too many pumps
NMT check sensor Trident pod disconnected
NMT check temp sensor V electrode fail
NMT single out of range V+ electrode fail
PA nonstatic
PA transducer unplugged
Pump 1 operation failed
Pump 1 pressure drop
Pump 1 pressure rise

Alarms
Alarm recorder (optionally with hemodynamics and Infinity network)
Select alarms for which the alarm recorder Calling up Recorder config.:
automatically starts when they occur.
1 Touch the Recorder config. tab (C).
 Touch the Alarm recorder tab (A).
Alarms
Alarms
A
A G
B H C
C
D E I
J
K
L
M N
F
364
357
The following settings can be configured:

B Recorder triggers G Record alarms: Off/On
Selection of alarms that start the alarm recorder H Recorder speed:1, 6.25, 12.5, 25, 50 (mm/s)
C Recorder config. I Recorder delay
Specification of the alarm recorder parameters J Duration
Calling up Recorder triggers: K Waveform 1
L Waveform 2
1 Touch the Recorder triggers tab (B). M Alarm waveform: Off/On
2 Add or remove available Trigger alarms (D) to 2 Adjust settings.
the Active triggers alarms (E) using the arrow
keys ( ). 3 Use the rotary knob to set and confirm the
value.
3 Use the Apply changes button (F) to confirm
the changes. 4 Use the Apply changes button (N) to confirm
the changes.

Alarms
All limits
Settings of all alarm limits Hemodynamics

Alarm limits not currently required can also be set.
 Touch the Hemodyn. tab (A).
 Touch the All limits tab (A).
Alarms
Alarms
A
A
B C D E F G H I J
B
K L M N O
365
365
The alarm limits of the following parameters can be

Alarm limits can be set for the following areas: configured:
– Hemodyn. (optional) B HR (heart rate)
– IBP (optional) C SpO2 (blood oxygen saturation)
– More IBP (optional) D NIBP S (systolic blood pressure)
– Arrhythmia (optional) E NIBP D (diastolic blood pressure)
– Anesth. F NIBP M (mean blood pressure)
– Infusion (optional) G T1 (temperature, measuring point 1)
H T2 (temperature, measuring point 2)
1 Touch the tab (B) of the respective area.
I TBlood (blood temperature)
2 Touch the button of the alarm limit to be J Brady (bradycardia)
modified. The button turns yellow. Setting the detection threshold for bradycardia
(only in the Neonates and Pediatrics patient
3 Set the required value by turning the rotary categories with ext. arrhythmia off)
knob and push to confirm. Factory settings: Off; 20 to 100 1/min
K ST LAT (ST lateral)
L ST INF (ST inferior)
M ST ANT (ST anterior)
N NMT (TOF count)
O BIS (BIS index)

Alarms
BP Other BPs
 Touch the IBP tab (A).  Touch the More IBP tab (A).
Alarms Alarms
B C D E F G H A B C D E F G H I
A
I J K J K L M N
366
367
The alarm limits of the following parameters can be The alarm limits of the following parameters can be
configured: configured:
B ART S (systolic arterial blood pressure) B LV S (systolic left ventricular blood pressure)
C ART D (diastolic arterial blood pressure) C LV D (diastolic left ventricular blood pressure)
D ART M (mean arterial blood pressure) D LV M (mean left ventricular blood pressure)
E PA S (systolic pulmonary-arterial blood E RV S (systolic right ventricular blood pressure)
pressure) F RV D (diastolic right ventricular blood pressure)
F PA D (diastolic pulmonary-arterial blood G RV M (mean right ventricular blood pressure)
pressure) H LA M (mean left atrial pressure)
G PA M (mean pulmonary-arterial blood pressure) I RA M (mean right atrial pressure)
H CVP M (mean central venous pressure) J GP2 S (other non-specific systolic blood
I GP1 S (non-specific systolic blood pressure) pressure) (general purpose)
(General Purpose) K GP2 D (other non-specific diastolic blood
J GP1 D (non-specific diastolic blood pressure) pressure) (general purpose)
(General Purpose) L GP2 M (other non-specific mean blood
K GP1 M (non-specific mean blood pressure) pressure) (general purpose)
(General Purpose) M ICP M (mean intracranial pressure)
N CPP M (cerebral perfusion pressure)

Alarms
Arrhythmia Anesthesia
 Touch the Arrhythmia tab (A).  Touch the Anesth. tab (A).
Alarms Alarms
V.ta V.run AIVR SVT Tach Brady Pause PVC

ch >= <= >= >= <= B C D E F G
A
H I J K L M N A
B
C
368
369
The following parameters can be configured The alarm limits of the following parameters can be
depending on the option used: configured:
B Dual lead processing: Off/On. B inN2O (inspiratory N2O content of the breathing
C Arrhythmia monitoring: air)
– Adv. (optional) C inHal (inspiratory anesthetic agent
– Basic concentration of the breathing air)
– Off D inEnf (inspiratory anesthetic agent
concentration of the breathing air)
Specify the settings for Rate and Count when an E inIso (inspiratory anesthetic agent
arrhythmia event is reported. concentration of the breathing air)
F inSev (inspiratory anesthetic agent
concentration of the breathing air)
Setting the Rate
G inDes (inspiratory anesthetic agent
 Touch button, set the required value and concentration of the breathing air)
confirm. H etCO2 (endexpiratory CO2 content of the
breathing air)
For ASY, VF and ARTF the rate cannot be I inCO2 (inspiratory CO2 content of the breathing
changed. air)
J FiO2 (inspiratory O2 content of the breathing
Setting the Count air)
K MVe (expiratory minute volume)
 Touch button, set the required value and L VTi (inspiratory tidal volume)
confirm. M Paw (airway pressure)
For setting ranges, see "Set ranges of the patient N Brody Factor
monitoring alarm limits" on page 207
WARNING
The user must adjust maximum inspiratory VA
concentration to suit the patient or else there
is a risk of concentration levels being too high
or too low.

Alarms
Infusion
 Touch the Infusion tab (A).
Alarms
1 2 3 4
B C A
350
The upper alarm limits can be configured for all for

syringe pumps:
B Press. (set pressure limit)
C Vol. (set volume limit)
Alarm limits not currently required are also
displayed, e.g., for pumps that are not plugged in.
Set ranges for alarm limits

Alarm Setting range Factory default values
Pressure 100 to 1600 (5 and 10 mL syringe) 500
(mmHg)
100 to 1500 (20 mL syringe)
100 to 1100 (50 mL syringe)
Volume (mL) 0 to 900 0

Alarms
Autoset limits
Alarms For exceptions, see the table named "Adjusting the

lower and upper limit values according to set points
B and patient demographic data" on page 202.
C The Autoset difference (X) is set in the Autoset
limits dialog window.
 Touch the Autoset limits tab (D).
Alarms
D
E
A F
359
The Autoset button (A) is used to adjust the alarm G

limits displayed in the Alarm limits dialog window
(B) to current measured or set values.
WARNING
The Autoset function always refers only to the
alarm limits highlighted in yellow on the par-
371
ticular page! The Autoset difference (X) can be set for the
This resets the previously active alarm limits! following areas:
E Hemodyn.
Disabled alarms are not automatically en- F IBP
abled. G Anesth./ Ventilation
Autoset can be performed for the following areas:
– Noninvasive
– Invasive
– Ventilation
– Anesth.
1 Touch the corresponding tab, e.g., (C).
2 Touch the Autoset button (A). The Autoset
button is preselected in yellow. Alarm limits that
will be recalculated by the Autoset function are
highlighted in yellow on the respective page.
3 Touch the Autoset (A) button. The alarm limits
highlighted in yellow will be recalculated.
The limit is adjusted based on the formula:
Upper limit = Current measurement + X %
Lower limit = Current measurement – X %

Alarms
Setting Autoset limits for the Hemodyn. The following parameters can be configured:
area B ART S, ART D, ART M (arterial blood pressure
values)
 Touch the Hemodyn. tab (A). C PA S, PA D, PA M (pulmonary-arterial blood
pressure values)
D CVP M (mean central venous pressure)
Alarms
E GP1 S, GP1 D, GP1 M (non-specific (general
purpose) blood pressure values)
F LV S, LV D, LV M (left ventricular blood
A pressure values)
B C D E F G H I G RV S, RV D, RV M (right ventricular blood
pressure values)
H LA M (mean left atrial pressure)
I RA M (mean right atrial pressure)
J GP2 S, GP2 D, GP2 M (non-specific (general
purpose) blood pressure values)
K ICP M (mean intracranial blood pressure)
371
The following parameters can be configured: Setting Autoset limits for the Anesth./
B HR (heart rate) Ventilation area
C SpO2 (blood oxygen saturation)
D NIBP S (systolic blood pressure)  Touch the Anesth./ Ventilation tab (A).
E NIBP D (diastolic blood pressure)
F NIBP M (mean blood pressure)
Alarms
G T1 (temperature, measuring point 1)
H T2 (temperature, measuring point 2)
I TBlood (blood temperature, monitored for
cardiac output measurement) B C
A
Setting Autoset limits for the IBP area
 Touch the IBP tab (A). D E F

Alarms
373
The following parameters can be configured:

B C D E B inN2O (inspiratory N2O content of the breathing
A air)
C inHal, inEnf, inIso, inSev, inDes (inspiratory
F G H I anesthetic agent concentration)
D etCO2 (expiratory CO2 content)
E MVe (expiratory minute volume)
J K F Paw (airway pressure)
372

Alarms
Adjusting the lower and upper limit

values according to set points and
patient demographic data
Alarm limit Algorithm Remark Default values (Range) for

Adult2 Adult1 Ped2 Ped1 Neo1
Autoset IBP:
ART S see page 200 40 %
(mmHg) (OFF, 20 to 80)
ART D see page 200 40 %
ART M see page 200 40 %
LV S see page 200 40 %
LV D see page 200 40 %
LV M (mmHg) see page 200 40 %
(OFF, 20 to 80)
GP1 S, GP2 S see page 200 40 %
GP1 D, GP2 D see page 200 40 %
GP1 M, GP2 M see page 200 40 %
PA S (mmHg) see page 200 40 %
(OFF, 20 to 80)
PA D (mmHg) see page 200 40 %
(OFF, 20 to 80)
PA M (mmHg) see page 200 40 %
(OFF, 20 to 80)
RV S (mmHg) see page 200 40 %
(OFF, 20 to 80)
RV D (mmHg) see page 200 40 %
(OFF, 20 to 80)
RV M (mmHg) see page 200 40 %
(OFF, 20 to 80)
CVP M see page 200 40 %

Alarms

LA M (mmHg) see page 200 40 %
(OFF, 20 to 80)
RA M (mmHg) see page 200 40 %
(OFF, 20 to 80)
ICP M see page 200 40 %
Autoset Hemodynamics:
ART S see page 200 40 %
ART D see page 200 40 %
ART M see page 200 40 %
HR/PLS see page 200 40 %
(OFF, 20 to 80)
SpO2 see page 200 A fixed value is set 100 % 98 %
(fixed) (fixed)
SpO2 current value – absolute Autoset 5 % absolute
X % absolute (OFF, 2 to 10)
NIBP S see page 200 40 %
(OFF, 20 to 80)
NIBP D see page 200 40 %
(OFF, 20 to 80)
NIBP M see page 200 40 %
(OFF, 20 to 80)
T1 see page 200 7%
(OFF, 5 to 20)
T2 see page 200 7%
(OFF, 5 to 20)
TBlood see page 200 7%
(OFF, 5 to 20)
Autoset ventilation/anesthesia:
inN2O see page 200 40 %
(OFF, 20 to 80)
inHal see page 200 40 %
(OFF, 20 to 80)
inIso see page 200 40 %
(OFF, 20 to 80)

Alarms

inEnf see page 200 40 %
(OFF, 20 to 80)
inDes see page 200 40 %
(OFF, 20 to 80)
inSev see page 200 40 %
(OFF, 20 to 80)
etCO2 see page 200 40 %
(OFF, 20 to 80)
MVe MVe + X % Volume-controlled: 40 % 50 %
(at least 2 L/min) (20 to 80) (20 to 80)
MVe calculated
from set points,
otherwise from
measured values
MVe MVe – X % Volume-controlled: 40 % 50 %
(at least 0.5 L/min) (20 to 80) (20 to 80)
MVe calculated
from set points,
otherwise from
measured values
Paw PIP + X mbar Autoset with ad- 10 mbar
justable absolute (OFF, 5 to 20)
difference in rela-
tion to PIP pres-
sure

Alarms
Suppressing the alarm tone
The alarm tone can be suppressed for a maximum Switching the audible alarm on again
of 2 minutes.
 Press the Audio paused key (A) again.
The information field in the header bar is empty.
Exceptions
The following alarms immediately end the silence
time:
Alarm message
Air supply fail
Air+N2O delivery cutoff
A Anesth. Ventilator Off

Apnea
050
 Press the /Audio paused key (A). AW press. protect. fail

The audible alarm of all active alarms is AW pressure high
suppressed for 2 minutes. AW pressure negative
Battery low
1:35 1:35
B
Battery very low
Cont. AW pressure
DIVA module 1 failure
DIVA module 2 failure
469
In the header bar, the symbol (B) with the DIVA protect fail
remaining silence time (minutes:seconds) will
DIVA+mixer failure
appear.
Fresh gas intern/extern?
If the Audio paused key is pressed a second time
during this time, the All symbol will be shown. Infusion line 1 blocked
All audible alarms which appear in the next Infusion line 2 blocked
2 minutes will be suppressed. The visual signal on
Infusion line 3 blocked
the alarm bar disappears.
Infusion line 4 blocked
If there are no alarms active before pressing the
Audio paused key, then all alarms which occur in Insp. desflurane high
the next 2 minutes will be suppressed (preventive Insp. enflurane high
silence function). Insp. halothane high
Insp. isoflurane high
Insp. oxygen low
Insp. sevoflurane high

Alarms
Alarm message
Insp. vol. agent high
Internal safety fan failed
N2O supply fail
Oxygen supply fail
Power supply temp high
Pump 1 battery empty
Pump 1 failure
Pump 2 failure
Pump 3 failure
Pump 4 failure
Remove DIVA module 1
Remove DIVA module 2
Safety O2 opened
Safety settings active
Syringe 1 empty
Syringe 2 empty
Syringe 3 empty
Syringe 4 empty
VA delivery failure
Ventilator failure

Alarms
Set ranges of the patient monitoring alarm limits
Device-related
Alarm Setting range Default value of factory profile

Adult 2 Adult 1 Ped 2 Ped 1 Neo 1
etCO2 (Vol%) 0.1 to 9.9; Off 7
etCO2 (Vol%) Off; 0 to 9.8 3
inCO2 (Vol%) 0 to 1.4; Off 1
FiO2 (Vol%) 19 to 100; Off Off 90
FiO2 (Vol%) 18 to 99 20
inHal (Vol%) 0.1 to 7.0 2.1
inHal (Vol%) Off; 0 to 6.9 Off
inIso (Vol%) 0.1 to 7.0 3.1
inIso (Vol%) Off; 0 to 6.9 Off
inEnf (Vol%) 0.1 to 9.9 4.3
inEnf (Vol%) Off; 0 to 9.8 Off
inDes (Vol%) 0.1 to 21.9 17.5
inDes (Vol%) Off; 0 to 21.8 Off
inSev (Vol%) 0.1 to 9.9 6 7 8
inSev (Vol%) Off; 0 to 9.8 Off
N2O (Vol%) 1 to 82 82
N2O (Vol%) 0 to 81; Off Off
MVe (L/min) 0.1 to 39.0; Off Off
MVe (L/min) 0 to 38.9 4 0.8 0.2
Paw (mbar) 5 to 100 40 25 20
VTi (L/0.01) 0.02 to 2.0; Off 1.2 0.5 0.1
Brody Factor 1.5 to 5.0, Off 2.5

Alarms
Patient-related

HR (1/min) 25 to 300 120 135 150 180
HR (1/min) 20 to 295 45 50 60 80
Brady Limit 20 to 100; Off – – 50 50 60
PVC (1/min) 1 to 50 50 50 50 50 –
ST (mm) –9.9 to 10 2
ST (mm) –10 to 9.9 –2
ART S (mmHg) 0 to 300 160 120 80
ART S (mmHg) –5 to 295 90 50
ART D (mmHg) 0 to 300 80 80 60
ART D (mmHg) –5 to 295 50 30 25
ART M (mmHg) 0 to 300 125 90 70
ART M (mmHg) –5 to 295 60 50 40
LV S (mmHg) 0 to 300 160
LV S (mmHg) –5 to 295 75
LV D (mmHg) 0 to 300 25
LV D (mmHg) –5 to 295 5
LV M (mmHg) 0 to 300 80
LV M (mmHg) –5 to 295 40
GP1 S, GP2 S (mmHg) 0 to 300 160 120
GP1 S, GP2 S (mmHg) –5 to 295 90 50
GP1 D, GP2 D (mmHg) 0 to 300 110 80
GP1 D, GP2 D (mmHg) –5 to 295 50 35
GP1 M, GP2 M (mmHg) 0 to 300 125 85
GP1 M, GP2 M (mmHg) –5 to 295 60 40
PA S (mmHg) 0 to 120 35
PA S (mmHg) –5 to 115 10
PA D (mmHg) 0 to 120 15
PA D (mmHg) –5 to 115 5
PA M (mmHg) 0 to 120 20
PA M (mmHg) –5 to 115 10
RV S (mmHg) 0 to 120 35

Alarms

RV S (mmHg) –5 to 115 10
RV D (mmHg) 0 to 120 15
RV D (mmHg) –5 to 115 5
RV M (mmHg) 0 to 120 20
RV M (mmHg) –5 to 115 10
CVP M (mmHg) 0 to 120 20
CVP M (mmHg) –5 to 115 0
LA M (mmHg) 0 to 120 20
LA M (mmHg) –5 to 115 0
RA M (mmHg) 0 to 120 15
RA M (mmHg) –5 to 115 5
ICP M (mmHg) –20 to 120 20
ICP M (mmHg) –25 to 115 5
CPP M (mmHg) –20 to 300 100
CPP M (mmHg) –25 to 295 70
SpO2 71 to 100 100 95
SpO2 70 to 99 90 85
NIBP S (mmHg) Neo: 15 to 130 160 120 80
Ped: 15 to 170
Adult: 15 to 250
NIBP S (mmHg) Neo: 10 to 125 90 50 50
Ped: 10 to 165
Adult: 10 to 245
NIBP D (mmHg) Neo: 15 to 130 80 80 60
Ped: 15 to 170
Adult: 15 to 250
NIBP D (mmHg) Neo: 10 to 125 50 30 25
Ped: 10 to 165
Adult: 10 to 245
NIBP M (mmHg) Neo: 15 to 130 125 90 70
Ped: 15 to 170
Adult: 15 to 250
NIBP M (mmHg) Neo: 10 to 125 60 50 40
Ped: 10 to 165
Adult: 10 to 245
T1/T2 (°C) –4.9 to 50 39

Alarms

T1/T2 (°C) –5 to 49.9 34
TBlood (°C) 25.1 to 43 39
TBlood (°C) 25 to 42.9 34
TOF-Count 1 to 4; Off 4
TOF-Count 0 to 3; Off 0
BIS 15 to 100; Off 100
BIS 0 to 95; Off 10
Arrhythmia detection
Alarm Setting range Resolu- Default value of factory profile

tion/incre- Adult 2 Adult 1 Ped 2 Ped 1 Neo 1
ment
ASY
Alarm On/Off On On On On Off
Rate - - - - - -
Count - - - - - -
VF
Rate - - - - - -
Count - - - - - -
V.tach
Rate 100 to 200 10 120 120 120 120 -
Count 5 to 15 1 10 10 10 10 -
V.run
Rate 100 to 200 10 120 120 120 120 –
Count 3 to (VTcount –1) 1 3 to 9 3 to 9 3 to 9 3 to 9 –
AIVR
Rate 100 to 200 10 119 119 119 119 –
(<VTcount –1)
Count count >3 3 3 3 3 –

Alarms
Alarm Setting range Resolu- Default value of factory profile

tion/incre- Adult 2 Adult 1 Ped 2 Ped 1 Neo 1
ment
SVT
Rate 120 to 200 10 150 150 150 150 –
Count 3 to 10 1 3 3 3 3 –
BGM
Rate – – – – –
Count n/a – – – – –
Tach
Rate 100 to 200 10 130 130 130 130 –
Count n/a 8 8 8 8 –
Brady
Rate 30 to 105 5 50 50 50 50 –
Count n/a 8 8 8 8 –
Pause
Rate 1.0 to 3.5 0.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 –
Count n/a – – – – –

Alarms
Trends and diagnosis windows
1:35 1:35
Trends/Data
B C D E F G H
A
469
Zeus IE saves measured values and trend data.

Trends are displayed in graphic or tabular form and
374
can be printed (with Infinity network option).
Horizontal tabs open the diagnosis windows.
Vertical tabs show graphic, tabular displays and
Printing graphic trend display other figures.
The graphic trend always starts with the current The following applications can be selected:
time and prints the entire trend from the time the B Overview
patient case started. Trends in: HR, NIBP, ART, CVP, etCO2, i/e O2,
SpO2, i/e VA, Paw, MV
C Hemodyn.
Printing tabular trend display Trends in: HR, ART, CVP, PLS, NIBP, PA, RA,
The entire trend with the selected interval time from SpO2, T1, T2, Pmean, C.O.
the start of the patient case is printed. Cardiac calculat.: C.O., HR, ART M, CVP, PA
M, PWP, CI, SV, SVI, SVR, SVRI, PVR, PVRI,
Diagnosis windows LVSWI, RVSWI, BSA
ST view: inferior, lateral, anterior
Measured values in different applications, arranged D BIS/NMT
according to different parameters are saved and Trends in: BIS, SQI, EMG, BSR, BCT, SEF,
displayed in the Trends/Data dialog window. PWR, SNGL, TOF, TOFR, PTC
E Infusion
 Touch the Trends/Data... button (A).
Trends in: Infusion data (optional,
The Trends/Data dialog window appears. see page 177)
F Ventilat./ Oxygenat.
Trends in: etCO2, MV, i/e O2, SpO2, Paw, C, R,
RRmand, RRspon, VT
Resp. mech.:
– Pressure: PIP, Plat, Mean, PEEP,
– Lung: Cdyn, R
– Ventilator: Circle flow
– Vol: MVe, VTi, VTe, RR, VTmand, RRmand,
MVespon, VTspon, RRspon

Alarms
G Gases/ Anesth.
Trends in: xMAC, i/e VA, ART, NIBP, HR, N2O,
O2 upt., RRspon, T NMT, TOF, SQI, BIS
Current flows:
– Fresh-gas control: System closed
– Current flows: O2, Air, N2O, Total
– Injected anesth. agent (fl.)
Total consumpt.:
– Gas amount since start: O2, Air, N2O
– Volatile agent amount since start
– Gas costs since start: O2, Air, N2O
– Volatile agent costs since start
H System
Automatically opens the Test details > Test
history page.


Monitoring
Monitoring
Overview of the monitoring system . . . . . . . 216
Device monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217

CO2 scale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Oxygen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Airway pressure Paw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Anesthetic agent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Other parameter modules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Loop displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Infusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Display of the flow tubes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
O2 uptake / Uptake monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Patient monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226

Connection field for
the patient monitoring system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Accessories for
the patient monitoring system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Electrocardiography ECG. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Pulse oximetry SpO2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Non-invasive blood pressure NIBP. . . . . . . . . . 250
Invasive blood pressure
measurement IBP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Cardiac output (C.O.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
Anesthesia effect monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268

Monitoring
Overview of the monitoring system
Comprehensive patient monitoring is vital in

Sensors/Parameters
anesthesia. Zeus IE facilitates the monitoring of the
patient in terms of his vital parameters (e.g., heart D E F G H I J K
rate, blood pressure, O2 saturation) and primary
signals (e.g., ECG). Patient signals are received via
various modules and sensors.
Opening dialog window
1200
B
A
389
0
0 20
mL/mbar mbar/L/s
For hemodynamic patient monitoring (optional), the
C following pages can be configured:
D ECG
E SpO2
F NIBP
G IBP
H Temp
309
I C.O./ Calculat.
 Touch the parameter field, e.g., (A). J BIS/NMT
The corresponding page opens in the For device monitoring, the following page can be
Sensors/Parameters dialog window. configured:
K Anesth./ Ventilation
Or
The parameter fields are configured in the Screen
 Touch the area of the loop display (B).
setup > Screen layout > Datadialog window,
The Sensors/Parameters > Anesth./ Ventilation see page 356.
> PV & FV Loops dialog window will appear.
Or Parameter module
If the Sensors/ Parameters... button is configured If "---" is displayed in a parameter module, that
(see page 357): measured value is invalid or out of date.
 Touch the Sensors/ Parameters... button (C). If an apnea alarm or an asystole alarm occurs, no
measurements will be displayed in the CO2 scale
The Sensors/Parameters dialog window appears.
and HR/PLS parameter modules. The length of
time the alarm has already been present is
displayed in the relevant parameter module.

Monitoring
Device monitoring
 Touch the Anesth./ Ventilation tab (A). CO2 scale

An overview of current settings for ventilation and
anesthesia is displayed.
CO2 mmHg
R
24
Sensors/Parameters et
A
B 73 53
23
in
7
225
C
D The CO2 scale parameter module displays:
E – The inspiratory (in) CO2 concentration in the
breathing gas
F – The expiratory (et) CO2 concentration in the
G breathing gas
– The respiratory rate RR from the CO2 signal
Touching the Display all button (requirement: the
404
Display all button has been configured,

The dialog window displays the following pages: see page 357) will also display:
B CO2 scale (setting the amplitude of the CO2 – Currently set alarm limits
scale)
C Oxygen (setting the amplitude of the O2 scale)
D Flow (setting the amplitudes of the Flow scale
and the Vol. scale, and the Waveform
selection)
E Paw (setting the amplitude of the Scale)
F Volatile agent (setting the amplitude of the VA
scale)
G PV & FV Loops (setting and selecting the
loops)

Monitoring
Setting the amplitude of the CO2 scale Setting the amplitude of the O2 scale
Sensors/Parameters Sensors/Parameters
A B
B A
C C
D D
404
405
 Touch the CO2 scale button (A).  Touch the Oxygen button (A).
The CO2 scale page displays: The Oxygen page displays:
B The current CO2 curve B The current O2 curve
C CO2 scale (scaling of the CO2 curve in relation C O2 scale (scaling of the O2 curve in relation to
to the amplitude) the amplitude)
D The button opens the Alarms > Alarm D The button opens the Alarms > Alarm
limits > Ventilation dialog window for alarm limits > Ventilation dialog window for alarm
limit setting. limit setting.
Oxygen Flow
O2 % MV L/min
MV VTe
31
6.0
in
R
500
27 12.0
et Off
Off
20 4.0
226
227
The O2 parameter module displays: The Flow parameter box displays:

– The inspiratory (in) O2 concentration in the – MV (minute volume)
breathing gas – VTe (Expiratory tidal volume, resolved for each
– The expiratory (et) O2 concentration in the individual breath)
breathing gas – RR (respiratory rate, derived from the flow
Touching the Display all button (requirement: the signal)
see page 357) will also display:
– Currently set alarm limits

Monitoring
Display 1: Setting the amplitudes of Flow scale and Vol.

scale and Waveform selection
MV is displayed in a large font size in the left-hand
area of the parameter field; VTe and RR are Sensors/Parameters
displayed in a small font size in the right-hand area.
If the Display all button has been configured
(see page 357), the currently set alarm limits can
be displayed in addition to the flow parameters. B
Display 2: C A
VT is displayed in a large font size in the left-hand D
area of the parameter field; MV and RR are
displayed in a small font size in the right-hand area. E
The Display all button has no effect in this display.
F
406
 Touch the Flow button (A).
The Flow page displays:
B The current Flow curve
C Flow scale (scaling of the Flow curve in relation
to the amplitude for the flow)
D Vol. scale (scaling of the Flow curve in relation
to the amplitude for the volume)
E Waveform selection: represent Flow or Vol.
as a curve
F The button opens the Alarms > Alarm
limits > Ventilation dialog window for alarm
limit setting.

Monitoring
Airway pressure Paw Setting the amplitude of the Paw scale
Sensors/Parameters
Paw mbar
PIP Pmean
13
30
B
PEEP
14 C A
The Paw parameter box displays: 228
– PIP (peak pressure)

– Pmean (mean pressure)
– PEEP (positive end-expiratory pressure)
D
407
 Touch the Paw button (A).
Paw mbar
The Paw page displays:
30
PIP Pmean
Pplat
13 B The current Paw curve
23
PEEP
40
Auto 5 C Scale (scaling of the Paw curve in relation to
the amplitude)
229
D The button opens the Alarms > Alarm

Touching the Display all button (requirement: the limits > Ventilation dialog window for alarm
Display all button has been configured, limit setting.
– Pplat (plateau pressure)
– currently set alarm limits

Monitoring
Anesthetic agent Setting the amplitude of the volatile anesth.

agent scale
The Volatile agent parameter box display can be
varied: Sensors/Parameters
Display 1
B
– Inspiratory (in) and expiratory (et) values of the
anesthetic agent, of N2O, and O2
C
A
Iso N 2O O2%
2.2 60 37
in
1.2 50 27
et
D
408
 Touch the Volatile agent button (A).
230
The Volatile agent page displays:

Display 2 B The current curve for the volatile anesthetic
agent
– Inspiratory (in) and expiratory (et) values of the
C VA scale (scaling of this curve in relation to the
anesthetic agent
amplitude)
– xMAC (MAC* multiple)
D The button opens the Alarms > Alarm
If a second anesthetic agent is measured, it is limits > Anesth. dialog window for alarm limit
displayed instead of N2O. setting
An age-adjusted MAC multiple is used,

see page 131.
Iso Sev xMAC

in
2.2 2.4
et
1.2 1.4 2.3
231
* MAC – Minimum Alveolar Concentration

Monitoring
Other parameter modules Loop displays
Loops are a graphic representation of the

MVxCO2 trend
respiratory monitoring data collected by the
ventilator. Pressure/volume loop and flow/volume
loops provide important information about the
MV×CO2 mL/min response of the patient to the ventilation.
500
For configuration, see page 354.
Pressure/volume loops
0 30 Pressure/volume loops show changes in the
compliance, resistance and respiratory work.
613
The trend of the CO2 production, calculated as the The loop of a mechanically generated breath is
product of MV and (etCO2–inCO2), is displayed in plotted in an counterclockwise direction. The loop
the MVxCO2 parameter module. of a spontaneous breath is plotted in a clockwise
direction. The inspiration starts at a point which is
defined via the base pressure and the volume at the
R/C trend beginning of inspiration. The loops show the
appropriate values for dynamic compliance (Cdyn).
R/C
30 100 Flow/volume loops
R
Flow/volume loops plot mechanical and
C
spontaneous breaths in the same manner.
Inspiration starts at the starting point of the loop and
is then plotted upwards and from the left-hand side
0 30
to the right-hand side (clockwise). Expiration is
plotted below the horizontal axis from right to left,
614
The trend of the resistance and compliance values back to the starting point.
is displayed in the R/C parameter module.
∆VT (optional)
∆VT mL
VTi
335
15 VTe
320
237
The VTi and VTe measured values, as well as the

difference between these two values (VT), are
shown in the ∆VT parameter module.

Monitoring
Display of ventilation loops

1200 Volume I 09:20:45
1200 Volume I 09:20:45
0 Paw
0 20
0 Paw
0 20 Cdyn 24 R 2
mL/mbar mbar/L/s
234
A B
Displaying the Save and Recall buttons again:
 Touch the screen in the area of the values for
232
compliance and resistance again.

Older loops are deleted and replaced by the current
loops. Up to six reference loops can be saved and In Pause ventilation mode, no PV loops can be
displayed. Reference loops are used as displayed because of the absence of respiration
comparison points to evaluate the current loops. phase triggering. Instead of the loop display, Pause
is displayed.
 Touch the Save button (A).
The current loop is saved as a blue curve with its
time. The loops in progress are overlaid on it in
black.
 Touch the Recall button (B).
The saved loops (maximum 6) are recalled by
continuous touching. The sequence of the loops is
displayed at the top right along with the respective
time saved.
Displaying values for compliance Cdyn and
resistance R:
 Touch the screen between the Save and Recall
buttons.

Monitoring
Setting and selecting loops Infusion

Sensors/Parameters For every two Module DPS syringe pumps, a
parameter field can be displayed containing:
– Pump number
– Drug names
D
– Vtot mL (volume administered up to now)
– Trest min (time until the syringe is empty)
E
F
G C 1 2
H Vtot
I mL
J Trest
409
min
 Touch the PV & FV Loops button (C).
The PV & FV Loops page displays:
477
D Paw/Vol, Flow/Vol (possible loop displays)  Touch parameter field.
E Auto, Volume, Customized (scaling of the
loops) The current alarm limit setting appears.
F Volume (scaling of the volume)
G Paw (scaling of the pressure axis)
H Flow (scaling of the flow axis)
I Loop selection: Paw/Vol, Flow/Vol (display of
the loop transferred to the screen)
J The button opens the Alarms > Alarm
limits > Ventilation dialog window for alarm
limit setting.

Monitoring
Display of the flow tubes O2 uptake / Uptake monitoring
Zeus IE uses the Brody formula for uptake

B System closed monitoring:
C O2 uptake 324 mL/min O2 uptake = 10 x BW3/4
BW refers to the body weight set for the patient
A O2 N2O Iso Uptake monitoring is first activated 3 minutes after
18 100 reaching the mode.
10 50
The theoretically calculated O2 uptake is compared
10 to the measured O2 uptake in the system. If the
measured value exceeds the calculated value, the
1 background of the O2 uptake display will begin to
0.5 1 flash in yellow.
0.5
The user can set the sensitivity of the alarm via the
Brody factor, see page 187.
0 0  Touch the display of the O2 uptake.
0.28 L/min 0.14 0 mL/h
The Alarms > Ventilation dialog window will open,
see page 187. The Brody-Factor button is yellow
162
A The current flows of the anesthetic agent, e.g., and can be adjusted.
Iso and the gases O2, Air, and N2O are  Touch the display of the flow tubes.
displayed.
The Trends/Data > Current flows dialog window
B The status display indicates the status of gas will appear.
delivery (fresh-gas control mode, closed
system, current fresh-gas flows, etc.).
C The O2 uptake display is used for leakage
detection when operating in a closed system. If
the device is in Uptake mode, the complete O2
uptake of the patient is displayed.

Monitoring
Patient monitoring
Sensors/Parameters Connection field for the patient

monitoring system
A B C D E F G
148
389
The connection field for patient monitoring is on the

Zeus IE patient monitoring (optional) provides the left-hand side next to the breathing system.
following functions:
WARNING
A ECG (electrocardiography), see page 238
Care must be taken to ensure that the pods are
B SpO2 (oxygen saturation), see page 247 fitted securely and cannot drop. Route and at-
tach the sensor cables and catheter tubes to
The SpO2 measurement can be carried out via
the patient in such a way that if cables, tubes
the SpO2 SmartPod or without the SpO2*
or the device are moved the patient will not be
SmartPod.
injured.
C NIBP (non-invasive blood pressure),
see page 250
D IBP (invasive blood pressure), see page 256
E Temp (temperature), see page 263
F C.O./ Calculat. (cardiac output), see page 264
G BIS/NMT (anesthesia effect monitoring),
see page 268
The parameters can be displayed as measured
values in configurable parameter boxes.
In addition to curves, the ECG, SpO2, IBP, and BIS
parameters can also be displayed as mini-trends.
* optional

Monitoring
SpO2 measurement with the SpO2 SmartPod SpO2 measurement without SpO2 SmartPod
(optional)
The connection field has the following connections:
The connection field has the following connections:
HEMOMED1 MULTIMED
A B HEMOMED1 MULTIMED
H I
Aux/HEMO2
C Aux/HEMO3
Aux/HEMO2 J Aux/HEMO3
NIBP SpO2
D E
NIBP Sync.
IV-System Sync.
K L
F G
IV-System
M
009
A HEMOMED 1
Connection for accessories to measure 1 to 4
010
invasive blood pressures (IBP), and C.O.
H HEMOMED 1
B MULTIMED Connection for accessories to measure 1 to 4
Connection for accessories to measure 3 to 6 invasive blood pressures (IBP), and C.O.
ECG leads, and 1 or 2 temperatures
I MULTIMED
C Aux/Hemo 2/3 Connection for accessories to measure SpO2, 3
Connections for accessories to measure 1 to 4 to 6 ECG leads, and 1 or 2 temperatures
invasive blood pressures and C.O., as well as
for anesthesia effect monitoring (Trident pod, J Aux/Hemo 2/3
BISx pod) Connections for accessories to measure 1 to 4
invasive blood pressures and C.O., as well as
D NIBP for anesthesia effect monitoring (Trident pod,
Connection to measure the non-invasive blood BISx pod)
pressure
K NIBP
E SpO2 Connection to measure the non-invasive blood
Connection to measure oxygen saturation pressure
(sensor technology must be identified)
L Sync
F IV system Synchronization connection for defibrillators
Connection of the Module DPS for intravenous
anesthesia (optional) M IV system
Connection of the Module DPS for intravenous
G Sync anesthesia (optional)
Synchronization connection for defibrillators

Monitoring
Accessories for the patient monitoring system
Zeus IE connec- Accesso- ECG SpO2 NIBP BP Temp. C.O. NMT/ BIS
tion field ries TOF
MULTIMED MULTIMED 3 to 5 1 sen- 1 or 2
5 cable elec- sor1) sen-
trodes sors2)
MULTIMED 3 to 6 1 Sen- 1 or 2
6 cable elec- sor1) sen-
trodes sors2)
MULTIMED 3 to 6 1 Sen- 1 or 2
PLUS OR elec- sor1) sen-
cable trodes sors2)
HEMOMED 1 Y-cable 1 or 2
pressure
transduc-
er(s)2)
HemoMed 4 pres- x
Pod sure
transduc-
ers
Aux/Hemo 2 or Hemo2 Pod 2 pres- 2 sen- x
Aux/Hemo 3 sure sors
transduc-
ers
Hemo4 Pod 4 pres- 2 sen- x
sure sors
transduc-
ers
Quad Hemo 4 pres- 2 sen- x
Pod sure sors
transduc-
ers
Trident pod 1 NMT
sensor
BISx pod 1 BIS
sen-
sor

Monitoring
Zeus IE connec- Accesso- ECG SpO2 NIBP BP Temp. C.O. NMT/ BIS
tion field ries TOF
SpO23 Masimo SET 1 Masi-
cable mo sen-
sor3)
Nellcor Oxi- 1 Nellcor
Max cable sensor3)
NIBP NIBP hose 1 sen-
sor
1) optional for measurement without SpO2 SmartPod
2) depends on the use of a Y-cable
3) omitted for measurement without SpO2 SmartPod
The patient monitoring system and the WARNING

hemodynamic modules are largely protected
The MultiMed Plus OR cable may not be used
against high-frequency interference which may be
with blue Dräger ECG lead wires. Otherwise
caused by defibrillations, HF surgery devices or by
the operation will be impaired, which can lead
50/60 Hz mains power interference. The pressure
to incorrect values.
transducers recommended on the List of
Accessories protect patients during HF surgery and
protect against burns during defibrillation. If non- WARNING
approved pressure transducers are used, this To increase performance and to reduce the
protection is no longer guaranteed. risk of burns, always use the accessories pro-
vided for HF surgery.
Note about HF surgery
WARNING
To ensure the safety of patient and personnel and
To prevent the risk of burns, keep sensors and
to reduce interference from high-frequency signals,
pressure transducers (ECG, temperature,
follow safety instructions during HF surgery.
pressure, SpO2, BISx) and their associated ca-
bles away from the operation site, the back
WARNING
electrodes of the electrosurgical unit and the
The NeoMed Pod is not designed for use grounding.
during HF surgery. To protect the patient from
burns, the pod must not be used during HF
surgery. WARNING
Always use a high-frequency adapter block
(ESU block) from Dräger Medical or a MUL-
WARNING
TIMED Plus OR cable with compatible elec-
The detection of pacemaker impulses is im- trode cables. Doing so reduces high-frequen-
paired while the high-frequency adapter block cy interference and protects the patient
(ESU filter) or the MultiMed Plus OR cable is in against burns that may be caused by voltage
use. When pacemaker detection is activated, being emitted by the high-frequency surgery
interference caused by high-frequency sig- device. For better performance, set the ECG
nals may be detected as pacemaker impulses. filter option to "ESU".

Monitoring
WARNING Connection for ECG accessories

Pacemaker detection is not available if the
ESU filter or MULTIMED Plus OR cable is used. optional without
SpO2 SmartPod
NOTE HEMOMED1 MULTIMED HEMOMED1 MULTIMED
For HF surgery, the heart rate should be deter- A A

mined from the SpO2 signal instead of the ECG
signal. Aux/HEMO2 Aux/HEMO3 Aux/HEMO2 Aux/HEMO3
NOTE NIBP SpO2 NIBP Sync.
If using temperature sensors (rectal, esophageal),

they must have a protective sheath. IV-System Sync. IV-System
185
Safety with high frequency and defibrillation
A For the display of 3, 5 or 6 ECG leads, different
Safety measures when using a defibrillator:
cables can be connected to the MULTIMED
– The monitor is protected from defibrillator
connection on the Zeus IE.
voltages, high-frequency interference from
– MULTIMED 5 cable
electro-surgery devices, and 50/60 Hz
– MULTIMED 6 cable
interference.
– MULTIMED PLUS OR cable
– If the correct electrodes are used and these
electrodes are attached in accordance with the
manufacturer's instructions, the monitor will
display waveforms again within 5 seconds of
the defibrillation.
WARNING
Risk of burns
To achieve accurate ECG data and for the pro-
tection of the patient during defibrillation, only
use ECG electrodes and cables specified by
Dräger. To prevent sensor faults and the dis-
persion of energy, applied parts such as dis-
posable SpO2 sensors that are not classified
as defibrillation-safe must be removed.
CAUTION
Risk of burns and danger of electric shock
Electrodes and sensors can divert the electric cur-
rent. This can result in burns and cause an electric
shock.
– Only perform defibrillation above the rib cage.
– Do not position the defibrillator in the vicinity of
electrodes or sensors.

Monitoring
Connecting MULTIMED 5/6 cable Connecting MULTIMED PLUS OR cable
C B G
D H
F E J I
142
143
B MULTIMED cable G MULTIMED PLUS OR cable with integrated
ESU block
C ESU block for protection from interference due
H ECG cable (3, 5 or 6 leads) for connection to the
to high-frequency surgery electrodes applied to the patient
D ECG cable (3, 5 or 6 leads) for connection to the I Connection socket for the temperature cable
electrodes applied to the patient Two temperature sensors may be connected
via a Y-cable.
E Connection socket for the temperature cable J Connection socket for the SpO2 cable*
Two temperature sensors may be connected
 Insert white ECG standard lead wire set (D) into
via a Y-cable.
the MULTIMED PLUS OR Pod (C).
F Connection socket for the SpO2 cable*
1 Insert white ECG standard lead wire set (D) into
the ESU block (C). If a MULTIMED 5 cable is
used, leave the V+ connection vacant.
2 Connect ESU block (C) to the MULTIMED cable
(B).
5-pin and 6-pin ESU blocks are available.
3 All electrode inputs must be covered.
Use ESU block during HF surgery only.
* optional for measurement without SpO2 SmartPod

Monitoring
Connection for NIBP accessories A Connector for the connection to Zeus IE

B Y-cable
optional without
C Intermediate cable
SpO2 SmartPod
D IBP pressure transducer
HEMOMED1 MULTIMED HEMOMED1 MULTIMED
Hemo2 Pod, Hemo4 Pod, HemoMed Pod and

Quad Hemo Pod
Aux/HEMO2 Aux/HEMO3 Aux/HEMO2 Aux/HEMO3
optional without
NIBP NIBP SpO2 SmartPod
A A
SpO2 Sync.

IV-System Sync. IV-System
E E
185
 Press the plug of the NIBP hose firmly into the

Aux/HEMO2
F Aux/HEMO3 Aux/HEMO2
F Aux/HEMO3
NIBP socket (A) on the connection field of the

NIBP SpO2 NIBP Sync.
hemodynamic monitoring system on Zeus IE
and connect the other end of the hose to the
connection on the cuff.
185
Connection for IBP accessories Hemodynamic monitoring modules which perform
the following measurements with only one monitor
For invasive blood pressure measurement, four connection:
alternatives are available on Zeus IE: – Cardiac output
– Y-cable – 2 invasive blood pressure measurements
– Hemo2 Pod (Hemo2) or
– Hemo4 Pod – 4 invasive blood pressure measurements
– HemoMed Pod (Hemo4, HemoMed and Quad Hemo)
– Quad Hemo Pod Hemo2, Hemo4 and Quad Hemo must be
connected to an Aux/Hemo 2/3 connection (F) on
Y-cable Zeus IE.
The Y-cable can be used to connect two IBP The HemoMed Pod must be connected to the
pressure transducers to measure two invasive HEMOMED 1 connection (E) on the Zeus IE.
blood pressures. The Y-cable is connected to the In contrast to the Hemo2 and Hemo4 Pods, the
HEMOMED 1 connection on the Zeus IE HemoMed Pod has no LCD displays on the module
connection field, see page 226. and no temperature connections.
B The Quad Hemo Pod has two temperature

A connections and no LCD display.
C CAUTION
D Do not autoclave hemo modules.
136

Monitoring
Hemo2 Pod, Hemo4 Pod and HemoMed Pod Quad Hemo Pod
G H I
J K L
135
The modules have three buttons:
103
G The SmartZero key performs the zeroing
of all pressure transducers connected to the J The SmartZero key performs the zeroing
module which are open to the ambient of all pressure transducers connected to the
pressure. module which are open to the ambient
H The C.O. Start key starts cardiac output pressure.
measurement. K The C.O. Start key starts cardiac output
I The Wedge key starts pulmonary wedge measurement.
pressure measurement. L The Wedge key starts pulmonary wedge
pressure measurement.
Connecting hemodynamic modules (pods)

Connecting Hemo2, Hemo4 and HemoMed
1 Connect the module to the Zeus IE connection
field.
M
135
On the HemoMed Pod, the connection (M) for the

Zeus IE is located on the left side.

Monitoring
Connecting the Quad Hemo Pod

1 Connect the module to the Zeus IE connection
field.
N 133
On the Hemo2 and Hemo4 Pods, the connection Q R

(N) for Zeus IE is located on the right side.
102
Q Connection for C.O.
R Connection for Zeus IE
2 Connect the red end of the Pod communicatons
cable (T) to connnection (R). Connect the other
end (S) to the Aux/Hemo2 or Aux/Hemo3
connection on Zeus IE.
O S
160
2 Connect pressure transducer cables (O) to the

adapter block on the rear of the module.
W
U U U
T
P
V
101
3 Insert the pressure transducers into the

158
transducer slots (U).

3 Insert the pressure transducers (P) on the front 4 Connect the pressure transducer adapter
panel of the module. Insert the pressure cables (V) to the intermediate cables (W).
transducers into the slide-in compartment
corresponding to the module connection.

Monitoring
Temperature measurement connection or

– Dräger Oxisure**
A MULTIMED cable is used to connect the The SpO2 measurement is carried out using the
temperature measurement to the MULTIMED following connections:
connection on the Zeus IE connection field,
see page 226. A integrated SmartPod or
B Multimed**
SpO2 measurement with SpO2 SmartPod

A
The technology used is marked on the connection
field for patient monitoring next to the connection
for SpO2 (integrated SmartPod).
 Select the accessories (connecting cable and
SpO2 sensor) based on the technology used.
B
138
A MULTIMED Pod
B Temperature sensor
A Y-cable has to be used for the measurement
of 2 temperatures. C
SpO2 measurement connection
optional without
SpO2 SmartPod
B D
150
Aux/HEMO2 Aux/HEMO3 Aux/HEMO2 Aux/HEMO3
C Connecting cable
NIBP NIBP
D SpO2 sensor
A
SpO2 Sync.

185
Two technologies are available for the SpO2

measurement:
– SmartPod Masimo SET* * Measurement via SpO2 SmartPod
– SmartPod Nellcor OxiMax* ** optional for measurement without SpO2 SmartPod

Monitoring
SpO2 measurement without SpO2 SmartPod* C.O. measurement connection

The SpO2 measurement is carried out using the
MULTIMED connection. The accessory for C.O. measurement can be
connected to all hemodynamic modules. The
 Select the accessories (connecting cable and connection is located on the right side for all
SpO2 sensor) based on the technology used. modules.
E F
A
I H G
E
C B
J
F D
K
137
A Injectate
B Injectate temperature sensor
C Proximal lumen
G D Thermistor T-piece
E Three-way tap
F C.O. Y-cable
152
G C.O. catheter cable

E MULTIMED cable
F Connecting cable H Catheter connection
G SpO2 sensor
I Thermodilution catheter
J Distal lumen
K Balloon lumen
* optional

Monitoring
Connection for anesthesia effect Infinity BISx pod

monitoring
The Trident and BISx pods are connected to the

Aux/Hemo 2/3 connections on the Zeus IE
connection field, see page 226.
X
BIS
Trident NMT pod
G
A F
B
276
F Pod Com cable to the Zeus IE connection field
or to the Trident pod
G Sensor cable for connecting the BIS sensor
C
D Connection for synchronization of a

! defibrillator
E
optional without
279
SpO2 SmartPod
A Covered connection, currently no function
B LED for displaying activated stimulation

C Connection for NMT accessories:
accelerometer, electrodes Aux/HEMO2 Aux/HEMO3 Aux/HEMO2 Aux/HEMO3
D Socket for BISx pod

NIBP SpO2 NIBP Sync.
E To the Zeus IE connection field (Pod Com A

cable) IV-System Sync. IV-System
A
185
For synchronization, a defibrillator can be

connected to the Sync. connection (A) on the
Zeus IE connection field.

Monitoring
Electrocardiography ECG ECG safety instructions

 Observe the internal instructions of the hospital!
Zeus IE provides the following functions:
– ECG display  Remove unprotected electrodes from the
– Heart rate display patient before defibrillation.
– Detection of arrhythmia events
– ST analysis WARNING
– Display of ECG data Risk of patient injury
To achieve accurate ECG data, for the protec-
tion of the patient, and during defibrillation,
HR/PLS bpm II
use only ECG electrodes and cables specified
60
by Dräger.
120
ST To prevent sensor faults and the distribution
45 of energy, applied parts that are not classified
as defibrillation-safe must be removed.
224
The HR/PLS parameter box displays:

WARNING
– Heart rate
– Lead Conductive parts of the electrodes and con-
– ST value nections (including the neutral electrode)
must not come into contact with other con-
Touching the Display all button (requirement: the ductive parts (including grounded parts). Risk
Display all button has been configured, of electric shock.
WARNING
Defibrillation electrodes must never be placed
Determining mean values from the ECG over ECG electrodes or ECG leads. A dis-
The device detects QRS complexes with the charge could prevent defibrillation and cause
following characteristics: injuries to clinical staff and the patient.
Amplitude
WARNING
– 0.2 to 5.0 mV (for channel amplitudes of x 4 and Evoked potential equipment can cause faults
x 8) in ECG monitoring.
– 0.4 to 5.0 mV (for all other channel amplitudes)
QRS width
– 70 to 120 ms for adults
– 40 to 120 ms for neonates. Further information
regarding QRS detection can be found in "Fault
- Cause - Remedy".

Monitoring
ECG with pacemakers WARNING

Some makes of pacemaker (especially exter-
Special care must be taken with pacemaker
nal pacemakers with electrodes on the sur-
patients in ECG analysis.
face of the body) emit pulses which may be
While monitoring pacemaker patients, QRS much higher than the 700 mV maximum ampli-
complexes may possibly not be counted correctly. tude specified for the pacemaker detection
A threshold alarm for the lower heart rate may system of the monitor. For this reason,
occur by mistake: Zeus IE may interpret pulses with such high
amplitudes as valid QRS complexes and will
– For fusion beats and asynchronous
not recognize a cardiac arrest in unfavorable
pacemakers with coupling intervals between
circumstances.
+10 and –90 ms.
– For asynchronous pacemakers with overshoot WARNING
With certain pacemaker patients, Zeus IE Special caution is required with patients who
cannot accurately measure the heart rate or have an implanted, frequency-adapted pace-
frequency-dependent arrhythmia events. maker. Patient monitors can cause faults in
some frequency-adapted pacemakers. This
WARNING
could lead to unnecessarily high pacemaker
Turn on pacemaker detection for pacemaker rates.
patients only. Turn off pacemaker detection for
patients without pacemakers.
WARNING
With dual-chamber pacemakers, Zeus IE may
record the second pacemaker artifact as a val-
id QRS complex, particularly when the AV in-
terval is less than 150 ms. A cardiac arrest will
thus not be recognized in unfavorable circum-
stances.
WARNING
During cardiac arrest or certain arrhythmias,
the heart rate generated by the pacemaker
may still need to be recorded and counted.
Therefore, do not relay solely on the heart rate
measurement. Special attention must be paid
to pacemaker patients.
WARNING
Do not rely entirely on the displayed heart rate
or respiratory rate for evaluating the status of
a pacemaker patient. Such patients must al-
ways be monitored closely and their vital
signs checked carefully.

Monitoring
Pacemaker detection ECG with HF surgery
To prevent interference and ensure patient and staff

safety, observe the following during HF surgery:
WARNING
ECG leads, temperature sensors, pressure
measuring accessories, SpO2 sensors, and in-
termediate cables must be kept away from the
grounding, as well as from the electrosurgical
device and its cables.
WARNING
When using HF surgery devices, only use blue
233
Dräger ECG leads or a high-frequency adapter

If pacemaker detection is on, Zeus IE can block for conventional cables. See separate
recognize pacemaker-induced heartbeats. These List of Accessories. The blue leads and the
are marked in all channels by bars. adapter block guard against high-frequency
Normal ECG impulses are marked by the interference and protect the patient against
symbol. burns, which can be caused by voltage being
emitted by the HF surgery device.
Pacemaker detection is only available in the Adult
patient category.
WARNING
When monitoring children and neonates or with When using a high-frequency adapter block
high-frequency filter switched on, pacemaker and blue shielded cables, pacemaker detec-
detection is not available. tion is not available. This also applies when
the ESU ECG filter is selected.
Pacemaker with impedance-dependent
intervals  On the HF surgery device, select the neutral
electrode with the largest contact surface and
Pacemakers with impedance-dependent intervals place it as near as possible to the operation site.
emit additional electrical impulses. Zeus IE may
interpret such pulses as normal pacemaker pulses  Determine the heart rate via the SpO2 signal or
and superimposes them onto the ECG in the form arterial blood pressure instead of via the ECG.
of black markings. In this case, change the  Internal temperature sensors (rectal,
arrangement of the electrodes so that the black esophageal) have a protective sheath.
markings disappear on the screen.

Monitoring
Interference from other sources Electrodes
The use of infusion pumps or roller pumps, or other NOTE

electrical devices during patient monitoring may Only leads I and II are genuine limb leads (lead III
lead to ECG artifacts, whereby Zeus IE might is calculated). If the RA electrode has dropped off,
display pacemaker markers although the ECG is lead III is displayed as a flat line (asystole) to make
normal. clinical staff aware of this occurrence. All other
leads behave normally.
To determine the interference source, the
corresponding device may need to be switched off. Both reusable and disposable electrodes are
If this eliminates the artefacts, the device is available.
probably the cause of the interference.
 Arrange the electrodes in such a way that an
Electrical interference emitted from insulation optimum ECG signal is received by Zeus IE.
components can briefly overlap or interrupt the The amplitude of the P- and T-waves should not
ECG signal. be less than one third of QRS amplitude.
The signals from transcutaneous electrical nerve  Position electrodes as far from the operation
stimulators (TENS) are similar to pacemaker site as possible.
pulses and can be misinterpreted as such by
Zeus IE. Valid QRS complexes after a
misinterpreted TENS signal may possibly be Instructions for burns
rejected by Zeus IE.
Preparing the ECG
Patients
5-lead standard / 6-lead for pacemaker
218
 Only use sterile electrodes.
 The electrodes must be fastened with a
watertight bandage (approx. 5 cm wide) or with
sterile adhesive tape and protected against
3-lead standard / 5-lead standard
liquids.
217
Careful preparation of the skin as well as correct

positioning of the electrodes is crucial for the
generation of distinct signals.

Monitoring
Electrode positioning
ECG color coding

ECG cable Europe (IEC 1) USA (IEC 2)
LA Yellow Black
LF Green Red
RA Red White
RF Black Green
V White Brown
V+ Gray / white Gray / brown
ECG signal processing and display

The number of ECG leads available depends on
the cable and lead wire sets used:
ECG connection cable Lead wire set Display channels Leads available
MULTIMED 5, 6, 3-lead ECG 1 or ECG 2 or ECG 3 I, II, III
MULTIMED PLUS OR
MULTIMED 5, 6 5-lead ECG 1, ECG 2, ECG 3 I, II, III, aVR, aVL, aVF, V
MULTIMED PLUS OR
MULTIMED 6, 6-lead ECG 1, ECG 2, ECG 3 I, II, III, aVR, aVL, aVF, V, V+
MULTIMED PLUS OR
Both the leads selected individually and the leads

shown in the channels ECG 1 (HR/PLS), ECG 2
(ST), or ECG 3 (C.O.) can be displayed as
waveforms.
When the ECG amplitude of a lead that has not
been assigned to a display channel has to be
adjusted, the lead shown can be temporarily
assigned to a display channel via the
Sensors/Parameters > ECG dialog.

Monitoring
ECG – arrhythmia detection NOTE

Arrhythmia detection is not reliable for all patients.
Arrhythmia detection is available for adult and Zeus IE only classifies QRS complexes of
pediatric patients, but not for neonates. The type of 0.20 mV, with widths of 70 ms. An artefact (ARTF)
arrhythmia monitoring (Adv. (optional), Basic or can occur if the ECG signal fails to meet these min-
OFF) determines the type of events which are imum requirements. Arrhythmia detection can be
reported. switched off if the QRS complexes of a patient do
not meet these minimum requirements. Heart rate
ARR level ARR parameters reported monitoring will continue.
Off ASY (asystole)
VF (ventricular fibrillation) NOTE
In the neonatal patient category a bradycardia is a
ARTF (artefact) low heart rate alarm. The setting can be made irre-
Basic ASY (asystole) spective of the heart rate alarm, see page 196.
VF (ventricular fibrillation)
Zeus IE uses the results of QRS processing for the
ARTF (artefact) arrhythmia analysis.
VT (ventricular tachycardia)
Arrhythmia reference pattern
Advanced ASY (asystole)
(optional) Zeus IE creates a reference pattern from the
VF (ventricular fibrillation)
detected dominant QRS morphology of the patient
V.tach (ventricular tachycardia) (learning phase).
V.run (ventricular run) The learning phase takes approx. 30 to
AIVR (accelerated idioventricular 40 seconds. If Zeus IE detects more than 100 QRS
rhythm) complexes, but fewer than 16 similar beats, the
Unable to learn message will appear. During the
SVT (supraventricular tachycardia) learning phase, no arrhythmia alarms are reported
CPT (ventricular couplet) and no arrhythmia data is included in the trend
memory. The Relearn message appears.
BGM (ventricular bigeminy)
Tach (sinus tachycardia)
Brady (sinus bradycardia)
Pause (pause)
ARTF (artefact)
PVC (premature ventricular contrac-
tion)
WARNING
Electrical artifacts arising from a cause other
than heart disease, e.g., attacks/spasms, may
prevent the detection of certain arrhythmias.
In the case of patients prone to attacks, the
user should not solely rely on the ECG.

Monitoring
Beat and rhythm classification ECG – ST monitoring

The beat classification refers to the analysis of
Voltage
individual beats.
[mV]
All detected beats are analyzed by Zeus IE for the
heart rate calculation; however, questionable beats
are excluded from arrhythmia detection. Isoelectric
measuring point ST measuring point
The rhythm classification refers to the analysis of
beat sequences. ST level
Zeus IE compares the sequence of the last eight
beats with saved beat sequences. If two or more Time [s]
events are detected at the same time, Zeus IE will
QRS start QRS end ST deviation
issue an alarm for the event with the highest
247
priority.
Zeus IE can detect and display deviations in the ST
segment of the QRS complex in relation to an
Automatic learning and relearning isoelectric baseline.
If the ECG cables are connected to the patient, This is done by measuring voltage values and
Zeus IE will start a learning phase in the following comparing them at two measurement points, the
situations: isoelectric point and ST measurement point. The
– After switching on Zeus IE isoelectric point defines the zero voltage (no
– When leaving the system standby mode electrical activity = 0 mm) and occurs on the
– After switching on arrhythmia detection horizontal time axis as the basic setting 28 ms
– When changing the lead in the ECG channels before the beginning of the QRS complex. The ST
ECG-HF (ECG1) or ECG-ST (ECG2) while measurement point occurs in the ST segment
processing one or two ECG signals between the end of the QRS complex (J point) and
the T segment as the basic setting 80 ms after the
end of the QRS complex.

Monitoring
Settings on Zeus IE M The button opens the Alarms > Alarm

limits > Noninvasive dialog window for alarm
 Touch the ECG tab (A). limit setting.
N Auto: The waveform scale is adapted on a
The dialog window for ECG monitoring appears. continuous basis (from x 0.25 to x 8)
Sensors/Parameters
A ST segment analysis
G B During ST analysis, QRS complexes which have

C been classified as normal beats are analyzed by
D three to seven (optional) selected ECG leads.
H Zeus IE learns each ST lead, whereby the
I N E
measured values and morphology of normal beats
J F are collected in an average QRS complex. ST
deviations are created in the comparison to this
average. If ST deviation is switched on, ST values
K L M are saved in the trend (see page 212).
389
The dialog window displays the screens for setting Setting and evaluating the ST segment analysis:
ECG functions:  Touch the ST segm. tab (A).
B ECG HR/PLS (first ECG channel)
C ECG ST (second ECG channel) Sensors/Parameters
D ECG C.O. (third ECG channel)
E ST segm. (ST segment analysis)
F More ECG
B
The possible settings of the three ECGs (ECG
HR/PLS, ECG ST, ECG C.O.) are identical.
G Waveform display of the respective ECG lead
C
D A
H ECG lead
I ECG amplitude E
F
The normal QRS detection threshold lies at
approx. 0.4 mV, depending on the QRS width. G
This threshold is used for channel amplitudes of
H I J 391
x0.25, x0.5, x1, and x2.

For a channel amplitude of x4 and x8, the QRS
detection threshold is reduced to approx.
0.2 mV. In this case, low-amplitude QRS
complexes at QRS widths of 70 and 120 ms (40
to 120 ms for neonates) can be included in the
calculation of the heart rate.
J Pulse tone volume [%]
K Autoscale all causes one-time automatic
rescaling of all ECG leads
L Relearn: Manual starting of the ECG learning
phase, e.g., in order to redetermine the
reference QRS complex after electrode
repositioning

Monitoring
ST screen display (optional) Display of hemodynamic data, ST analysis,

advanced ST analysis (optional)
 Touch the ST view button (I).
ST mm
I II III Or
0.1 0.1 0.1
aVL aVR aVF V V+  In the Trends/Data > Hemodyn. dialog
0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 window, touch the ST view button,
see page 212.
223
In the display of the advanced ST option, all ST view
available leads are displayed.
inferior lateral anterior
Measuring points II
The start point and end point of the QRS complex -8 30 min
are determined automatically.

For a reliable measurement of the ST deviations,
the position of the ST Iso point and ST meas.
point on the display (B) can be adjusted.
Setting measuring positions:
459
 Touch the respective button. Use the rotary
knob to put the cursor on the required place and The example for ECG lead II shows the display of
confirm. the current QRS complexes (green) and the one-
time measurement of the reference complexes
The following settings are possible:
(red) above each other. In addition, a short-time
C ST iso point: Setting the measuring position for
trend of 30 minutes of the determined ST rise/fall is
the isoelectric point
applied.
D ST meas. point: Setting the measuring position
of the ST measuring point
E ST trend scale: Amplitude setting for the ST
trends
F ST event duration: Setting the time after which
there will be an alarm if there has been an
uninterrupted limit transgression
G ST monitoring: Switching On/Off the ST
segment analysis
H Save reference
I ST view, opens ST view in the Trends/Data
dialog window
J The button opens the Alarms >All limits >
Hemodyn. dialog window for alarm limit setting
of the measured values ST LAT, ST INF, and
ST ANT.

Monitoring
More ECG settings Optimize pacemaker detection

1 Switch on pacemaker detection.
 Touch the More ECG tab (A).
2 Select the lead with the fewest fault signals and
Sensors/Parameters the highest R-wave for display in the uppermost
channel.
3 Touch the Monit. button.
Switch the monitor filter on and off several times to
ascertain the clearest signal.
B G Arrhythmia, opens the Alarms > All limits >
C Arrhythmia dialog window for setting the alarm
D A limits for Arrhythmia monitoring.
H The button opens the Alarms > Alarm
E limits > Noninvasive dialog window for alarm
F limit setting.
G H
390
The More ECG page is used to adjust the following

Pulse oximetry SpO2
settings:
B Arrhythmia monitoring: Adv., Basic and Off
The method of pulse oximetry is based on the
C Heart rate/ Pulse source: ECG, ART, SpO2,
principle of percentage measurement of functional
Auto
hemoglobin (oxygenated hemoglobin).
When Auto is set, the source is selected
according to the availability of the parameter Zeus IE provides three processing algorithms:
(order: ECG, ART, SpO2). – Masimo SET,
D Cable type: 3-lead, 5-lead, 6-lead, Auto detect.
Zeus IE can detect the type of lead wire set. – Nellcor Oximax
Manual selection is only necessary with lead or
wire sets which are not detected.
Always check the cable type selection before – Dräger Oxisure*
beginning the ECG monitoring, as a previous
setting is kept. A photosensor measures the absorption of red and
E ECG filter: ESU, Monit., Off infrared light. Since oxyhemoglobin (oxygenated
The ESU setting suppresses high-frequency blood) and deoxyhemoglobin (deoxygenated
interference from HF surgery devices. blood) absorb red light differently, but absorb
The Monit. setting suppresses baseline drift, infrared light almost identically, the portion of
motion artifacts and low-frequency electrical oxygenated blood can be calculated from the
interference. different absorption factor. As oxygen saturation of
When using a high-frequency adapter block or the blood changes cyclically with blood volume,
shielded cables, pacemaker detection is not and as blood volume itself depends on the pulse
available if the ECG filter setting ESU is
rate, the pulse rate (pulse) can likewise be
selected.
determined with the aid of SpO2 monitoring.
F Pacer detection: On, Off

Monitoring
SpO2 safety instruction Patient preparation

Good vascular circulation is important for SpO2  Nail varnish must be removed at the sensor
monitoring. In the event of shock, hypothermia, application site.
anemia or after administration of vasoactive
 Cut finger nails as needed.
medication that impairs circulation, the SpO2
values may not be reliable.  Bright ambient light can lead to unreliable
measuring results.
WARNING
Sensors and application sites must be Tips for avoiding artefacts
checked every two to three hours. If the skin is
being irritated by the sensor or if circulation is Do not continue to use damaged sensors with
being impaired, the sensor must be posi- uncovered electrical contacts – risk of electric
tioned at a different site immediately. shock.
Do not tighten the adhesive strap too firmly.
WARNING
Never use two adhesive straps as this can lead to
Only sensors approved by Dräger may be
venous pulsation. The pulse signal can fail.
used. Other sensors may not provide ade-
quate protection during defibrillation. Ob- High intrathoracic pressure, Valsalva’s maneuver
serve the instructions for use of the SpO2 sen- or other consecutive impairments of venous
sors. backflow can cause venous pulsation. The pulse
signal can fail.
WARNING Avoid positioning the sensor on extremities with an
For Nellcor and Masimo sensors, only inter- arterial catheter, a blood pressure cuff or an
mediate cables that are equipped with clo- intravascular venous infusion – otherwise the pulse
sures recommended by Dräger may be used. signal can fail and measurement can be inaccurate.
Other cables must not be used.
Substantial amounts of dyshemoglobins such as
carboxyhemoglobin or methemoglobin can lead to
WARNING inaccurate measurements.
Never use a pulse oximeter as an apnea mon-
Intravascular dyes such as methylene blue can
itoring device.
lead to inaccurate measurements.
WARNING Electrocautery can influence the measuring

accuracy. Arrange the cables of the device and the
Carboxyhemoglobin may erroneously in-
sensor as far away as possible from the
crease readings. The degree of the deviation
electrocautery and its neutral electrode.
corresponds approximately with the actual
percentage of carboxyhemoglobin. Dyes and Sensor performance may be impaired by strong
substances containing dyes that change arte- movements of the patient and lead to inaccurate
rial pigmentation can also generate incorrect measurements. Change the application site to
measurements. reduce motion artefacts.
CAUTION
Do not irradiate or autoclave sensors or cables or
immerse them in water or other liquids. It can
cause malfunctions.

Monitoring
SpO2 screen display E SpO2 averaging: Fast, Normal

Normal:
SpO2 % – Using Masimo SET: 8 seconds on average
99
– Using Nellcor OxiMax: 8 seconds on
PLS
100
90 67 average
– Using MultiMed*: 90 % of the SpO2 change
222
is displayed within 30 seconds (this setting
Zeus IE displays SpO2 values and the pulse rate in is less susceptible to artifacts, but alarm
the SpO2 parameter module. Additionally, the messages occur more slowly).
alarm limits for the SpO2 value are always
displayed. The corresponding waveform field Fast:
represents the SpO2 waveform (pulse – Using Masimo SET: 2 to 4 seconds on
plethysmogram). average
– Using Nellcor OxiMax: 2 to 4 seconds on
NOTE average
The SpO2 pulse plethysmogram is normalized and – Using MultiMed*: 90 % of the SpO2 change
is not directly proportional to the pulse amplitude. is displayed within 15 seconds (this setting
The waveform amplitude is automatically maxi- is more susceptible to artefacts, however
mized. Consequently the size is only reduced in alarm messages occur more quickly).
the event of poor signal quality. To enlarge the F Pulse tone modulation (depending on the
waveform, tap on it and adjust the scale. saturation rate): On, Off
G NIBP interlock: On, Off
Switches SpO2 alarms off during an NIBP
measurement. The SpO2 value is frozen and
Settings on Zeus IE displayed in gray for the duration of the NIBP
measurement.
 Touch the SpO2 tab (A). H The button opens the Alarms > Alarm
The dialog window for SpO2 monitoring appears. limit setting.
Sensors/Parameters
Notes on testing and on accuracy of the blood
A oxygen meter (oximeter)
B In accordance with the ISO 80601-2-61 standard,

do not check the measurement accuracy of the
blood oxygen meter (oximeter) with a functional
C test unit or a patient simulator.
D
E
F
G
H
392
This page displays:

B The current SpO2 curve (plethysmogram)
C Plethysmogram scale: Scaling of the SpO2
curve in relation to the amplitude
D Pulse tone volume [%]

Monitoring
Non-invasive blood pressure NIBP Safety cut-off

The air is automatically released from the cuff if a
Overview measurement on adults and pediatric patients
takes longer than 2 minutes and longer than
The monitor can receive and process non-invasive 60 seconds with neonates. This protects the patient
blood pressure signals (NIBP) and display the against excessively long cuff pressure. There are
measurement results for neonatal, pediatric, and overpressure thresholds for each patient category
adult patients. that cause the air to be released automatically out
The NIBP accuracy has been established by using of the cuff when an excessive cuff pressure occurs.
intra-arterial blood pressure monitoring as a
reference (within the guidelines of the Association NIBP safety instructions
for Advancement of Medical Instrumentation,
Electronic Automated Sphygmomanometers). For WARNING
the accuracy checking references, the femoral
Risk of incorrect measured values and high
artery was used for adults and the umbilical,
cuff pressure
brachial, radial, or femoral artery was used for
pediatric and neonatal patients. NIBP Blockages can compromise the patient's
measurements for accuracy checks were taken on blood flow. Furthermore, they may result in in-
the same limb. correct measured values as the cuff is not
properly inflated or the air cannot escape
The NIBP effectiveness for pregnant, and
again.
especially for preeclamptic patients, has not been
determined according to ISO 81060-2. Examine the cuff and hose for damage and
soiling. The cuff and hose must not come into
The accuracy is compromised for patients who
contact with liquids and must not be squeezed
suffer from one of the following conditions:
or clamped.
– Dysrhythmia
– Arteriosclerosis
– Seizures WARNING
– Cardiac malformation or vascular malformation Risk of patient injury
which results in an abnormal arterial waveform Short successive measurements, as well as
The blood pressure is measured by the measurements over a long period, can cause
oscillometric method, using a cuff placed around an petechial bleeding, ischaemia, purpura or
arm or leg. As soon as the cuff has been inflated, neuropathy.
thus blocking the blood flow through the patient's – To prevent congestion, the cuff must be
limb, the air is released from the cuff in a controlled applied properly and its correct fit as well
manner. As the cuff pressure reduces, the as the circulation in the limbs must be
amplitude of the pressure oscillation increases and checked regularly.
then reduces again with a gradual stabilization of – Perform continuous measurements only
the normal blood flow. From this change in for a short time and with constant patient
amplitude, the mean arterial blood pressure can be monitoring.
directly determined and the systolic (S) and – The circulation of the limbs must be con-
diastolic (D) blood pressures derived. tinuously checked. Special care must be
taken with neonates and patients with cir-
NIBP can also be used during electrosurgery.
culatory disorders.
Single measurements, intermittent measurements,
continuous measurements over 5 minutes, or
venous stasis can be induced.

Monitoring
WARNING NOTE
Risk of incorrect measured values and high The accuracy of the oscillometric blood pressure
cuff pressure signal may be impaired under the following condi-
tions (to the point of loss of the measurement).
Incorrectly selected cuffs and patient catego-
– Weak pulse
ries may cause cuff pressures that are too
– Incorrectly selected measurement point
high for children and neonates.
– Irregular pulse
Before monitoring neonates and children: – Artifacts caused by movement of the patient
– Select the correct cuff size and hose. – Artifacts caused by convulsions of the patient
– Select the neonatal or the pediatric patient – Artifacts caused by breathing of the patient
category. – General condition of the patient
WARNING NOTE
Risk of patient injury Position the cuff in such a way that no pressure is
exerted on the joints.
The blood pressure measurement must not be
carried out on the upper arm on the side on In the case of patients suffering from spasms, vio-
which a mastectomy has been performed. lent tremors or certain arrhythmias, it may not be
possible to obtain reliable NIBP measurements.
WARNING
Risk of failure of measurements Selecting and positioning the cuff
If a blood pressure measurement and the mea- WARNING
surement of another parameter are carried out
The reliability of NIBP measurements is most-
at the same time on the same limb, the mea-
ly dependent on choosing the appropriate
surement of the other parameter (e.g., IBP,
NIBP cuff. An incorrect cuff size or use of a
SpO2, temperature) may be interrupted tem-
cuff which does not fall within the size range
porarily.
of cuffs manufactured by Dräger can lead to
incorrect measurements. Only use cuffs ap-
NOTE proved by Dräger. The circumference of the
The blood pressure measurement may be com- limbs must always match the marks on the
promised by arrhythmias (e.g., atrial and prema- cuff.
ture ventricular contractions), atrial fibrillation,
compromised tissue perfusion, diabetes, kidney WARNING
disease, or tremors. In the event of implausible
measurements, check the above-noted points
and carry out a further blood pressure measure- If the cuff is placed over damaged tissue and
ment if necessary. If possible, wait a few minutes then inflated, further damage may be caused
before taking a second measurement at the same to the tissue.
measurement point.
Do not place the cuff over damaged tissue.

Monitoring
WARNING NIBP screen display

Risk of compromised tissue perfusion
A compressed cuff may compromise the tis- NIBP mmHg 10:34 AM
sue perfusion.
Do not place the cuff on a limb into which an
intra-arterial catheter has already been insert-
115/81 S
160
90
(64)
Auto
Paused
221
ed or in which a vascular prosthesis is pres-
ent. Zeus IE displays the non-invasive blood pressure
as a numerical value and as a trend. The NIBP
NOTE parameter box shows the status during and after
Position the cuff in such a way that no pressure is measurement. The following is displayed:
exerted on the joints. In the case of patients suf- – Systolic blood pressure
fering from spasms, violent tremors or certain ar- – Diastolic blood pressure
rhythmias, it may not be possible to obtain reliable – Mean blood pressure
NIBP measurements. – Time of measurement
– Bar graph (progress indicator) for the time until
 Select cuff according to the circumference of the next measurement
the limbs. The cuff sizes are shown on the cuff Touching the Display all button (requirement: the
(see list of accessories). Display all button has been configured,
 If SpO2 and NIBP are measured on the same see page 357) will also display:
limb and the interlock function (see page 249) is – Currently set alarm limits
on, make sure that SpO2 monitoring suspends
the alarm during an NIBP measurement. Extended display of NIBP measurements
 Position the cuff as close as possible to the Other displays of the NIBP parameter module can
height of the heart. If not possible, the be configured in the Screen setup > Screen
measured values must be corrected: For every layout > Data dialog window, see page 356:
10 cm that the cuff is positioned above (or – NIBP double size (display twice the width)
below) the height of the heart, 8 mmHg must be – NIBP trend (display as graphic trend over
added or deducted respectively. 30 min)
 Do not kink the hose. The extension hose must
not be kinked, squeezed or constricted.

Monitoring
Settings on Zeus IE Starting the NIBP measurement

 In the Sensors/Parameters dialog window,
 Touch the NIBP tab (A). touch the NIBP start button (B).
The dialog window for NIBP monitoring appears.
1:35
Sensors/Parameters
B C
D I
E J
F
G
301
Or
H
393
 In the main menu bar, touch the NIBP start

This page displays: button (J).
B NIBP start (start measurement)
C Measured values The NIBP measurement is performed.
D NIBP mode: Single, Auto, Venous stasis,
Cont. 5 Min. Measuring intervals
E NIBP cycle time [min] (measurement interval
for a series of single measurements in Auto The measurements are taken at the intervals set
mode) under NIBP mode (D).
F Inflation limit (Stasis: Set maximum cuff
pressure in mmHg, Cuff: Set patient category) Exception: All intervals which are a multiple of
G Parameter with alarm: S, D, M 5 minutes synchronize from the second
H The button opens the Alarms > Alarm measurement to 5 minute steps of the current time
limits > Noninvasive dialog window for alarm so that they are in the measuring grid of the trend
limit setting. display.
If the Auto button is touched, the Auto mode In the Cont. 5 Min. mode, single measurements
paused message appears. are performed continuously for 5 minutes without
interruption.

Monitoring
Parameter boxes of NIBP measurements Intermittent measurements (Auto mode)

Start intermittent measurements:
Single measurement
 Touch the NIBP start button.
NIBP mmHg 10:08
If a new interval time is set during the intermittent
145/82 S
160
90
(105)
measurements in progress, the interval elapsed
time meter is reset. A bar graph indicates the time
remaining until the next measurement.
Continuous measurement If the Auto mode is active, additional single

measurements can be performed at any time. The
NIBP mmHg 10:12
measuring interval is not interrupted. To minimize
Cuff:
118/81
the restriction of blood circulation, the next
160 Cont.
18 measurement is started after 30 seconds at the
earliest.
S 90
Aborting a running intermittent measurement:
Auto measurement (5 min)
10:12  Touch the NIBP stop button.
NIBP mmHg
Zeus IE cancels the current measurement and
118/81 S
160
90
(94)
5 min
continues the measurement interval with the next
measurement.
Auto measurement (15 min)

NIBP mmHg 10:12
118/81 S 160
90
(94)
15 min
Stasis measurement
NIBP mmHg 10:12
Cuff:
118/81 S 160
90
Stasis
86
216
Single measurements (Single mode)

Start and stop single measurement:
 Touch the NIBP start or NIBP stop button.

Monitoring
Continuous measurements for 5 minutes (Cont. Venostasis (Venous stasis mode)

5 Min. mode)
WARNING
During continuous measurement, Zeus IE
Venous stasis must not be induced where an
performs NIBP measurements continuously over a
NIBP measurement should not be performed
period of 5 minutes. If a technical NIBP alarm
(e.g., on an arm to which a catheter is already
occurs, Zeus IE aborts the continuous
connected).
measurement. A threshold value transgression
does not lead to an abort. If the venostasis has a negative impact on the
patient, the cuff pressure can be released im-
When switched to continuous measurement,
mediately by touching the NIBP stop button.
Zeus IE terminates the Auto mode.
Aborting a running continuous measurement: By inflating the cuff and maintaining a constant cuff
pressure, the blood supply to the lower part of the
 Touch the NIBP stop button.
limbs can be stopped for long enough to attach
Repeated measurements: infusion catheters.
If the inflation limit is set to Adult 270 This function is only available for adults.
(see page 253) and there is a weak pulse profile,
Zeus IE will cancel the measurement in progress Cuff pressure: 80 mmHg ±5 mmHg
and will start a second measuring attempt. If a (10.7 kPa ±0.7 kPa)
second attempt fails, an alarm message is
displayed. Inflation time: 120 s ±5 s
WARNING In the Venous stasis mode, the cuff is inflated for

up to 2 minutes.
Perform continuous measurements only for a
short time and with constant patient monitor- During venostasis, the Stasis message, the cuff
ing! The circulation of the limbs must be con- pressure and the time remaining are displayed in
tinuously checked. Special care must be taken the parameter box.
with neonates and patients with circulatory
Aborting venostasis:
problems!
 Touch the NIBP stop button.
Short successive measurements, as well as
measurements over a long period, can cause After concluding the venostasis, the Single mode is
petechial bleeding, ischaemia, purpura or activated.
neuropathy. To prevent congestion, the cuff
must be applied properly and its correct fit as
well as the circulation in the limbs must be
checked regularly.

Monitoring
Invasive blood pressure measurement

IBP
Signals for invasive blood pressure monitoring

(IBP) are received via a Y-cable, one or more
hemodynamic modules or via a combination of
these devices.
A pressure transducer converts pressures into
electronic signals for Zeus IE.
These pressure signals are filtered to eliminate
artifacts.
Zeus IE detects individual beats by calculating
threshold values from the running average of the
systolic and diastolic pressures.
IBP parameters
Par. Pressure Measured value Measuring range
ART Arterial Systolic, diastolic, mean –50 to 400 [mmHg]
LV Left ventricular Systolic, diastolic, mean
PA Pulmonary arterial Systolic, diastolic, mean –50 to 400 [mmHg]
RV Right ventricular Systolic, diastolic, mean
CVP Central venous Mean
RA Right atrial Mean
LA Left atrial Mean
ICP Intracranial Mean
GP1 Unspecific, 1 Systolic, diastolic, mean –50 to 400 [mmHg]
GP2 Unspecific, 2 Systolic, diastolic, mean

Monitoring
IBP safety instructions Preparing catheters

WARNING – Use high-pressure catheters and keep them as
Disposable pressure transducers may not be short as possible.
reused.
Short catheters reduce signal attenuation and
faults caused by motion artefacts.
WARNING
High-pressure catheters reduce signal
While measuring the wedge pressure, the
attenuation.
alarms for the systolic, diastolic and mean
pressure from the PA measuring point are – Make sure that any air is removed from the
temporarily switched off. system.
Air bubbles may attenuate the signal and this
WARNING can lead to incorrect measured systolic values.
To protect the patient while measuring the
wedge pressure, the balloon should only be
inflated for sufficient time to allow accurate Preparing pressure transducers
measurement of the PWP value. Otherwise,
there is a risk of pulmonary bleeding or infarc- Zeroing
tion.
Pressure transducers must be zeroed under the
following conditions:
WARNING
– Immediately after inserting the catheter into the
Do not inflate the balloon excessively during circulatory system of the patient
wedge pressure measurement. An overin- – After connecting the pressure transducer to a
flated balloon can cause damage to the pul- module
monary artery wall. – Before beginning monitoring
– Before inputting a calibration factor
WARNING – After exchanging the breathing circuit or
The PA catheter may reach the wedge position pressure dome
during a wedge pressure measurement before Adjust static pressure transducers individually:
the balloon has been inflated. If the PA curve
appears in wedge form, there may be such a  Touch the Zero button in the
catheter fluctuation. If this is the case, take ap- Sensors/Parameters > IBP > Cal. dialog
propriate clinical measures to correct the po- window.
sition of the catheter Zeroing several static pressure transducers
simultaneously:
WARNING
Prerequisite: the Zero all BPs button has been
Zeus IE and the hemodynamic pods from configured, see page 357
Dräger are protected against mains power in-
terference at 50 and 60 Hz. The pressure  Touch the Zero all BPs button.
transducers approved by Dräger protect the Or
patient against burns during HF surgery and
defibrillation. If non-approved pressure trans-  Press the SmartZero button on the
ducers are used, this protection can no longer hemodynamic module (see page 232).
be guaranteed. Approved pressure transduc-
ers are on the separate list of accessories.

Monitoring
In the IBP curve, the Zeroing message appears

with a yellow background in the top right field. After
zeroing has been completed, the message fades
out again independent of whether the zeroing was
successful or not.
The following table shows the zeroing steps:
Individual zeroing of a pressure transducer Simultaneous SmartZero zeroing

from the screen
1 Make sure the pressure transducer is at the height of the heart. If no Dräger modules are used for
invasive blood pressure measurement (see page 256), Dräger recommends using pressure trans-
ducer holders so that the pressure transducers can be positioned at the correct height.
2 Close the three-way tap in the direction of the patient and open it in the direction of the air.
3 Press the parameter box of the pressure trans- 3 Touch the SmartZero button on the he-
ducer to be zeroed. modynamic module to be zeroed or touch the
Zero all BPs button. The Zeus IE detects which
4 Touch the Cal. tab.
pressure transducers are open and zeroes
5 Touch the required parameter. them.
6 Touch the Zero button.
Note:
The time of the last successful zeroing procedure is displayed.
If the zeroing could not be performed, the message ART nonstatic, for example, will be displayed in the
alarm message field.
 Check waveform display.
If the waveform shows pressure spikes of more than 3 mm during the zeroing, repeat the zeroing pro-
cedure.
If a pressure transducer cannot be zeroed after a second attempt, it should be replaced or DrägerService
should be consulted.
CAUTION
If an IBP parameter which is still to be measured
is physiologically almost static (flat), do not use
the SmartZero function. The channels to be ze-
roed must be zeroed individually with the Zero
button instead. Otherwise faulty zeroing of the
corresponding channel will result.

Monitoring
Calibration IBP curves can be represented individually or

overlaid. In the overlaid representation, each
Disposable pressure transducers do not have to be
pressure curve can have its own scaling.
calibrated since they are calibrated by the
manufacturer to a calibration constant of 100. The following pressure parameters are firmly
assigned to the four curves: ART, CVP, PA and RA.
For reusable pressure transducers, however, a
calibration constant must be entered again after Touching the Display all button (requirement: the
lengthy use to continue to obtain reliable measuring Display all button has been configured,
results (see page 260). see page 357) will also display:
CAUTION
Perform zeroing before calibration.
Catheter positions
The pressure transducer must be zeroed within
five minutes before calibration. Otherwise, this will
The pressure designation and catheter position
lead to incorrect measurements.
determine how the pressure signal is processed
and transmitted to Zeus IE.
IBP screen display
Date and time for the last zero adjustment and last
calibration as well as the calibration constant
ART mmHg concern the specific pressure processing channel
and remain for this channel even if there is a
167/69 S
160
90
(106) change in catheter position or pressure
designation.
Sensors/Parameters
CVP mmHg
18 25
5
200 ART
0
220
The display in the IBP parameter box depends on

394
whether a pulsating or a non-pulsating pressure is

being monitored. Parameter boxes in which In the Sensors/Parameters > IBP > IBP sites/
pulsating pressure parameters are shown (ART, Channels dialog window, up to twelve IBP sources
LV, PA, RV, GP1, GP2) indicate systolic, diastolic are displayed in a 3 x 4 matrix (up to 10 sources
and mean pressure values. The illustration shows a can be measured simultaneously).
typical parameter box of a pulsating pressure.
Parameter boxes for non-pulsating pressure
parameters (LA, RA, CVP, ICP) only show the
mean pressure value.

Monitoring
The signals are displayed in rows 1 to 3: Settings on Zeus IE

– Row 1: Data from the HemoMed Pod or the Y-
cable Configuration
– Rows 2 and 3: Data from Hemo2 or Hemo4  In the Sensors/Parameters > IBP dialog
which is recorded via the Aux./Hemo 2/3 window, touch the Config. tab (A).
pressure connections on Zeus IE
Sensors/Parameters
Pressure parameters can be given a designation at
any time. If a parameter is designated without
connected accessories, then the following
A
possibilities arise: B
– With direct connection of the pressure
transducer cable, the adjusted measuring C
points are used.
When Hemo2/4 pods, which can save their own D
designations, are connected results are as follows: E
F
– The pod already has a pressure transducer G
cable connected to the viewed channel
395
(transport case with patient). Zeus IE adopts The Config. page displays:
the measuring point setting of the pod and the B The measurement curve for the current catheter
previous setting on Zeus IE is overwritten. position
– The pod has no pressure transducer cable C IBP meas. site (ART, LV, PA, RV, CVP, RA, LA,
ICP, GP1, GP2)
connected to the viewed channel (new
D IBP scale: Amplitude setting for the respective
configuration). Preselection of the measuring
measuring point (Auto: Display optimized for
point is adopted by Zeus IE. The pod saves this maximum and minimum values, ±25 mmHg
setting. See also: Designation conflicts. setting only selectable for ICP)
If a pressure transducer cable is connected to a E Parameter with alarm: S, D, M (only for
channel, the appropriate button turns dark green pulsating measuring points)
(active). Open inputs are shown in light green F IBP filter [Hz]: 8, 16, 32 (filter default for the
(inactive). The buttons in the matrix are never gray blood pressure channels)
since the preselection of a measuring point is G The button opens the Alarms > Alarm
limits > Invasive dialog window for alarm limit
possible on any channel at any time.
setting.
Designation conflicts
The pressure designations are saved both in the
Hemo2 and Hemo4 pods and in Zeus IE.
Designation conflicts between a module and
Zeus IE occur when a module with a previously
saved catheter position is connected to Zeus IE.
The pressure designation stored in the module has
priority if a pressure transducer is connected.

Monitoring
Catheter position Calibration
J
H
I
K
L
549
394
 Touch the IBP sites/ Channels tab (H).  Touch the Cal. tab (I).
Calibration of individual catheter positions
The assignment of measuring points to IBP
J IBP meas. site: (ART, LV, PA, RV, CVP, RA,
channels and connection positions is determined. LA, ICP, GP1, GP2),
Each measuring point can be assigned only once! K Zero individual blood pressure (only
activated when a pressure gauge is connected)
If a measuring point already assigned is then L Calibration factor (only activated when a
assigned to a different channel, the previous pressure gauge is connected)
channel loses that measuring point and is "de-
designated".
CPP measurement
ICP mmHg
99 50
20
CPP
60
CPP = ARTM–ICP 235
The CPP parameter is created and displayed (in

the lower parameter box of ICP), if both ICP and
ART are being monitored simultaneously and are
delivering valid measured values. If any of the
measured values are invalid or the measuring
points have not been configured, CPP is invalid as
well.

Monitoring
Wedge pressure measurement Performing Wedge pressure measurement

The PWP parameter describes the pressure that is  Perform the usual preparations in the hospital.
measured distal to the blocked balloon during
Performing PWP measurement:
temporary closure (blocking) of the pulmonary
artery using a balloon catheter (e.g., pulmonary 1 Make sure that the PA catheter has been
artery catheter). The mean value is determined properly inserted and that the catheter tip is in
over a period of 10 seconds from the measured PA the pulmonary artery.
values.
Sensors/Parameters
 Touch the Wedge tab (M).
Sensors/Parameters PA Auto T
PA Auto
N M
O
R
M
P R U V W X Y
Q
401
S 2 In the Sensors/Parameters > IBP dialog
window, touch the Wedge (M) button.
401
The Wedge page displays: Or

N The wedge curve
 Press the Wedge switch on the hemodynamic
O Position of the determined mean value on the
module.
curve
P Speed (chart speed of the curve) When opening the dialog window, the note field (R)
Q IBP scale (scaling of the amplitude of the displays: Press "Wedge" to start measure.
curve)
R Note field Starting the measurement:
S The button opens the Alarms > Alarm 3 Touch the Wedge (U) button*.
limits > Invasive dialog window for alarm limit
setting. The measurement starts.
The following is displayed in the note field (R):
Wedge measurement in progress...
Aborting the measurement:
 Touch the Quit button (X).
The dialog window closes.
* Alternatively, the Wedge switch on the hemodynamic

module can also be pressed.

Monitoring
After measurement, a horizontal line (T) over the Temperature

PA curve displays the current PWP value and the
time of measurement (in yellow). The PA curve is Zeus IE can measure body and skin temperatures.
frozen.
WARNING
The following is displayed in the note field (R):
Deflate balloon, check or change and confirm Risk of an allergic reaction
PWP. The protective sheaths for reusable tempera-
The button (V) with the measured value is yellow. ture sensors contain latex. Latex can trigger
The value can be changed. allergic reactions.
4 Confirm with the rotary knob. If the patient is allergic to latex, use dispos-
able temperature sensors.
The button turns bright green. The value can still be
changed.
CAUTION
The following is displayed in the note field: Press Risk due to using incorrect disinfectants
"Save" to save value in cardiac calculations
and to finish. The sheath of the cable can absorb some disin-
fectants and consequently experience damage.
Saving measured values: – Do not use any disinfectants containing phe-
5 Touch the Save button (W). nols.
– Do not use any highly aromatic agents or any
The PWP value is saved* and the dialog window compounds containing chloroacetone, ether
closed. or ,esters.
If there is no confirmation within 4 minutes, the – Do not immerse the sensor cables for long pe-
PWP value will be saved. riods in alcohol, mild organic solvents, or
strongly alkaline solutions.
Open the Trends/Data > Hemodyn. > Cardiac
calculat. dialog window:
CAUTION
6 Touch the Calculations button (Y). Risk due to excessive temperatures
The PWP value is displayed with the time of Vinyl can withstand temperatures of up to 100 °C,
measurement. but starts to soften above approx. 90 °C.
7 Touch the Save button. – Do not boil or steam sterilize the cables.
– Handle the sensor cable carefully when it is
The PWP value is saved. heated. Wipe from the sensor tip towards the
cable end.
NOTE
Before the reusable temperature sensor is used,
the protective sheath must be pulled over the sen-
sor.
NOTE
The temperature measurement function and the
temperature sensors must be calibrated every two
years by qualified personnel so that a measuring
* Alternatively, the Wedge switch on the hemodynamic accuracy of ±0.1 °C is maintained.
module can also be pressed.

Monitoring
Safety with high frequency and defibrillation Settings on Zeus IE

WARNING  Touch the Temp tab (A).
To avoid burns, the temperature sensors must
be covered with a protective rubber sheath Sensors/Parameters
during HF surgery or defibrillation. Skin sen-
sors must not be used with these applica-
tions. A
Temperature screen display

B
C
Temp °C
36,4 Axil. 39,0
37,7 D
34,0
397
Nasal 39,0
34,0
236
The page displays the selection of the measuring

The Temperature parameter box displays: positions for two temperature sensors:
– The measurement unit (°C) B T1 meas. site: Bladder, Rectal, Esoph.,
– The measurement position of the sensor Nasal, Axil., Skin, Other
– The corresponding temperature C T2 meas. site: Bladder, Rectal, Esoph.,
Nasal, Axil., Skin, Other
Touching the Display all button (requirement: the D The button opens the Alarms > Alarm
Display all button has been configured, limits > Noninvasive dialog window for alarm
see page 357) will also display: limit setting.
Cardiac output (C.O.)
CAUTION
Only for adults and pediatric patients at least 1
year of age! Measurements on younger patients
lead to inaccurate results.
Overview
The measurement of cardiac output is based on the
thermodilution method. A solution whose quantity
and temperature are known is injected in the right
atrium into the blood circulation. The solution mixes
with the blood and cools the blood down. Blood
temperature reaches a low point and then
increases again slowly up to the initial temperature.

Monitoring
The cooling down of the blood is inversely  If C.O. measurements are performed
proportional to the blood output of the heart: the successively at different times in the respiration
lower the output, the more the injectate cools down cycle, then the results may deviate from each
the blood temperature. A thermistor in the C.O. other, particularly in ventilated patients.
catheter tip measures the blood temperature after
 Measured values which deviate from the
the blood leaves the heart.
general trend or correspond to a very irregular
If the C.O. Start button is pressed on the Hemo curve segment are not considered when
pod after changing the patient data or switching to determining the average.
system standby, the C.O. dialog window will open
 If an injectate at room temperature is used,
to check the settings.
10 cc must be injected. Only deviate from this
Starting the measurement: volume when there are important clinical
reasons.
 Touch the Manual start button.
Blood output is measured in liters per minute.
C.O. screen display
Zeus IE takes the following factors into account for
the C.O. measurement:
– Volume, temperature, density and specific heat C.O. L/min 11:26
of the injectate TBlood

37.1
– Initial temperature, density and specific heat of
the blood
– Temperature changes in the blood/injectate 4.8 43.0
25.0
CI
3.12
214
mixture
– Area underneath the temperature curve The C.O. parameter box displays:
– C.O. (cardiac output): The saved average value
of the last measuring series (in L/min)
Measuring accuracy – TBlood (blood temperature)
Take the following measures to ensure optimal – Time of the creation of the average value
measuring accuracy: – CI (cardiac index)
Calculation: CI = C.O. / Body surface area
 Observe the attached instructions provided by
the catheter manufacturer. Filled syringes or the Touching the Display all button (requirement: the
closed autoinjector should be placed in an ice Display all button has been configured,
bath. see page 357) will also display:
 Check the temperature of the ice bath. It should
be lie between 0 °C and 5 °C. The accuracy of WARNING
the measurements increases as the injectate Always ensure before a C.O. measurement
temperature approaches 0 °C. that the settings are appropriate for the cathe-
 Check the volume of the injectate. ters actually used. Otherwise, measurements
may be unreliable, causing a wrong assess-
 Check catheter constant. ment of the patient's status.
 If the syringes are filled manually, the same
volume should always be used (normally 10 cc In automatic measuring mode, you must wait for
for adults and 5 cc for pediatric patients). the Inject now message for the injection of the
injectate. The message appears if the initial
 Administer the injectate quickly at the end of a temperature of the blood is stable.
respiration cycle.

Monitoring
Once Zeus IE detects a drop in blood temperature Settings on Zeus IE

after injection of the injectate, the C.O. values are
generated. If fluctuations in the initial blood Different measuring methods can result in different
temperature occur, the Inject now message will measuring results for the same patient. To
disappear and Zeus IE will interrupt measurement compensate for the differences, up to four
until the initial temperature is stable again. consecutively generated C.O. values can be
The mean value is continuously calculated with displayed. The mean value is continuously
each single measurement which is performed or calculated with each single measurement which is
discarded. performed or discarded. Any number of measuring
attempts can be performed one after the other.
In the C.O. dialog window, the value appears in the
next available display field and the value in the
storage field is updated. Performing C.O. measurement
If all free storage fields are allocated, the oldest  In the Sensors/Parameters > C.O./ Calculat.
C.O. curve is deleted or a storage field must be dialog window, touch the C.O. tab (A).
deleted manually:
Sensors/Parameters
 Touch the Delete C.O. trial button.
A
C
E
B
F G H D I
457
The C.O. page displays:
B The largest field with the temperature
progression and the calculated value of the
measurement that has just been performed
C The previous measurements are displayed in
the 4 smaller fields
D Manual start: Start of C.O. measurement
E Delete C.O. trial: Entry is deleted
F C.O.average: Display of the continuous mean
value
G C.O. complete: Ending the C.O. measurement.
H Cancel: Cancellation of a measuring series
without saving a new measured value. The
dialog window closes.
I The button opens the Alarms > Alarm
limit setting.

Monitoring
Closing the dialog window via always leads to L Catheter size

the cancellation of the C.O. measurement currently M Injection volume
in progress. Measurements in a measuring series N Baseline detection mode: Auto, Man.
that have already been completed are retained so O Computation constant: The setting of the
that the measuring series can be finished later if calculation constant for the "Other" catheter
necessary. type selection (P).
Configuration C.O. calculations

 Touch the Config. tab (J).  Touch the Cardiac calculat.(Q) tab.
K P 1 2 3 4 AVG
L J
M Q
N
O
R
398
399
The settings on the Config. page can only be The Cardiac calculat. page contains the results of
modified at the beginning of a new measuring series. four C.O. measurements, derived hemodynamic
The Config. page displays: parameters and the mean values calculated from
K Catheter type: Baxter, Spectra, Ohmeda, them.
Arrow, Other
Hemodynamic calculations
WARNING
The input of a wrong catheter constant can During C.O. measurements, Zeus IE automatically
lead to inaccurate measured results and pos- calculates various derived hemodynamic
sibly to a wrong medical diagnosis. If the cath- parameters, assigns time markers to them, and
eter constant was entered manually, make stores them in a special database.
sure an appropriate catheter is used. The values in the dark fields may be entered and
modified manually.
If catheters from Baxter, Spectra, Ohmeda, or
Arrow are used, the catheter constant is  Touch the Save button (R).
automatically specified. The catheter constant The table data is ultimately saved in the calculation
can be changed as needed, e.g., if the volume trends, see page 212. At least the C.O. or PWP
or temperature of the injectate is changed. value must be measured. The time in the
If catheters from other manufacturers (P) are calculation trends is the time when the Save button
used, the selection fields for Catheter size and was touched.
Injection volume are shown in gray. A
computation constant (O) must first be
entered.

Monitoring
CAUTION Zeus IE calculates the following hemodynamic

parameters with the indicated units of
To obtain reliable calculation results, the following
measurement:
should be observed:
Ensure that the patient data has been entered Parameter Designation
correctly. BSA Body surface area [m2]
A measurement of the pulmonary wedge pres- CI Intermittent cardiac index [L/min/m2]
sure and a measurement of the cardiac output
LVSWI Left ventricular stroke volume index
must be performed. Otherwise, the result display
[g x m/m2]
is incomplete.
RVSWI Right ventricular stroke volume in-
dex [g x m/m2]
Hemodynamic parameters
PVR Pulmonary vascular resistance in-
A calculation is based on the values from the dex [dynes x sec./cm-5]
following hemodynamic parameters:
PVRI Pulmonary vascular resistance in-
dex [dynes x sec./cm-5/m2]
Parameter Designation
SV Stroke volume [mL]
HR Current heart rate
SVI Stroke volume index [mL/m2]
ART M Current mean arterial pressure
SVR Systemic vascular resistance
PA M Current mean pulmonary artery
[dyne x sec./cm–5]
pressure
SVRI Systemic vascular resistance index
PWP Latest value of the pulmonary wedge
[dyne x sec./cm–5/m2]
pressure
CVP Current central venous pressure
C.O. Latest value of cardiac output Anesthesia effect monitoring
Weight Entered body weight of the patient
Anesthesia effect monitoring is suitable for adults
and pediatric patients at least 1 year of age.
WARNING
Make sure that the present weight is not the Connect the anesthesia effect monitoring
patient's weight on admission, but the current accessory to the Aux/Hemo 2/3 connector:
weight. An incorrect weight can lead to incor- – InfinityTrident SmartPod for neuromuscular
rect calculation results and hence, an incor- monitoring – this is based on the electrical
rect clinical assessment and treatment of the stimulation of peripheral nerves and measures
patient. the mechanical response of the associated
muscle group. The NMT parameter
(neuromuscular transmission/muscular
blockade) indicates the patient's muscle
relaxation.
– Infinity BISx SmartPod for measuring
sedation effects – this is based on BIS-XP
technology. The BISx parameter (bispectral
index) indicates the effects of sedation on the
brain.

Monitoring
If separate patient monitoring is used on a Zeus IE TOF

with integrated patient monitoring, service
Train of four – A series of 4 pulses is applied. The
personnel can configure the Zeus IE so that only
number of stimuli answered or the ratio of the first
the anesthesia effect monitoring of the integrated
response to the fourth one indicate the degree of
patient monitoring system (NMT and BIS) is
muscle relaxation.
displayed.
PTC
It will then no longer be possible for the user to
select or view any of the other parameters from the Post tetanic count
integrated patient monitoring, including the A 50 Hz signal is applied for 5 seconds. After a
associated alarms and dialog windows. pause of 5 seconds, up to 20 1-Hz signals occur.
The number displayed indicates the responses
If a sensor for the following parameters is
counted. Only perform on a patient under sufficient
connected, a corresponding alarm will be
sedation!
displayed:
– NIBP
NMT safety instructions
– ECG
– IBP NOTE
– SpO2
The NMT module is not supported in neonatal
– Temp
mode.
NOTE
Neuromuscular Transmission
Monitoring (NMT) Do not use the NMT temperature sensor for mea-
suring core body temperature.
The pulses are sent via two stimulation electrodes
over the nervus ulnaris. The NMT sensor consists NOTE
of an accelerometer (acceleration measuring The NMT module produces high-frequency puls-
transducer) and measures muscle response es. Make sure they do not interfere with other sen-
(muscular blockade) to the pulses. Skin sitive equipment.
temperature is also measured using a temperature
sensor. NOTE
At the start of measurement, the non-relaxed Do not use the NMT pod in the presence of com-
patient is exposed to test pulses in order to bustible anesthetic gases.
determine the supramaximal current. Four pulses
are applied with the determined supramaximal CAUTION
current in order to establish a reference for muscle Only use accessories approved by Dräger. Other-
response in non-relaxed patients. wise, correct functioning may be impaired.
Operating modes: TOF, Single, PTC
WARNING
Single Twitch
Take special care when using electrodes with
A single pulse is applied. The response of the pulse a current density of >2 mA eff./cm2! Only use
is compared to the reference pulse. electrodes which are suitable for use with pe-
ripheral nerves stimulators!

Monitoring
WARNING WARNING
Simultaneous use of HF surgery and the NMT To avoid electric shock all the cables must be
pod on the same extremity of the patient can checked carefully before use. No liquids must
lead to burns caused by the electrodes of the be allowed to drip onto connectors, elec-
pod and to a fault in the pod. trodes or electrical leads.
WARNING WARNING
Do not touch active NMT electrodes. Active Check cables and sensors for damage before
stimulation is indicated on the NMT pod. Oth- use. Otherwise there is a danger of electric
erwise there is a risk that measuring results shock and the possibility of distorting mea-
will be distorted. surement results.
WARNING WARNING
Only attach the electrodes as described. In- Risk of burns
correct positioning of the electrodes can seri-
When fitting the module, make sure there is
ously endanger the patient! Do not attach
sufficient air ventilation/heat dissipation and
electrodes to places where inflammation or in-
that there can be no direct contact between
jury is apparent. Electrodes must not be laid
the patient and the exterior of the module.
across the chest.
WARNING
WARNING
Make sure that there is no contact between the
electrodes and other conducting parts.
NMT modules must not be used on patients
Cover stimulation electrodes with insulating
with heart pacemakers unless this is instruct-
material so that, e.g., catheters are not sub-
ed by a medical specialist. Before using the
jected to stimulation.
NMT monitoring, check whether the stimula-
tion has an effect on the heart pacemaker.
WARNING
When using the NMT pod, maintain a distance
of 1 meter from shortwave and microwave
equipment. Otherwise, correct measurements
will not be possible.
WARNING
With patients who have nervous or neuromus-
cular problems, it may occur that they re-
spond incorrectly to nerve stimulation. Un-
usual patterns can be displayed in the NMT
module while monitoring relaxation.

Monitoring
Preparing for NMT Settings on Zeus IE
Trig
 In the Sensors/Parameters > BIS/NMT dialog
window, touch the NMT tab (A).
F Sensors/Parameters
C
NMT
EEG
B A
! Monitor
C
D
E
E
D F
A G
B
H I
278
400
1 Attach the black stimulation electrode (A) and The NMT page displays:
the red stimulation electrode (B) to the arm B Stimulation: The NMT start button
(above the nervus ulnaris). C Mode of the measurement: Single, TOF, PTC
2 Connect the pod connecting cable (C) to the D Interval: Time intervals for applying a pulse
Trident pod and to the Aux/Hemo 2/3 In PTC mode, no time intervals can be
selected. In TOF mode, the interval of 1s
connection on Zeus IE.
cannot be selected (grayed out).
3 Attach the NMT sensor (D) to the thumb and E Pulse width [µs]: Duration of the pulse applied
index finger. Secure with a rubber band. in µs
F Current [mA]: When selecting the current
4 Connect the electrodes and NMT sensor to the mode Auto, the button remains disabled (gray).
NMT accessory cable (E). G Current mode: Selection for setting stimulation
5 Connect the NMT accessory cable to the current:
Trident pod (F). Auto: A suitable stimulation current between 5
and 60 mA is determined in conjunction with
each new referencing procedure, ensuring
reliable measurement and minimizing the load
on the patient.
Man: Pulse value which can be set with the
rotary knob from 5 to 60 mA in 5 mA increments
If the value is changed in current mode Man, a
new reference value will be determined!
H Delete reference: Clear button to delete the
saved reference pulse and the supramaximal
current determined.
I The button opens the Alarms > Alarm
limit setting.

Monitoring
WARNING If no supramaximal current can be determined for

the current measurement, the device uses 60 mA.
NMT nerve stimulation can be painful for a pa-
tient not under sedation. Only administer the If no reference measure can be determined, a
stimuli after sufficient sedation. device-internal reference is used.
Starting the NMT measurement Single Twitch
 In the Sensors/Parameters > BIS/NMT > NMT A single pulse is applied. Muscle response to this
dialog window, touch the NMT start button (J). pulse is measured and compared with the
reference pulse.
Or, if the NMT start button is configured
(see page 357): The NMT pod repeats stimulation at the set time
interval.
 In the main menu bar, touch the NMT start
button. If the value for stimulation current or pulse width is
changed, a new reference value will be determined!
Sensors/Parameters
Settings on Zeus IE for Single Twitch
J  Select Single measuring mode (K) and confirm
with NMT start button (J).
K
NMT screen display
NMT %
Ratio Temp °C
100
90 Single
11:34
421
4
0 0
At the start of measurement, the NMT pod emits 213
stimulation pulses in order to determine the upper

The parameter box for Single Twitch indicates the
stimulation current intensity (supramaximal
muscle response as a bar graph and as a numerical
current). 4 pulses are then applied for reference
value in %.
measurement.
Example: A display of 90 means that the muscle
In the ensuing single mode measurements, the
response is 90 % of the reference pulse.
NMT pod compares the measurements with the
reference measurement.
The supramaximal current and the reference are
determined again after the start of a measurement:
– if a Trident pod or sensors have previously been
connected or
– if the pulse width is changed.
 Use Current mode Auto.
 Determine supramaximal current and reference
pulse on the non-relaxed patient!

Monitoring
Touching the Display all button (requirement: the TOF ratio screen display
– Currently set alarm limits NMT %
100 Ratio Temp °C
48
TOF
NMT %
100 Temp °C
Single
0
4
0 11:38
209
4
15 min
0 0 Muscle response to each individual pulse is
measured and displayed as a bar graph.
210
Skin temperature is displayed. The ratio of the fourth pulse to the first pulse, T4/T1,
is displayed as a TOF ratio in %, e.g., 48.
60 seconds after a successful single or TOF
measurement, the measured value is deleted.
NMT %
Temp °C
100
TOF TOF
Train of four – A series of 4 pulses is applied. The 4 5 min
number of pulses answered indicates the degree of 0 0
208
muscle relaxation. The NMT pod repeats
stimulation at the set time interval. After 15 seconds, the last measured value is
deleted. The time until the next measurement is
displayed as a bar graph.
TOF settings on Zeus IE
Sensors/Parameters TOF count screen display
J NMT %
Temp C
100 Count
L
1
TOF
0
4
0 11:39 207
If fewer than 4 stimulation pulses are detected, the

TOF count value is displayed, e.g., 1.
TOF count – number of answered pulses
487
 Select TOF measuring mode (L) and confirm For TOF count, an upper and a lower alarm limit
with NMT start button (J). can be set, see page 186.

Monitoring
PTC (Post Tetanic Count) PTC screen display

A 50 Hz signal is applied for 5 seconds. After a
pause of 5 seconds, there will be up to 20 1-Hz NMT %
signals. Count Temp °C
1
PTC
WARNING
Only perform on a patient under sufficient se- 4
0
dation when there are no further TOF respons-
205
es! PTC stimulation on a conscious patient is
very painful. The number of pulses answered is displayed. While
measurement is taking place the measured value is
PTC settings on Zeus IE grayed out.
Sensors/Parameters
NMT %
Count Temp °C
10
J PTC
M 4
0 11:41
206
The measured value remains up to the next
measurement (Auto mode is not possible).
BIS monitoring
488
 Select PTC measuring mode (M) and confirm

The BISx module plots the electroencephalogram
with NMT start button (J).
(brain wave). The brain wave reflects all brain
activity produced in the cortical region of the brain.
The electric signals from the brain are picked up by
an easy-to-apply Multi-Sensor (BIS sensor),
processed in the BISx pod and displayed on
Zeus IE.
The BIS index calculated indicates a number
between 1 and 100. The value of 100 indicates a
conscious patient while values below 70 indicate
sufficient sedation/hypnosis.

Monitoring
BIS area Clinical state Settings on Zeus IE

100 Conscious  In the Sensors/Parameters > BIS/NMT dialog
Response to normal voice window, touch the BIS tab (A).
80 Light/moderate sedation
Sensors/Parameters
Possible response to loud com-
mands or gentle pushing / shaking
60 General anesthesia B A
Low probability of explicit memory
C
No response to verbal stimulus
D
40 Deep hypnosis
E
20 Burst Suppression
0 Baseline EEG
G F
403
This table reflects a general association between
clinical state and BIS values. The BIS page displays:
B EEG waveform display
The areas are based on a multi-center study. C EEG scale: Selection of the scale for the EEG
waveform in µV
For the BIS values and BIS areas, it must be
D Smoothing rate [s]: Selection of the smoothing
assumed that they are free of artefacts that could
rate used to calculate the BIS value average
influence the measurement.
– 15 s (basic setting): Increased
BISx technology is the latest generation of BIS responsiveness to changes (e.g., induction
technology, which features enhanced screening or waking).
against artefacts from external HF surgery – 30 s: A smoother trend (with reduced
equipment and filters out any EMG influences. variability and sensitivity to artefact)
E Filter:
The BIS index provides insight to the cerebral
– On: Filter out interference from the raw EEG
status and is not a measurement of drug
signal
concentration. The cerebral cortex responds very
– Off: Display of the raw EEG without filter
sensitively to external influences, drugs and
F The button opens the Alarms > Alarm
pathological processes. The BIS index decreases limits > Noninvasive dialog window for alarm
during normal sleep and also during administration limit setting.
of hypnotic drugs.
However, the values during normal sleep do not fall Displaying all BISx parameters
as low as those during anesthesia.
 Touch the All EEG values button (G).
The BIS index is determined as an average over a
period of 15 seconds and generated every second.

Monitoring
All EEG values

Patient preparation
Careful preparation of the skin as well as correct
H L positioning of the electrodes is crucial for the
generation of distinct signals.
I M
BIS safety instructions
J N
CAUTION
K Only use accessories approved by Dräger. Other-
wise, correct functioning may be impaired.
458
The following is displayed:

H BIS: Bispectral index (0 to 100) WARNING
Continuously processed EEG parameters To avoid electric shock all the cables must be
which correspond to the state of consciousness checked carefully before use. No liquids must
of the patient: 100 = conscious, 0 = base line be allowed to drip onto connectors, elec-
I SQI: Signal quality index (0 to 100 %) trodes or electrode leads.
Signal quality of the EEG channel source which
is calculated based on impedance data,
artifacts and other variables. WARNING
J EMG: Electromyographic display (0 to 100 dB) Check cables and sensors for damage before
The output (in dB) in the frequency range of 70 use. Risk of electric shock and distortion of
to 110 Hz is labeled as EMG. This frequency measuring results.
range contains the percentage of muscular
activity and of other high-frequency artefacts on
CAUTION
the total output.
K BSR: Burst suppression ratio (0 to 100 %) Use undamaged sensors and packaging only.
Indication for an inactive EEG. The suppression
rate is the timer percentage of the last 63- WARNING
second period in which the signal is recognized
Conductive parts of the electrodes and con-
as "in the suppressed state".
Example: BSR = 11 (isoelectric over 11 % of the nections (including the neutral electrode)
last 63-second period, or 7 seconds) must not come into contact with other con-
L SEF: Spectral edge frequency (0.5 to 30.00 Hz) ductive parts (including grounded parts).
Frequency at which 95 % of the total energy is
below and 5 % of the total energy is above WARNING
M PWR: Total output (40 to 100 dB) When using an electrocautery scalpel during
Measurement of the absolute total output in the
surgery the scalpel must not come into con-
frequency range of 0.5 to 30 Hz
tact with the BIS sensor. Risk of electric
N BCT: Burst count (0 to 30)
Alternative to BSR to quantify the suppression shock!
in the EEG. It shows the number of EEG bursts
in the last minute. The burst count is only WARNING
activated if an extension sensor is connected. The electrodes should not be located between
The BCT value is empty for all other sensor
the operating field and the return electrode of
types.
the electrosurgical device. Otherwise, there
may be a risk of burns if the neutral surgical
high-frequency electrode is faulty.

Monitoring
WARNING NOTE
If a BISx pod and a defibrillator are being used Artefacts and inferior signal quality can lead to in-
simultaneously, do not position the BIS sen- correct BIS values. Possible artefacts can be
sor between the defibrillator and the patient! caused by inadequate skin contact (high imped-
Risk of electric shock! ance), muscular activity or rigidity, head and body
movements, repeated eye movements, incorrect
WARNING sensor positioning and unusual or excessive elec-
trical interference.
When fitting the module, make sure there is
sufficient heat dissipation and that there can
be no direct contact between the patient and NOTE
the exterior of the module. Risk of burns! Carefully interpret BIS values for:
– Patients with known neurological diseases
– Patients taking other psychoactive drugs
WARNING
– Children under one year of age
Operation of the BISx module during magnetic
resonance imaging (MRI) is not supported at
present.
WARNING
To prevent strangulation risks the BIS sensor
cable must be positioned and attached care-
fully.
CAUTION
A correctly positioned BISx module is attached to
the infusion apparatus stand, bars of the bed or
the bed sheet.
CAUTION
In the event of a continuous reduction in BIS sig-
nal, skin irritations or intense perspiration replace
the sensor more frequently.
NOTE
When interpreting the BIS together with other clin-
ical signs available, a clinical assessment must al-
ways be used in addition. Solely relying on the BIS
when administering intraoperative anesthetic
agents and sedatives is not recommended.

Monitoring
Attaching the BIS sensor

A
 Follow instructions on the sensor package for
skin preparation and correct positioning.
B
1
2
4
X
BIS
284
275
CAUTION
5 Connect the patient connecting cable (A) to the
Only use the BISx Quatro sensor (for adults) or
sensor. Lay and secure the cable carefully.
the BISx Pediatric sensor (pediatric patients).
Otherwise, incorrect measuring results will be ob- 6 Connect the pod connecting cable (B) to the
tained. Aux/Hemo 2/3 connection (see page 226) or to
the Trident NMT pod (see page 268).
1 Observe the instructions and numbering of
7 Attach the BISx pod to a bracket or infusion
electrodes on the sensor!
apparatus stand using the clip on the back of
2 Position the adult sensor at an oblique angle the pod.
across the forehead:
– Electrode 1 approx. 5 cm above the nose
– Electrode 4 above the eyebrow
– Electrode 3 between the corner of the eye
and the hairline
3 For good contact on the skin, carefully press all
electrodes onto the forehead with a fingertip for
at least 5 seconds.
4 Fix the sensor in place with adhesive tape or
plaster.

Monitoring
Impedance test F Electrode status: Electrodes 1 to 4, depending

on the sensor being used
As soon as the sensor is connected to Zeus IE, an G The button opens the Alarms > Alarm
automatic impedance test will be started to test the limits > Noninvasive dialog window for alarm
limit setting.
quality of the BIS electrode connection.
After the first impedance test, the color of the Start
NOTE button (E) changes from gray to green. Further
Before commencing BIS monitoring make sure the impedance tests can be started manually. Zeus IE
sensor is connected up properly and that it has reports the general status of the impedance test as
passed the impedance check. follows:
Pass – this means that the impedance test based
CAUTION on the impedance of the combined electrodes was
The impedance check signal emitted by the BISx successful.
module can cause interference with other equip-
 Close dialog window and continue BIS
ment (e.g., triggered potential monitors).
monitoring.
The dialog window for the impedance test can be Fail – this means that the impedance test failed.
opened via Sensors/Parameters > BIS/NMT >
Imped. check (A) .  Press the electrodes on again firmly, improve
positioning
Sensors/Parameters  Replace sensor if necessary
NOTE
B An automatic sensor impedance check is per-
formed whenever a BIS sensor is connected to the
C A sensor cable.
D NOTE
E When the sensor impedance check has been com-
pleted, all signal status messages and alarms are
F suspended for 60 seconds. The time is required in
G order to restore signal quality.
402
The page displays:

B EEG waveform display
C EEG scale: Scale for the EEG waveform in µV
D SEF display: Selection of an additional
parameter displayed in the parameter box
Spectral Edge Frequency SEF: 0.5 to 30 Hz in
0.1-Hz increments
Total power PWR: 40 to 100, in 1-dB
increments (in a frequency range from 0.3 to
110 Hz)
Burst Count BCT: 0 to 30 in 1-unit increments
E Check sensor: Start button for the manual
sensor check with display of starting time


Fault - Cause - Remedy
Behavior in the event of failure . . . . . . . . . . . 282
Mains power failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
Gas failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
Ventilator failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
Anesthetic gas delivery failure

(DIVA failure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
Mixer and DIVA failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
Rotary safety knob

Anesth. Ventilator Off for ventilation . . . . . . 285
In the event of partial system failures . . . . . 285

Screen error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
In the event of device failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
Failure behavior DPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
Zeus IE messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287

Special note on DIVA filling level alarms . . . . . 287
Alarm - Cause - Remedy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
Metering module faults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341

In operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
When filling and emptying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342

Behavior in the event of failure
A B 1:35
In the event of an alarm and device-related failures,
the corresponding alarm message appears in the
alarm message field (A).
301
Mains power failure
If the mains power supply fails, Zeus IE 1 Press the O2 rotary safety knob to unlock it for
automatically switches over to the integrated emergency O2 delivery and adjust it to the
uninterruptible power supply (UPS). required O2 flow. Range 0 to 12 L/min. Use
pressure gauge to monitor the pressure.
With a fully charged battery, operation is
maintained for at least 30 minutes. During this phase, anesthetic agent delivery is not
possible!
The Mains supply failure message appears in the
alarm message field. 2 Ventilate the patient manually!
The remaining battery capacity is displayed in 3 Recharge the empty battery by plugging in the
percent in the system field (B). power cable for at least 10 hours.
Example: 82 % 4 If the power supply is restored within 5 minutes,
the device will behave as follows after switching
If the battery capacity is low, one of the following
on:
messages appears:
– Battery low: Battery capacity <20 % – Ventilation is continued with the previous
settings.
Or
– Battery very low: Battery capacity <10 %. The – The gas delivery system administers an O2
device may switch off at any time! flow of 0.5 L/min, but with no anesthetic
agent.
In the event of a power failure and discharged
batteries, Zeus IE enables manual ventilation and – The Safety settings active alarm is
spontaneous breathing with 100% O2. displayed.
– The ventilator, gas and anesthetic agent
delivery as well as monitoring are
inoperable.
– The DIVA metering modules are locked.

CAUTION
The Basis (IVDock) is no longer supplied with
power. Each Module DPS is powered by its own
battery. Pay attention to the battery warning! Infu-
sion is automatically stopped when the battery is
empty. Charge the battery as soon as possible.
Gas failure
WARNING
Zeus IE displays the following messages in the
event of a gas failure: Risk of contamination of the gas supply
– Air supply fail, In the event of lengthy outages, disconnect

– N2O supply fail or the relevant gas from the gas supply! Other-
– Oxygen supply fail. wise, contamination of the central supply can
occur.
 Open the corresponding cylinder valve of the
backup gas cylinders (optional) located at the
CAUTION
back.
 Restore central gas supply.
If O2 and Air fail, the patient must be ventilated
If backup gas is available for the failed gas, the with the separate emergency breathing bag im-
corresponding LED below the screen lights up. mediately!
– In the event of an O2 failure, Zeus IE delivers
100 % Air. Anesthetic gas delivery is locked. CAUTION
– In the event of N2O failure, Zeus IE delivers Risk of patient recovering consciousness
100 % O2. Anesthetic agent delivery requires Air as driving
gas.
– In the event of an Air failure, Zeus IE delivers
100 % O2. If the Air supply fails, delivery will only be contin-
ued for approximately 10 further minutes!
The amount of fresh-gas flow (L/min) remains
constant.
Operation of fresh-gas delivery is still possible
when supply of one gas fails. For example, in the
case of N2O failure, the device can be switched to
carrier gas (Air) or 100% O2.

Ventilator failure
Zeus IE displays the following message in the CAUTION

event of ventilator failure:
Ventilator failure
If the ventilator fails, only manual ventilation or
If the ventilator fails, only manual ventilation or spontaneous breathing is possible.
spontaneous breathing is possible. All other
Manually ventilate the patient. Based on the me-
ventilation modes are unavailable. The gas and
chanical airway manometer, check whether venti-
anesthetic agent delivery unit is ready for further
lation continues. Contact DrägerService!
use. Select the fresh-gas delivery mode and
visually and acoustically check the breathing
system or TurboVent 2 blower module after the end
of ventilation.
Anesthetic gas delivery failure (DIVA failure)
If gas delivery is switched off due to internal device Zeus IE displays the following alarm message in
errors, the FG ISO button (example) see page 133 the event of anesthetic gas delivery failure:
or etISO button (example) see page 135 will no
VA delivery failure
longer be available. If necessary, select the FG ctrl.
mode and set a low fresh-gas flow.  Continue anesthesia with IV agents
Ventilation is still operational.  Contact DrägerService!
Mixer and DIVA failure
If gas delivery and gas mixing are switched off due Anesthetic agent is not delivered!
to internal device errors, ventilation remains
After switching off the device, return the rotary
operational.
safety know for O2 to the original position and push
Zeus IE indicates the failure with: it in.
DIVA+mixer failure
 Press the rotary safety knob O2 to release it and
turn it to adjust the O2 flow.
The breathing bag fills; the filling process can
be heard.

Rotary safety knob Anesth. Ventilator Off for ventilation
Zeus IE indicates the failure with:

A B
Anesth. Ventilator Off
If necessary:
 Ventilate the patient by hand with the
emergency oxygen supply and the
breathing bag!
097
1 Press the rotary safety knob O2 (B) to move it
If ventilation and delivery have to be immediately
out.
canceled due to internal device errors:
2 Turn the O2 (B) rotary safety knob and adjust
1 Press the rotary safety knob Anesth.
the O2 flow.
Ventilator Off to move it out.
The breathing bag fills; the filling process can
2 Turn the rotary safety knob Anesth. Ventilator
be heard.
Off (A) fully counterclockwise.
Anesthetic agent is not delivered!
– Ventilation stops.
– Anesthetic agent delivery is locked. After switching off the device, return the Anesth.
– Fresh-gas delivery is stopped. However, Ventilator Off (A) and O2 (B) rotary safety knobs
0.5 L/min of O2 will continue to be delivered. to their original positions and push them in.
– Patient monitoring remains activated.
In the event of partial system failures
Zeus IE indicates the failure of the following Reboot: This takes approx. 30 seconds to
components: 3 minutes. Monitoring is unavailable during this
time.
– DIVA+mixer failure
– Ventilation continues (fresh-gas mode at
– Patient monitoring fail
0.5 L/min; with optional ext. FG outlet: 3 L/min).
A – Check ventilation with manual pressure gauge.
Perform manual ventilation if necessary.
326
CAUTION
Touch the Software reset? button (A) in the header Risk of patient injury
bar if necessary.
Anesthetic gas is not delivered.
The device performs a warm start.

After the Reboot: Reboot: Zeus IE performs a warm start of the

screen, which takes approx. 3 min. Monitoring is
– The safety settings are activated, i.e., all
unavailable during this time.
settings are retained.
– Ventilation continues (fresh-gas mode at
One exception is the gas delivery system: it
0.5 L/min; with optional ext. FG outlet: 3 L/min).
delivers 0.5 L/min of O2 with no anesthetic
agent. – Check ventilation with manual pressure gauge.
Perform manual ventilation if necessary.
To acknowledge the Safety settings active alarm:
 Press the Audio paused key. CAUTION
Anesthetic gas is not delivered.
Screen error
After the Reboot:
The screen does not respond to operation. It has
failed or the display is faulty. – The safety settings are activated, i.e., all
settings are retained.
The screen can be rebooted if necessary:
One exception is the gas delivery system: it
1 Touch and hold the On/Off button for at least delivers 0.5 L/min of O2 with no anesthetic
4 seconds. agent.
The screen turns off. To acknowledge the Safety settings active alarm:
2 After the screen turns off, touch the On/Off  Press the Audio paused key.
button again.
In the event of device failure
If the device no longer responds or if the screen Anesth. Ventilator Off means:
fails, the following must be observed: – Ventilation: Manual/Spontaneous
– Gas delivery: 0.5 L/min O2
CAUTION – Anesthetic agent delivery: Off
Based on the mechanical airway manometer, 1 Press the rotary safety knob O2 (B) to move it
check whether ventilation continues. Manually out.
ventilate the patient if necessary!
2 Turn the O2 rotary safety knob (B) and adjust
If necessary, press the rotary safety knob Anesth.
the O2 flow.
Ventilator Off to move it out and activate by turn-
ing clockwise to switch the ventilation and gas de- 3 If necessary, fill the breathing bag via the O2+
livery to manual emergency operation. O2 flush button.
Ensure anesthesia. No anesthetic gases are de- Contact DrägerService and use a substitute
livered. Patient risk! anesthesia machine.

Failure behavior DPS
If Zeus IE is unable to operate a Module DPS – Incorrect configuration, see page 163.
syringe pump, the reasons can be as follows:
 Observe Module DPS Instructions for Use.
– Module DPS is not a Dräger syringe pump and
A syringe pump, which has stopped and is already
has a software version which is not compatible.
or subsequently connected to Zeus IE, generates
Zeus IE cannot operate it. The syringe pump
the alarm message Infusion 1 stopped on Zeus IE
continues to run.
after one minute.
Zeus IE messages
The alarm messages are displayed in the message Alarms are displayed according to priority,
field of the header bar in hierarchical order. downwards from top to bottom and from left to right.
Different background colors indicate the priority Low-priority alarms are only displayed in the right-
levels of the alarms. hand field of the alarm message field, the maximum
being four alarms.
Zeus IE divides alarm messages into three
categories by priority:
Warning (red) High priority Special note on DIVA filling level alarms
Caution (yellow) Medium priority When DIVA module 1 is active, the DIVA module 1
Note (cyan) Low priority level low alarm is issued with medium priority.
When DIVA module 2 is active, the DIVA module 1
To classify the alarms within an alarm category, level low alarm is issued with low priority.
internal priority figures are indicated in the following
When DIVA module 1 is active, the DIVA module 1
table. The most critical alarm is given the number
empty alarm is issued with high priority. When
255. Lower numbers indicate a lower alarm priority.
DIVA module 2 is active, the DIVA module 1
In the tables for Alarm info and Alarm log, empty alarm is issued with medium priority.
see page 184, the priority of the alarm messages is
The same behavior also applies correspondingly
also indicated by exclamation points.
for the DIVA module 2 level low and DIVA module
Up to four high or medium-priority alarms from the 2 empty alarms.
following four alarm areas can be displayed
simultaneously:
– Anesthesia
– Hemodynamics (optional)
– Ventilation
– Infusion (optional)
From each alarm area at least one high-priority
alarm is displayed, given that there is an active
alarm.

The following table lists the alarm messages in

alphabetical order. If an alarm occurs, the table
helps identify the cause and to quickly remedy by
means of the provided corrective actions. The
possible causes and remedial measures should be
looked through in the order they are listed until the
alarm is resolved.
The alarm messages with their causes and
remedies are also displayed in the Alarms >Alarm
info dialog window.
Alarm - Cause - Remedy
Classifi- Pri- Alarm text Cause Remedy

cation ority
Note 150 2 mixed volatile A second volatile agent was Switch to fresh gas mode until
agents detected. the second gas is washed out.
Check the content of DIVA
module.
Caution 060 3 mixed volatile A mixture of more than 2 vol- Fresh-gas control: flush with
agents atile agents detected! high fresh-gas flow. Auto con-
trol: system flushes automati-
cally. Check content of DIVA
module.
Caution 000 Acc. idioventr. Series of 3 or more PVCs with Check patient and take appro-
rhythm a rate less than the VT rate. priate action.
Caution 000 Action incom- The last requested action did Please try again.
plete not work.
Note 255 Agent low In 'MAN/SPON' mode and Check measured values.
alarms off 'Pause' mode, the lower
alarm limits for all anesthetic
agents are deactivated.
Note 050 Air central sup- Air central supply pressure Check central Air supply. Sys-
ply high too high. Air pressure higher tem must not be used at high
than 8x100 kPa. pressures.
Note 200 Air central sup- Air central supply pressure is Check DIVA delivery. Check
ply low low. Wall outlet is faulty. Air O2 concentration. Remove Air
plug is not connected to wall plug from wall outlet. Connect
outlet. Air plug to wall outlet.


cation ority
Caution 200 Air cylinder Air cylinder empty or not open Reduce fresh-gas flow, use
empty (<20*100 kPa) and AIR cen- Auto control mode. Open or
tral supply is low. exchange Air cylinder. Check
insp. O2 concentration. Check
central Air supply.
Note 225 Air cylinder low Air cylinder pressure is low Prepare exchange of Air cylin-
(20 - 55*100 kPa) and Air der. Check Air supply.
supply is low.
Note 005 Air cylinder sen- Air high pressure sensor not Connect sensor. Check sen-
sor fail connected. Sensor failure. sor. Call DrägerService.
Caution 255 Air supply fail Air supply failed. Central sup- Check central Air supply.
ply not connected. Com- Check connections. Open op-
pressed Air hose kinked. tional Air cylinder. Prepare IV
Anesthesia.
Note 224 Air supply low Air supply low. Supply pres- Check central supply.
sure between 180 and
260 kPa.
Caution 255 Air+N2O deliv- Air+N2O delivery locked. Car- Check insp. concentration.
ery cutoff rier gas was terminated by Use IV anesthesia if neces-
protection system. Mixer sary. Call DrägerService.
switches to 100 % O2
Caution 200 Air+N2O deliv- Carrier gas delivery failure. Check inspiratory concentra-
ery failure Mixer switches to 100 % O2 tions. Use IV anesthesia if
concentration! necessary. Call Dräger-
Service.
Caution 000 Air+N2O deliv- Carrier gas delivery failure! Check inspiratory concentra-
ery failure Mixer switches to 100 % O2 tion. Use IV anesthesia if nec-
concentration! essary. Call DrägerService.
Note 200 Alarms ac- Alarms have been acknowl- Check acknowledged param-
knowledged edged by pressing the Audio eter.
paused key. Alarm cause is
still valid.
Note 050 All alarms off All non-technical alarms are This alarm will be deactivated
suspended for 1 min in order automatically.
to prevent false alarms.
Warning 255 Anesth. Ventila- Safety switch:Ventilator off Only use switch in an emer-
tor Off activated. Ventilator, mixer gency. Ventilate manually.
and DIVA switch off. Open safety O2 valve. Use al-
ternative anesthesia!


cation ority
Note 000 Anesthetic gas The measurement accuracy If the problem persists for
measurement cannot currently be ensured. more than 10 minutes, call
inaccurate DrägerService.
Caution 250 Apnea No automatic ventilation: No Ventilate patient by hand im-
breath detected for 15 sec. mediately! Check tubes for
No spont/ass. ventilation: No disconnection! Check ability
breath detected for 30 sec. to breath spontaneously!
Warning 180 Apnea No automatic ventilation. No Ventilate patient by hand im-
breath detected for 30 sec. mediately! Check tubes for
No spont/ass. ventilation: No disconnection! Check ability
breath detected for 60 sec. to breath spontaneously!
Note 050 Apnea alarms Apnea alarms are suspend- Please pay special attention!
off ed. To be used only during in- To be used only during intuba-
tubation, suctioning and man- tion and suctioning
ual ventilation.
Caution 250 Apnea CO2 No automatic ventilation: No Ventilate patient by hand im-
CO2 breath detected for mediately! Check tubes for
15 sec. No spont/ass. ventila- disconnection! Check ability
tion: No breath detected by to breath spontaneously!
CO2 for 30 sec.
Warning 180 Apnea CO2 No automatic ventilation: No Ventilate patient by hand im-
CO2 breath detected for mediately! Check tubes for
CO2 for 60 sec.
Caution 250 Apnea flow No automatic ventilation: No Ventilate patient by hand im-
flow breath detected for mediately! Check tubes for
flow for 30 sec.
Warning 180 Apnea flow No automatic ventilation: No Ventilate patient by hand im-
flow breath detected for mediately! Check tubes for
flow for 60 sec.
Note 175 Apnea flow No sufficient flow dynamics. To check and calibrate, per-
Flow sensor not calibrated. form self test or leak test.
Caution 250 Apnea pressure No automatic ventilation: No Ventilate patient by hand im-
press. breath detected for mediately! Check tubes for
press. for 30 sec.


cation ority
Warning 180 Apnea pressure No automatic ventilation: No Ventilate patient by hand im-
press. breath detected for mediately! Check tubes for
press. for 60 sec.
Caution 025 Apnea ventila- No Pressure Support cycle Check patient. Use mandato-
tion triggered within time limit. ry ventilation. Use lower flow
trigger level.
Note 050 ART check zero Pressure transducer for spec- Zero the transducer.
ified parameter requires zero-
ing. The blood pressure zero
of monitor may not corre-
spond to the peripheral de-
vice.
Caution 090 ART D high Invasive pressure value out- Check patient and take appro-
side alarm limits. priate action. Change the
alarm limits if required. Check
equipment and replace if nec-
essary.
Caution 090 ART D low Invasive pressure value out- Check patient and take appro-
essary.
Note 025 ART hardware Invasive blood pressure hard- Check hardware and replace.
fail ware failure. Call DrägerService.
Caution 090 ART M high Invasive pressure value out- Check patient and take appro-
essary.
Caution 100 ART M low Invasive pressure value out- Check patient and take appro-
essary.
Note 150 ART nonstatic Press. transducer zeroing Keep all tubing motionless,
failed because of: Excessive then rezero. Change the
signal noise A non-static transducer. Check 3-way tap,
waveform then rezero.


cation ority
Caution 050 ART out of Invasive pressure signal out Check patient and take appro-
range of measurement range. priate action. Access the
Pressure Labels menu and
assign correct label. Check
essary.
Caution 125 ART S high Invasive pressure value out- Check patient and take appro-
essary.
Caution 130 ART S low Invasive pressure value out- Check patient and take appro-
essary.
Warning 250 ART static Static pressure: -No pulse, - Check patient and take appro-
Press. transducer line priate action. Open system by
blocked, -Catheter tip lodged turning the 3-way tap. Follow
against vessel wall, -Clot on procedure for dislodging cath-
the catheter tip. eters. Follow procedure for
clotted catheters.
Caution 050 ART transduc- Pressure transducer failed. Check transducer and con-
er fail Invasive pressure cannot be nections. Exchange transduc-
measured. er.
Caution 025 ART transduc- Pressure transducer for spec- Active pressure: reconnect or
er unplugged ified parameter is either un- replace the cable. Inactive
plugged or defective. pressure: turn off alarms.
Note 050 ART zeroing Mercury calibration in prog- Complete calibration before
ress. you begin monitoring the pa-
tient.
Warning 025 Arterial catheter The arterial catheter is not Check the arterial catheter.
not connected connected.
Warning 255 Asystole No valid QRS complex de- Check the patient's condition!
tected for the last 6 sec.
Warning 200 'Audio paused' Key is stuck or was pressed Press 'Audio paused' repeat-
key stuck for more than 10 seconds. edly. If alarm condition per-
sists, 'Audio paused' cannot
be used anymore.


cation ority
Caution 075 Auto control Unable to operate in Auto Select mode: Fresh-gas con-
cutoff control mode. - Water trap? / - trol
Sample line blocked? - sam-
ple line leak? - High tube
leak? - MixGas? / - Soda lime
exhausted?
Note 255 Auto control Unable to operate in Auto Select mode: Fresh-gas con-
cutoff/high-flow control mode. - Water trap? / - trol!
Sample line blocked? - Sam-
ple line leak? - High tube
leak? - MixGas? / -Soda lime
exhausted?
Caution 255 AW press. pro- Airway pressure measure- Check airway pressure sen-
tect. fail ment not plausible. Electr. sors. Observe pressure
protection system for airway gauge. Press 'Anesthesia
pressure failed. ventilation off' switch. Venti-
late manually. Perform self
test.
Warning 250 AW pressure Upper limit of breathing pres- Check settings for Pmax and
high sure or Pmax exceeded. Paw alarm limit. Check spon-
taneous breathing.
Warning 250 AW pressure Protection system: airway Observe pressure gauge.
high pressure higher than setpoint. Ventilate manually.
Stenosis or patient coughs.
Caution 250 AW pressure Airway pressure too low. Ven- Check breathing circle leak-
low tilation pressure not sufficient. age. Check for adequate fresh
Leakage of low fresh gas. gas flow.
Warning 220 AW pressure Mean airway pressure lower Disconnect tube when suc-
negative than –2 cmH2O. Airway pres- tioning. Increase fresh gas
sure lower than –10 cmH2O. flow or use O2-flush.
Bronchus suctioning. Inspira-
tion reservoir insufficient.
Note 175 AW pressure Airway pressure measure- Check airway pressure sen-
sensor failure ment not plausible. Insuffi- sors. Perform self test.
cient dynamic response.
Note 175 AW pressure Insp.+exp. pressure sensor Terminate automatic ventila-
sensor failure failed. No pressure monitor. tion. Ventilate patient manual-
Ventilator controlled by tur- ly. Call DrägerService.
bine speed.


cation ority
Note 170 Bag pressure Failure of manual vent. bag System automatically increas-
sensor fail pressure sensor. Automatic es fresh gas flow. Call Dräger-
Fresh-gas control not possi- Service.
ble!
Note 150 Battery failure Battery of the uninterruptible Exchange battery. Call
power supply failed. DrägerService.
Caution 020 Battery low The capacity of the uninter- Restore power supply. Pre-
ruptible power supply is low pare for man. ventilation. Min-
(<20 %). imize power consumption.
Check battery capacity dis-
play. If capacity is <10 % the
device may switch off!
Warning 150 Battery very low The capacity of the uninter- Restore power supply. Pre-
ruptible power supply is pare for man. ventilation. Min-
exhausted(<10 %). imize power consumption.
Check battery capacity dis-
play. If capacity is <10 % the
device may switch off!
Caution 100 BIS high BIS value above higher alarm Check patient. Treat, if neces-
limit. Patients hypnotic state sary. Increase agent dose if
not appropriate. necessary. Change alarm limit
as appropriate.
Caution 100 BIS low BIS value below lower alarm Check patient. Treat, if neces-
limit. sary. Decrease agent dose if
necessary. Change alarm limit
as appropriate.
Caution 050 BIS out of range BIS parameter value out of Check patient and treat, if
range. necessary.
Caution 050 BIS out of range BIS parameter value out of Check patient and treat, if
range. necessary.
Note 210 BIS signal qual- SQI (Signal Quality Index) Check sensor. This may occur
ity poor value goes below 50 %. as a result of artefact caused
e.g. by eyeblinks or motion.
Isolate patient from auxiliary
equipment. Isolate patient
from extraneous movement or
vibration. Check patient.
Treat, if necessary.
Note 050 BIS/NMT BIS and NMT alarms sus- Watch measured values to
alarms off pended monitor patients status.


cation ority
Note 100 BISX imped- BISx pod failed the sensor im- Retry impedance check. Re-
ance check pedance check. prep the electrodes and retry.
failed Replace sensor, if necessary
and perform manual imped-
ance check.
Note 100 BISX imped- BISx pod is performing sen- Wait until impedance check is
ance check in sor impedance check. completed. Cancel check and
progress retry.
Note 100 BISX pod dis- BISx-Pod not connected. Check cables and connec-
connected tions. Exchange BISx-pod, if
necessary.
Note 105 BISX pod failed BISx pod self test failed. BISx Check BISx pod connection.
pod hardware failure. BISx Call your biomed service or
pod software failure. DrägerService.
Note 020 BISX pod initial- BISx pod is performing start- Wait until test is completed.
ising up test.
Note 100 BISX replace Unknown sensor type. Too Remove unknown/worn
sensor many uses./ Sensor worn out. out/invalid sensor and replace
Invalid sensor. with new/compatible sensor.
Note 100 BISX sensor Sensor malfunctioning or dis- Check cables and connec-
disconnected connected. tions. Replace sensor, if nec-
essary.
Note 100 BISx sensor Unknown sensor type. Too Remove unknown/worn
has expired many uses./ Sensor worn out. out/invalid sensor and replace
Invalid sensor. with new/compatible sensor.
Note 100 BISx sensor will The usage limit for the BISx Prepare a new BISx SRS sen-
expire after this SRS sensor has been sor for next application.
session reached.
Note 250 Bolus 1 rate Pump 1 Bolus Rate Limit ex- Check the bolus rate of the
high ceeded pump. Adjust settings if nec-
essary.
essary.
essary.
essary.


cation ority
Note 210 Breathing sys- The breathing system is not Insert the breathing system
tem not locked properly locked. and lock it properly.
Note 100 C.O. blood Blood temperature is outside Check the patient and take
temp. high alarm limits: A physiological appropriate action. Change
condition. Inappropriate alarm limits. Check equipment
alarm limits. A defective sen- and replace if necessary.
sor or cartridge.
Note 100 C.O. blood Blood temperature is outside Check the patient and take
temp. low alarm limits: A physiological appropriate action. Change
condition. Inappropriate alarm limits. Check equipment
alarm limits. A defective sen- and replace if necessary.
sor or cartridge.
Note 100 C.O. check in- Injectate temperature probe Connect the probe and repeat
jectate probe not connected during a mea- the measurement.
surement.
Note 100 C.O. complete The C.O. average has been Nothing required.
saved.
Note 100 C.O. hardware C.O. measurement system Exchange components. Call
fail failed. DrägerService.
Note 100 C.O. injectate No injectate probe is connect- Use either 0 °C injectate or
temp = 0°C? ed. Monitor assumes tem- temp. probe. Repeat mea-
perature of 0°C. Reference surement. Check catheter and
resistance too high or low. reconnect pod. Call Dräger-
Unknown catheter type. Service.
Note 100 C.O. no temp Temperature change was Repeat the measurement.
change <0.1°, because: C.O. started Use a larger injectate volume.
without injecting. Injected vol- Use colder injectate. Replace
ume too small or too warm. the catheter.
Defective catheter.
Note 200 C.O. out of C.O. out of range due to: A Check the patient and take
range physiological condition. Un- appropriate action. Use cooler
stable baseline, incorrect inj. injectate. Enter the correct
volume, catheter size, comp. values in C.O. menu. Repeat
constant. Defective catheter, the measurement.
cable, or cartridge.
Note 100 C.O. transducer C.O. transducer failed. Check and reconnect C.O.
fail transducer. Replace compo-
nent. Call DrägerService.
Note 100 C.O. unplugged A cable or transducer has Reconnect the cable or trans-
been disconnected. ducer. If message persists, re-
place defective part.


cation ority
Note 100 C.O. unstable Temperature curve did not re- Follow hospital procedures.
baseline turn to baseline within 30 sec. Repeat the measurement. If
after C.O.-start Unstable pa- message persists, replace the
tient temperature. Defective defective components.
catheter, cable, cartridge.
Note 100 C.O. use cooler Injectate is warmer than Use a cooler injectate within
injectate +27 °C. Temp.difference –5 ° to +27 °C. Check probe
<5 °C. Injectate probe not connection. Repeat the mea-
connected. Defective cable or surement. Replace the probe.
hemodynamic pod.
Note 050 Cardiac bypass All cardiovascular alarms and Please pay special attention!
mode apnea alarms are suspended. After manoeuvre or Cardiac
Use only during Cardiac By- Bypass operation reactivate
pass operation. alarms immediately.
Caution 100 Check NIBP Pulsations are too small to Check the cuff size. Move the
cuff size determine blood pressure. cuff to another limb.
Caution 010 Check patient Patient age, height or weight Check patient category and
category do not match the values that patient data. Change patient
are typical for the selected pa- category or patient data, if
tient category. necessary. This alarm be con-
firmed by pressing the Audio
paused key.
Note 000 CO2 measure- The measurement accuracy If the problem persists for
ment inaccurate cannot currently be ensured. more than 10 minutes, call
DrägerService.
Note 200 CO2 sensor fail- Failure of CO2 sensor. Monitor ventilation by minute
ure volume. Call DrägerService.
Caution 010 CO2 water CO2 sample line blocked. Check CO2 sample line and
tr./samp. line? CO2 water trap or gas mea- CO2 water trap. Check filter at
surement system blocked. the Y piece and gas measure-
CO2 water trap full or expired. ment system. Exchange, if
Gas measurement and auto necessary. Exchange water
delivery not possible. trap at least every 4 weeks.
Note 255 CO2 water trap CO2 sample line blocked. Check CO2 sample line and
or sample line CO2 water trap or gas mea- CO2 water trap. Check filter at
blocked surement system blocked. the Y piece and the gas mea-
CO2 water trap full or expired. surement system. Exchange,
if necessary. Exchange water
trap at least every 4 weeks.


cation ority
Caution 050 Connected sen- A hemodynamic sensor has Connect the sensor to the ex-
sor not support- been connected, but all he- ternal patient monitor.
ed modynamic monitoring is dis-
abled. Only BIS/NMT moni-
toring is available.
Warning 150 Cont. AW pres- Airway Pressure above (auto-) Check airway. Release pres-
sure limit for more than 15 s. sure!
Caution 100 CPP M high Invasive pressure value out- Check patient and take appro-
alarm limits if required.
Caution 090 CPP M low Invasive pressure value out- Check patient and take appro-
alarm limits if required.
Note 050 CV alarms off All cardiovascular alarms Please pay special attention!
suspended. To be used only during start-
up. After manoeuvre reacti-
vate alarms immediately!
Note 050 CVP check zero Pressure transducer for spec- Zero the transducer.
vice.
Note 025 CVP hardware Invasive blood pressure hard- Check hardware and replace.
Caution 090 CVP M high Invasive pressure value out- Check patient and take appro-
essary.
Caution 100 CVP M low Invasive pressure value out- Check patient and take appro-
essary.
Note 150 CVP nonstatic Press. transducer zeroing Keep all tubing motionless,


cation ority
Caution 050 CVP out of Invasive pressure signal out Check patient and take appro-
essary.
Caution 050 CVP transducer Pressure transducer failed. Check transducer and con-
fail Invasive pressure cannot be nections. Exchange transduc-
measured. er.
Caution 025 CVP transducer Pressure transducer for spec- Active pressure: reconnect or
unplugged ified parameter is either un- replace the cable. Inactive
Note 050 CVP zeroing Mercury calibration in prog- Complete calibration before
tient.
Note 255 Deactivate Cardiovascular activity de- Deactivate cardiac bypass
CBM mode tected. Device is in cardiac mode!
bypass mode.
Caution 100 DIVA Air supply Pressure supply of vol. agent Check central Air supply!
pres. low delivery failed. Leakage at Check connection of the mod-
pressure connection of module. Exchange the delivery
ule. Failure of delivery mod- module.
ule.
Caution 070 DIVA module 1 No volatile agent in DIVA Fill up the module immediate-
empty module 1. ly. Before opening the lock:
ventilate reservoir. Filling is
possible during operation.
Warning 070 DIVA module 1 No volatile agent in DIVA Fill up the module immediate-
empty module 1. ly. Before opening the lock:
ventilate reservoir. Filling is
possible during operation.
Warning 030 DIVA module 1 DIVA module 1 or port 1 Use alternative port. Ex-
failure failed. Or DIVA module 1 was change module.
terminated by protection sys-
tem.
Caution 110 DIVA module 1 Software of DIVA module 1 is Use module with compatible
incompat. not compatible. Module can- software. Call DrägerService.
not be used.
Note 050 DIVA module 1 Filling level of DIVA module 1 Fill up the module as soon as
level low <50 mL. possible. Filling is possible
during operation.


cation ority
Caution 050 DIVA module 1 Filling level of DIVA module 1 Fill up the module as soon as
during operation.
Caution 070 DIVA module 2 No vol. agent in DIVA module Fill the module. Before open-
empty 2 ing the lock ventilate reservoir
Warning 070 DIVA module 2 No vol. agent in DIVA module Fill the module. Before open-
empty 2 ing the lock ventilate reservoir
Warning 030 DIVA module 2 DIVA module 2 or port 2 Use alternative port. Ex-
failure failed. Or DIVA module 2 was change the module.
tem.
Caution 110 DIVA module 2 Software of DIVA module 2 is Use module with compatible
incompat. not compatible Module can- software. Call DrägerService.
not be used.
Note 050 DIVA module 2 Filling level of DIVA module 2 Fill up the module as soon as
during operation.
Caution 050 DIVA module 2 Filling level of DIVA module 2 Fill up the module as soon as
during operation.
Note 255 DIVA module DIVA module is being Wait until the warm up pro-
warmup warmed up. Delivery will start cess is finished.
after approx. 2 min.!
Caution 000 DIVA off! Mod- DIVA delivery interrupted! Use fresh gas mode to stop
ule removed Module removed. In Auto wash out. Insert DIVA module.
control mode agent will be Use 2nd DIVA module.
washed out quickly.
Caution 010 DIVA protect fail DIVA protection system Use mode Fresh-gas control.
failed. Protection system is Set fresh-gas flow higher than
monitoring with extended 3 L/min. NOTE: At lower flows
alarm limits. DIVA will be terminated. Call
DrägerService.
Warning 045 DIVA+mixer DIVA and mixer failure. DIVA Open O2 Safety valve. Contin-
cutoff and mixer delivery interrupt- ue anesthesia with IV drug.
ed. Call DrägerService.
Warning 045 DIVA+mixer DIVA and mixer failed. Deliv- Open safety O2 supply. Con-
failure ery not possible. tinue anesthesia with IV drug.
Note 120 Drug data read Error while reading drug data Check and reinsert the USB
error from USB stick or internal da- stick. Restart import proce-
tabase. dure. Check drug library.


cation ority
Note 120 Drug data write Error while writing drug data Check and reinsert the USB
error to USB stick or internal data- stick. Insert a USB stick that
base. USB stick full or write has enough space. Remove
protected. write protection. Check drug
library.
Note 000 ECG hardware ECG hardware failure detect- Call DrägerService.
failure ed by 1 mV test at startup.
Note 000 ECG/Baseline ECG beats are disturbed. Pa- Check electrode application.
artefact tient movements, shivers, Isolate patient from auxiliary
tremors. Bad electrode con- equipment.
tact. Excessive signal noise
interference from auxiliary
equipment. Artefact is block-
ing arrhythmia classification.
Caution 020 Empty syringe 1 Pump 1 is running in 'Empty Replace syringe 1, if neces-
mode syringe mode'. sary.
Caution 120 etCO2 high Upper limit of endexp. CO2- Check ventilation! Check cap-
concentration exceeded for nogram! Check insp. CO2-
2 breath. cycles. alarm and concentration!
Caution 020 etCO2 low Endexp. CO2 concentration Check ventilation! Check cap-
fell below lower limit for nogram!
2 breath. cycles.
Note 050 Event from web An active web application Please check all web applica-
appl. sent an event. tions.
Note 175 Exp. flow sen- Failure of expiratory flow sen- Perform leak test incl. autom.
sor failure sor: - Sensor not connected calibration! Exchange sensor
or defective. and perform leak test!
Note 175 Exp. pressure Failure of exp. pressure sen- Check breathing pressure!
sensor fail sor. No measurement of Call DrägerService.
breathing pressure.
Caution 160 Exp. resistance Expiratory resistance is in- Check exp. hose, tube and fil-
high creased compared to self ter.
test. - Stenosis or high resis-
tance in exp. hose, tube or fil-
ter.


cation ority
Note 060 Exp. time too End expiratory patient flow Check exp. Resistance.
short higher than 6/2 L/min Check patient filter at the Y-
(Adult/Ped.) - Increased exp. piece. - Increase exp. time.
resistance - Expiratory time
too short
Note 100 Flow sensor cal Flow measurement not cali- Use etCO2 to monitor ventila-
request brated. Measurement may be tion. Perform leak test.
inaccurate.
Warning 255 Fresh gas in- Failed to switch between ex- Check fresh gas flow and an-
tern/extern? ternal and internal fresh gas esthetic delivery. Switch again
outlet. No fresh gas is deliv- between internal and external
ered to the requested breath- outlet. If fresh gas flow is not
ing system!!! available use emergency
breathing bag. Call Dräger
Service.
Warning 255 Fresh gas in- Failed to switch between ex- Check fresh gas flow and an-
tern/extern? ternal and internal fresh gas esthetic delivery. Switch again
outlet. No fresh gas is deliv- between internal and external
ered to the requested breath- outlet. If fresh gas flow is not
ing system!!! available use emergency
breathing bag. Call Dräger
Service.
Warning 044 Fresh-gas flow DIVA protection system failed Set fresh gas flow higher than
< 3 L/min and fresh-gas flow lower than 3 L/min. NOTE:At lower flows
3 L/min. DIVA will be terminated.
Note 000 Gas measure- The measurement accuracy If the problem persists for
DrägerService.
Note 005 Gas supply Sensor for cylinder pressure Check sensor plug. Exchange
sens. failure failed. high pressure sensor. Call
DrägerService.
Note 050 GP1 check zero Pressure transducer for spec- Zero the transducer.
vice.
Caution 090 GP1 D high Invasive pressure value out- Check patient and take appro-
essary.


cation ority
Caution 090 GP1 D low Invasive pressure value out- Check patient and take appro-
essary.
Note 025 GP1 hardware Invasive blood pressure hard- Check hardware and replace.
Caution 090 GP1 M high Invasive pressure value out- Check patient and take appro-
essary.
Caution 100 GP1 M low Invasive pressure value out- Check patient and take appro-
essary.
Note 150 GP1 nonstatic Press. transducer zeroing Keep all tubing motionless,
Caution 050 GP1 out of Invasive pressure signal out Check patient and take appro-
essary.
Caution 125 GP1 S high Invasive pressure value out- Check patient and take appro-
essary.
Caution 130 GP1 S low Invasive pressure value out- Check patient and take appro-
essary.


cation ority
Warning 250 GP1 static Static pressure: -No pulse, - Check patient and take appro-
Press. transducer turned off, - priate action. Open system by
Catheter tip lodged against turning the 3-way tap. Follow
vessel wall, -Clot on the cath- procedure for dislodging cath-
eter tip eters. Follow procedure for
clotted catheters.
Caution 050 GP1 transduc- Pressure transducer failed. Check transducer and con-
measured. er.
Caution 025 GP1 transduc- Pressure transducer for spec- Active pressure: reconnect or
Note 050 GP1 zeroing Mercury calibration in prog- Complete calibration before
tient.
Note 050 GP2 check zero Pressure transducer for spec- Zero the transducer.
vice.
Caution 090 GP2 D high Invasive pressure value out- Check patient and take appro-
essary.
Caution 090 GP2 D low Invasive pressure value out- Check patient and take appro-
essary.
Note 025 GP2 hardware Invasive blood pressure hard- Check hardware and replace.
Caution 090 GP2 M high Invasive pressure value out- Check patient and take appro-
essary.


cation ority
Caution 100 GP2 M low Invasive pressure value out- Check patient and take appro-
essary.
Note 150 GP2 nonstatic Press. transducer zeroing Keep all tubing motionless,
Caution 050 GP2 out of Invasive pressure signal out Check patient and take appro-
essary.
Caution 125 GP2 S high Invasive pressure value out- Check patient and take appro-
essary.
Caution 130 GP2 S low Invasive pressure value out- Check patient and take appro-
essary.
Warning 250 GP2 static Static pressure: -No pulse, - Check patient and take appro-
clotted catheters.
Caution 050 GP2 transduc- Pressure transducer failed. Check transducer and con-
measured. er.
Caution 025 GP2 transduc- Pressure transducer for spec- Active pressure: reconnect or
Note 050 GP2 zeroing Mercury calibration in prog- Complete calibration before
tient.


cation ority
Caution 125 Heart Heart rate or pulse rate have Observe the patient. Treat the
rate/Pulse high exceeded the upper alarm patient, if necessary. Adjust
limit or measured values are alarm limit and, if necessary,
above measurement range. change pulse source.
Warning 255 Heart Heart rate or pulse rate have Observe the patient. Treat the
rate/Pulse low exceeded the lower alarm lim- patient, if necessary. Adjust
it. alarm limit.
Note 100 HemoMed pod Hemodynamic module at Check and change HemoMed
1 disconnected connector 'HemoMed' not pod. Call DrägerService.
connected during IBP, C.O. or
TEMP. measurement.
Note 105 HemoMed pod Hemodynamic module at Check and change module.
1 HW fail connector 'HemoMed' failed Call DrägerService.
during IBP, C.O. or TEMP.
measurement.
Note 100 HemoMed pod Hemodynamic module at Check and change cables.
2 disconnected connector 'Aux/Hemo 2' not Call DrägerService.
connected during IBP, C.O. or
TEMP. measurement.
2 HW fail connector 'Aux/Hemo 2' failed Call DrägerService.
during IBP, C.O. or TEMP.
measurement.
Note 100 HemoMed pod Hemodynamic module at Check and change cables.
3 disconnected connector 'Aux/Hemo 3' not Call DrägerService.
connected during BP, C.O. or
TEMP. measurement.
3 HW fail connector 'Aux/Hemo 3' failed Call DrägerService.
during BP, C.O. or TEMP.
measurement.
Note 050 ICP check zero Pressure transducer for spec- Zero the transducer.
vice.
Note 025 ICP hardware Invasive blood pressure hard- Check hardware and replace.


cation ority
Caution 100 ICP M high Invasive pressure value out- Check patient and take appro-
essary.
Caution 090 ICP M low Invasive pressure value out- Check patient and take appro-
essary.
Note 150 ICP nonstatic Press. transducer zeroing Keep all tubing motionless,
Caution 050 ICP out of range Invasive pressure signal out Check patient and take appro-
of measurement range. priate action. Access the
essary.
Caution 050 ICP transducer Pressure transducer failed. Check transducer and con-
measured. er.
Caution 025 ICP transducer Pressure transducer for spec- Active pressure: reconnect or
Note 050 ICP zeroing Mercury calibration in prog- Complete calibration before
tient.
Note 250 Infusion 1 rate Pump 1 Infusion Rate Limit Check the infusion rate of the
high exceeded pump. Adjust settings if nec-
essary.
Note 040 Infusion 1 The infusion has been Start infusion, check pump
stopped stopped or a stopped pump settings.
has been connected.
essary.
has been connected.


cation ority
essary.
has been connected.
essary.
has been connected.
Warning 100 Infusion line 1 Occlusion at line 1 detected. Check infusion line 1 and con-
blocked Pressure limit reached. Infu- nection to the patient. In-
sion 1 stopped. crease pressure alarm limit.
Restart infusion.
Caution 100 Infusion line 1 The line 1 pressure increased Check infusion line and con-
blocked? rapidly. Pressure alarm limit is nection to the patient. In-
nearly reached. crease pressure alarm limit, if
necessary.
Restart infusion 2.
necessary.
Restart infusion 3.
necessary.
Restart infusion 4.


cation ority
necessary.
Note 100 Infusion running Infusion is still running. Re- Control infusion rate at the
mote control and alarm dis- pump. Return to operating
play of the IV system are ter- mode to remote control the
minated. pumps.
Caution 100 Infusion system Infusion system failed. Press reset button, if system
fail reboot is desired. System will
not be available for some min-
utes!
Caution 119 Insp. CO2 high Upper limit of insp. CO2- con- Increase fresh gas flow! Ex-
centration exceeded for change soda lime!
2 breath. cycles. Soda lime
exhausted.
Caution 255 Insp. desflurane Insp. vol. agent higher than Check volatile agent delivery
high alarm limit for 30 sec. setting! Check fresh gas flow!
Caution 255 Insp. desflurane Insp. vol. agent mixture high- Check DIVA settings and
high er than 3 xMAC. fresh gas flow.
Note 255 Insp. desflurane Insp. vol. agent higher than Check volatile agent delivery
Caution 060 Insp. desflurane Inspiratory Desflurane con- Check volatile agent delivery
low centration fell below lower setting! Check fresh gas flow!
limit for 2 breaths. Check function and liquid lev-
el of DIVA. Check CO2-sam-
ple line for leakage!
Caution 255 Insp. enflurane Insp. vol. agent higher than Check DIVA settings and
high alarm limit for 30 sec. fresh gas flow.
Caution 255 Insp. enflurane Insp. vol. agent mixture high- Check DIVA settings and
Note 255 Insp. enflurane Insp. vol. agent higher than Check DIVA settings and
high alarm limit for 30 sec. fresh gas flow.
Caution 060 Insp. enflurane Inspiratory Enflurane concen- Check volatile agent delivery
low tration fell below lower limit for setting! Check fresh gas flow!
2 breath. Cycles. Check function and liquid lev-
Note 180 Insp. flow sen- Failure of inspiratory flow sen- Perform leaktest incl. autom.
sor failure sor: - Sensor not connected calibration! Exchange sensor
or defective and perform leaktest!


cation ority
Caution 255 Insp. halothane Insp. vol. agent higher than Check volatile agent delivery
Caution 255 Insp. halothane Insp. vol. agent mixture high- Check DIVA settings and
Note 255 Insp. halothane Insp. vol. agent higher than Check volatile agent delivery
Caution 060 Insp. halothane Inspiratory Halothane con- Check volatile agent delivery
low centration fell below lower setting! Check fresh gas flow!
limit for 2 breath. cycles. Check function and liquid lev-
Caution 255 Insp. isoflurane Insp. vol. agent higher than Check volatile agent delivery
Caution 255 Insp. isoflurane Insp. vol. agent mixture high- Check DIVA settings and
Note 255 Insp. isoflurane Insp. vol. agent higher than Check volatile agent delivery
Caution 060 Insp. isoflurane Inspiratory Isoflurane concen- Check volatile agent delivery
low tration fell below lower limit for setting! Check fresh gas flow!
2 breath. cycles. Check function and liquid lev-
Caution 000 Insp. MAC > 3 Insp. vol. agent concentration Check DIVA settings and
too high. Insp.3 MAC exceed- fresh gas flow.
ed..
Caution 255 Insp. MAC > 5 Insp. vol. agent concentration Check DIVA settings and
too high. Insp.5 MAC exceed- fresh gas flow.
ed.
Caution 020 Insp. N2O high Upper limit of insp. N2O- con- Check O2-setting! Check
centration exceeded for fresh gas flow! Flush with high
2 breath. cycles. fresh gas flow!
Caution 000 Insp. N2O low Inspiratory N2O concentration Check N2O supply! Check O2-
fell below lower limit for 2 setting! Check fresh gas flow!
breath. cycles.
Warning 180 Insp. O2 low Protect. System: Insp. O2 Check O2 concentration.
concentration lower than Check O2 supply. Use Fresh-
21 %!. gas control mode.
Caution 000 Insp. oxygen Upper limit of insp. Oxygen- Check Oxygen delivery set-
high concentration exceeded for ting! Check fresh gas flow!
2 breath. cycles.


cation ority
Warning 180 Insp. oxygen Inspiratory Oxygen concen- Check O2 supply! Check Oxy-
low tration fell below lower limit for gen delivery setting! Check
2 breath. cycles. fresh gas flow! Check SpO2
concentration!
Note 175 Insp. pressure Failure of insp. pressure sen- Check breathing pressure!
sensor fail sor. Measurement of breath- Call DrägerService.
ing pressure may be inaccu-
rate. Breathing press. is mea-
sured by exp. sensor.
Caution 160 Insp. resis- Inspiratory resistance is in- Check insp. hose, tube and fil-
tance high creased compared to self-test ter.
- Stenosis or high resistance
in insp. hose, tube or filter.
Caution 255 Insp. sevoflu- Insp. vol. agent higher than Check volatile agent delivery
rane high alarm limit for 30 sec. setting! Check fresh gas flow!
Caution 255 Insp. sevoflu- Insp. vol. agent mixture high- Check DIVA settings and
rane high er than 3 xMAC. fresh gas flow.
Note 255 Insp. sevoflu- Insp. vol. agent higher than Check volatile agent delivery
rane high alarm limit for 30 sec. setting! Check fresh gas flow!
Caution 060 Insp. sevoflu- Inspiratory Sevoflurane con- Check volatile agent delivery
rane low centration fell below lower setting! Check fresh gas flow!
limit for 2 breath. cycles. Check function and liquid lev-
Caution 255 Insp. vol. agent Insp. vol. agent mixture high- Check DIVA settings. Check
high er than 3 xMAC. fresh-gas flow.
Caution 254 Insp. vol. agent Volatile agent in inspiration Use Fresh-gas control mode.
high higher than setpoint.
Caution 250 Internal safety The safety fan for internal gas Shut down as soon as possi-
fan failed evacuation failed. If there is ble. Call DrägerService.
an internal leakage, the O2
concentration in the interior of
the device may increase.
Danger of fire!
Warning 100 IV remote con- Remote control of infusion Check infusion setting at
trol failed was terminated by the safety pump. Control infusion at
system! Infusion is continued. pump. To restart remote con-
trol System needs to be re-
started.


cation ority
Caution 200 IV system dis- Communication error to IV- Check connection of the
connected System. Cable disconnected. IVDock to system, replace ca-
ble or IVDock. Call Dräger-
Service.
Note 125 IVDock incom- IVDock has unknown version. Exchange IVDock. Control in-
patible fusion directly at the pump.
Call DrägerService.
Note 100 KVO pump 1 Volume limit of infusion 1 has Check infusion. Check vol-
been reached. 'Keep vein ume alarm limit. To change
open' function is activated. In- KVO configuration at the
fusion continues with a low in- pump refer to the module DPS
fusion rate (1 mL/h). instructions.
Note 050 LA check zero Pressure transducer for spec- Zero the transducer.
vice.
Note 020 LA electrode fail Lead-off condition for indicat- Check defective cables and
ed lead detected: -Broken ca- electrodes. Reapply gel to
ble - Loose lead wire -Faulty electrodes. Make sure the
lead wire - Wrong lead -Dried skin is properly prepped. Se-
out gel -Bad contact. lect another ECG/ST lead. Set
correct type of cable.
Note 025 LA hardware fail Invasive blood pressure hard- Check hardware and replace.
ware failure. Call DrägerService.


cation ority
Caution 090 LA M high Invasive pressure value out- Check patient and take appro-
essary.
Caution 100 LA M low Invasive pressure value out- Check patient and take appro-
essary.
Note 150 LA nonstatic Press. transducer zeroing Keep all tubing motionless,
Caution 050 LA out of range Invasive pressure signal out Check patient and take appro-
essary.
Caution 050 LA transducer Pressure transducer failed. Check transducer and con-
measured. er.
Caution 025 LA transducer Pressure transducer for spec- Active pressure: reconnect or
Note 050 LA zeroing Mercury calibration in prog- Complete calibration before
tient.
Note 000 Leads invalid Lead-off condition detected: - Check defective cables and
Broken cable - Loose lead electrodes. Reapply gel to
wire -Faulty lead wire - Wrong electrodes. Make sure the
lead -Dried out gel -Bad con- skin is properly prepped. Se-
tact. lect another ECG/ST lead. Set
Caution 045 Leak or fresh Fresh gas deficiency!. Tidal Increase fresh gas flow.
gas low volume cannot not be deliv- Check O2- and vol. agent set-
ered. Leak in breathing circle. tings. Check breathing circle
and manual breathing bag for
leakage.


cation ority
Note 100 Leakage or Fresh gas deficiency! Manual Increase fresh gas flow.
fresh gas low breathing bag not filled suffi- Check O2- and vol. agent set-
ciently. Leak in breathing cir- tings. Check breathing circle
cle. and manual breathing bag for
leakage.
Note 100 License ex- The trial license has expired. To obtain a permanent li-
pired (lung re- After the next startup, the re- cense, contact Dräger.
cruitment respective function will no lon-
minder) ger be available.
pired (multi- After the next startup, the re- cense, contact Dräger.
step recruit- spective function will no lon-
ment) ger be available.
pired (one-step After the next startup, the re- cense, contact Dräger.
recruitment) spective function will no lon-
ger be available.
Note 100 License for The license for Smart Ventila- To obtain a permanent li-
Smart Ventila- tion Control has expired. After cense, contact Dräger.
tion Control ex- next startup, Smart Ventila-
pired tion Control will no longer be
available.
Note 020 LL electrode fail Lead-off condition for indicat- Check defective cables and
Note 050 LV check zero Pressure transducer for spec- Zero the transducer.
vice.
Caution 090 LV D high Invasive pressure value out- Check patient and take appro-
essary.


cation ority
Caution 090 LV D low Invasive pressure value out- Check patient and take appro-
essary.
Note 025 LV hardware fail Invasive blood pressure hard- Check hardware and replace.
ware failure. Call DrägerService.
Caution 090 LV M high Invasive pressure value out- Check patient and take appro-
essary.
Caution 100 LV M low Invasive pressure value out- Check patient and take appro-
essary.
Note 150 LV nonstatic Press. transducer zeroing Keep all tubing motionless,
Caution 050 LV out of range Invasive pressure signal out Check patient and take appro-
essary.
Caution 125 LV S high Invasive pressure value out- Check patient and take appro-
essary.
Caution 130 LV S low Invasive pressure value out- Check patient and take appro-
essary.


cation ority
Warning 250 LV static Static pressure: -No pulse, - Check patient and take appro-
clotted catheters.
Caution 050 LV transducer Pressure transducer failed. Check transducer and con-
measured. er.
Caution 025 LV transducer Pressure transducer for spec- Active pressure: reconnect or
Note 050 LV zeroing Mercury calibration in prog- Complete calibration before
tient.
Note 200 Mains supply Power failure. A fully charged Restore central power supply.
failure battery allows at least 30 min Check circuit breakers. Check
of operation. battery capacity display. If ca-
pacity is <10 % the device
may switch off!
Caution 020 Minute volume Upper alarm limit of minute Check alarm limit. Check min-
high volume exceeded. ute volume and respiratory
rate.
Caution 200 Minute volume Exp. minute volume lower Check limit setting. Check
low than lower limit. Leakage in tube, hoses and breath. sys-
breathing system, hose tem. Check Pmax and Pinsp
blocked. Volume deficiency setting. Increase fresh gas
during press. limitation. flow.
Fresh-gas flow too low.
Warning 255 Mixer+DIVA Mixer and DIVA not operable. Open safety O2 valve. Contin-
failure Setting of ventilator not possi- ue case with IV drug. Check
ble! ventilation. Switch 'AN-VEN-
TILATOR OFF'.
Warning 255 Mixer+DIVA Mixer and DIVA not operable. Open safety O2 valve. Contin-
failure Setting of ventilator not possi- ue case with IV drug. Check
ble! ventilation. Switch 'AN-VEN-
TILATOR OFF'.
Note 100 MultiMed Pod MultiMed cable not connect- Check cables and connec-
disconnected ed or faulty during 3, 5, or 6- tions and replace if necessary.
lead monitoring.
Note 105 MultiMed Pod MultiMed cable failed during Check and change MultiMed
HW failure 3, 5, or 6-lead monitoring. cable. Call DrägerService.


cation ority
Note 050 N2O central N2O supply pressure too Check central supply.
supply high high. N2O-pressure
>8x100 kPa.
Note 100 N2O central N2O central supply pressure Open N2O cylinder. Remove
supply low is low. Wall outlet is faulty. N2O plug from wall outlet.
N2O plug is not connected to Connect N2O plug to wall out-
wall outlet. let.
Caution 200 N2O cylinder N2O cylinder empty or not Reduce fresh-gas flow, use
empty open (<30x100 kPa) and N2O Auto control mode. Open or
supply lower than exchange N2O cylinder.
1,8x100 kPa! Mixer continues Check insp. concentrations.
with Air delivery! Check N2O supply.
Note 005 N2O cylinder N2O high pressure sensor not Connect sensor. Check sen-
sensor fail connected. Sensor failure. sor. Call DrägerService.
Note 025 N2O in fresh Carrier gas Air is in use but Use O2-Flush! Disconnect
gas N2O was detected in fresh N2O supply and cylinder
gas or in system.
Note 000 N2O measure- The measurement accuracy If the problem persists for
DrägerService.
Note 190 N2O sensor fail- N2O sensor failed. No N2O- Observe insp. O2 concentra-
ure Monitoring possible tion. Call DrägerService.
Caution 255 N2O supply fail N2O supply failed. Hose not Open N2O cylinder. Check
plugged into wall socket or central supply and hoses.
hose kinked.
Note 224 N2O supply low N2O supply pressure too low. Check N2O supply.
N2O pressure between 180
and 260 kPa N20-delivery not
within specification.
Caution 200 NIBP blocked The inflation rate is too high Select a different cuff. Check
line during the inflation cycle or the hose and cuff for damage.
the time to dump the residual Restart the measurement. If
cuff pressure at end of the de- message does not clear call
flation cycle is too short. DrägerService.
Caution 200 NIBP cannot No sufficient pulse after Check the patient and take
measure 45 seconds. Pulse too low for appropriate action. Move cuff
D/S values. Not enough ade- to a limb with less movement.
quate pulsations within two Check the hose and cuff.
minutes. Check size and placement of
cuff.


cation ority
Caution 090 NIBP D high Non invasive pressure value Check patient and take appro-
outside alarm limits. priate action. Change the
essary.
Caution 090 NIBP D low Non invasive pressure value Check patient and take appro-
essary.
Note 050 NIBP hardware Non invasive blood pressure Call DrägerService
fault measurement failed.
Note 050 NIBP hose un- NIBP hose is unplugged. Reconnect the hose.
plugged
Caution 200 NIBP inflation Systolic pressure is higher Select higher inflation limit
fail than inflation limit. Pump or setting. Check hose and cuff
valves have been energized for obstructions. Disconnect
for longer than 2 minutes and reconnect cuff. Replace if
(90 sec. neonatal mode). necessary. Call Dräger-
Service.
Caution 090 NIBP M high Non invasive pressure value Check patient and take appro-
essary.
Caution 100 NIBP M low Non invasive pressure value Check patient and take appro-
essary.
Caution 200 NIBP open line Inflation time during cuff infla- Check to ensure that the hose
tion cycle is too long or infla- and cuff are properly connect-
tion rate is too low. ed to the monitor. Check the
cuff size to be suitable for the
patient.
Caution 200 NIBP out of The measured value is out of Check the equipment for
range range. NIBP measurement. Check
the patient.
Caution 250 NIBP press ex- Cuff overpressure circuit has Do not use NIBP measure-
ceed failed. ment. Call DrägerService.


cation ority
Caution 210 NIBP press leak NIBP hose/cuff hose discon- Check connections! Replace
nected? Leakage in NIBP cuff or hose!
hose/cuff?
Caution 125 NIBP S high Non invasive pressure value Check patient and take appro-
essary.
Caution 130 NIBP S low Non invasive pressure value Check patient and take appro-
essary.
Caution 200 NIBP time ex- A measurement took longer Repeat the measurement.
ceed than 2 minutes (adult or pedi-
atric) or 90 seconds (neona-
tal) and was aborted (e.g. mo-
tion artefact).
Note 100 NIBP zero out Monitor is unable to zero Check the patient and take
of range transducer within 30 seconds appropriate action. Move cuff
from start of NIBP program, to a limb with less movement.
usually because of motion ar- Call DrägerService.
tefact.
Note 100 NMT artefact Excessive signal noise due to Check electrodes. Reapply, if
patient´s movement/tremor or necessary. Isolate patient
interference from auxiliary from auxiliary equipment, if
equipment. necessary. Isolate patient
vibration.
Note 250 NMT check Current cannot be delivered. Check electrode. Reapply, if
electrodes Electrodes or connections not necessary. Check cable con-
properly placed/functioning. nections.
Note 200 NMT check Sensor malfunctioning or dis- Check sensor application. Re-
sensor connected. place accelerometer sensor, if
necessary.
Note 100 NMT check Temperature cable broken or Check temperature sensor.
temp sensor missing. Replace, if necessary.


cation ority
Note 125 NMT initializing Pod is performing power-up Wait until self tests are com-
tests. Supramaximal current pleted. Wait until references
and reference twitch being are established.
detected. Pod is re-calibrating
due to a rapid change in
twitch amplitude.
Note 150 NMT single out Single mode parameter value Check patient. Treat, if neces-
of range falls outside the measuring sary.
range (high).
Note 150 NMT temp out Temperature value falls out- Check patient. Treat, if neces-
of range side the measuring range sary. Check sensor. Replace,
(high/low). if necessary.
Note 150 NMT temp out Temperature value falls out- Check patient. Treat, if neces-
of range side the measuring range sary. Check sensor. Replace,
(high/low). if necessary.
Note 100 NMT using in- Reference twitch could not be Check electrodes and sensor.
ternal reference established. Patient might Continue measurement using
have been relaxed before ref- internal reference or change
erence was established. to TOF mode.
Note 210 No connection There is no connection to the Check the network cable. Call
to central sta- central station. DrägerService.
tion
Note 250 O2 central sup- O2 central supply pressure is Check if O2 is delivered to the
ply low low. Wall outlet is faulty. O2 patient. Open O2 cylinder. Re-
plug is not connected to wall move O2 plug from wall outlet.
outlet. Connect O2 plug to wall outlet.
Warning 100 O2 delivery low O2 delivery is working, but not Check inspiratory O2 concen-
accuracy within the specified tolerance. tration. Call DrägerService.
A large deviation may lead to
the termination of N2O or Air
delivery.
Note 000 O2 measure- The measurement accuracy If the problem persists for
DrägerService.
Note 250 O2 sensor fail- O2-Sensor failed. Auto con- Ensure sufficient oxygenation.
ure trol delivery is not available. Call DrägerService.
Note 050 Oxygen central Oxygen supply pressure too Check central supply.
supply high high. O2-pressure
>8x100 kPa.


cation ority
Warning 134 Oxygen cylin- O2 cylinder empty or not open Reduce fresh-gas flow, use
der empty (<20*100 kPa) and O2 supply Auto control mode. Open or
lower than 1,8*100 kPa! Mix- exchange O2 cylinder. Check
er continues with Air delivery! insp. O2 concentration. Check
O2 supply.
Note 255 Oxygen cylin- O2-cylinder pressure low. O2 Use filled O2 cylinder. Restore
der low cylinder nearly emptied. central supply.
Note 005 Oxygen cylin- O2 high pressure sensor not Connect sensor. Check sen-
der sensor fail connected. Sensor failure. sor. Call DrägerService.
Warning 135 Oxygen supply Oxygen supply failed. Hose Open O2-cylinder. Check cen-
fail not plugged into wall socket tral supply. Check wall con-
or hose kinked. nector.
Note 254 Oxygen supply Oxygen supply too low. O2 Check O2 supply. Prepare O2
low supply between 180 and backup cylinders.
260 kPa. O2-delivery not
within specification.
Note 050 PA check zero Pressure transducer for spec- Zero the transducer.
vice.
Caution 090 PA D high Invasive pressure value out- Check patient and take appro-
essary.
Caution 090 PA D low Invasive pressure value out- Check patient and take appro-
essary.
Note 025 PA hardware Invasive blood pressure hard- Check hardware and replace.
Caution 090 PA M high Invasive pressure value out- Check patient and take appro-
essary.


cation ority
Caution 100 PA M low Invasive pressure value out- Check patient and take appro-
essary.
Note 150 PA nonstatic Press. transducer zeroing Keep all tubing motionless,
Caution 050 PA out of range Invasive pressure signal out Check patient and take appro-
essary.
Caution 125 PA S high Invasive pressure value out- Check patient and take appro-
essary.
Caution 130 PA S low Invasive pressure value out- Check patient and take appro-
essary.
Warning 250 PA static Static pressure: -No pulse, - Check patient and take appro-
Press. transducer turned off - priate action. Open system by
clotted catheters.
Caution 050 PA transducer Pressure transducer failed. Check transducer and con-
measured. er.
Caution 025 PA transducer Pressure transducer for spec- Active pressure: reconnect or
Note 050 PA zeroing Mercury calibration in prog- Complete calibration before
tient.


cation ority
Caution 100 Patient monitor- Complete patient monitoring Press reset button, if system
ing fail component failed. repair is desired. System will
not be available for appr.
30 sec.!
Note 001 Patient-gas The automatic calibration of Wait for the calibration to com-
measurement the patient-gas measurement plete.
module is cali- module is in progress.
brating
Caution 000 Pause Sequence of two beats classi- Check patient and take appro-
fied as normal or PVC, with priate action.
interval? pause rate value in
seconds (100 ms)
Caution 100 Pause time ex- Ventilation and gas delivery Resume ventilation.
pired have been paused longer
than the set pause time.
Caution 060 PEEP high Measured PEEP 5 mbar Check breathing system. Ex-
above setpoint for more than change autom exp. valve. Call
10 breaths. DrägerService.
Caution 050 PEEP/Pmax PEEP/Pmax valve is defec- Check breathing pressure and
valve failure tive or the PEEP is higer than volume. Ventilate manually.
the setting. Check breathing system for
dust particles. Call Dräger-
Service.
Note 050 Perform self No self test performed within Perform self test.
test 24 hours.
Note 190 PGA fan failure Fan failure in patient gas Call DrägerService.
measuring module.
Caution 045 Pinsp not at- Due to a low fresh-gas flow or Increase fresh-gas flow, seal
tained leakage the set inspiratory leaks. Provide sufficient venti-
pressure could not be at- lation.
tained.
Caution 080 Pinsp not at- Due to time settings the set If necessary, adjust ventilation
tained inspiratory pressure could not settings for Pinsp, Pressure
be attained. Support/PEEP, slope, fre-
quency and I/E. Provide suffi-
cient ventilation.
Caution 080 Pmax lim/VT Due to time settings or Pmax If necessary, adjust ventilation
not attained limitation the set volume settings for slope, frequency
could not be attained. Patient and I/E. Check Pmax settings.
compliance or resistance Provide sufficient ventilation.
have changed.


cation ority
Note 200 Power supply Communication failure of Use system only in case of
communic. fail power supply. Battery, temp. emergency. Call Dräger-
and voltage monitor not avail- Service.
able.
Caution 250 Power supply Power supply temperature Minimize power consumption.
temp high too high. Ventilate manually. Switch off
device as soon as possible.
Call DrägerService.
Caution 000 Press.supp. Pressure support cycle was Check for tube/mask leakage.
time limited aborted. The OFF criterion Check patient settings. Use
(flow <25 % of max. insp. Pressure Control.
flow) was not reached within
4 sec.
Note 000 Printer error Could not access any printer. Choose another printer, if
available. Call DrägerService.
Caution 100 Protect sensor Protection sensor is not avail- Latest after 1/2 hour the pro-
warmup able. Agent delivery requires tect sensor calibrates again.
a fresh gas flow >3 L/min. After this the delivery may be
available again. Use fresh gas
flow >3 L/min.
Note 255 Protect water Protect water trap or gas Check Protect water trap and
trap blocked measurement system gas measurement system -
blocked. Protect water trap exchange, if necessary. Ex-
full or expired. change water trap at least ev-
ery 4 weeks.
Caution 010 Protect water Protect water trap or gas Check Protect water trap and
trap? measurement system gas measurement system -
blocked. Protect water trap exchange, if necessary. Ex-
full or expired. change water trap at least ev-
ery 4 weeks.
Caution 040 Pump 1 battery Infusion 1 stopped. Battery of Reconnect IVDock to system
empty pump 1 discharged. for power supply or exchange
battery. Call DrägerService.
Note 040 Pump 1 battery Battery nearly empty. Reconnect IVDock to system
low for power supply or exchange
Caution 200 Pump 1 failure Infusion 1 stopped. Pump de- Exchange pump 1. Call
tected internal failure. DrägerService.
Note 120 Pump 1 incom- Pump 1 hardware or software Control infusion at pump. Re-
patible version not compatible. Re- place pump for remote con-
mote control not possible. trol.


cation ority
Caution 150 Pump 1 infusion Upper alarm limit for infusion Check syringe 1. Check alarm
limit volume 1 exceeded. Infusion limits and increase limit if nec-
stopped. essary.
Note 080 Pump 1 infusion Infusion limit is nearly Prepare next syringe if neces-
limit reached for pump 1. If limit is sary. Increase alarm limit if
reached infusion will be needed.
stopped!
Caution 200 Pump 1 opera- Remote control, setting or Check last setting of pump 1.
tion failed start/stop of pump 1 failed. Repeat setting or start of
pump, if necessary.
Caution 060 Pump 1 pres- Pressure drop in syringe 1 de- Check infusion line and con-
sure drop tected. Infusion line is leaking. nections at patient and sy-
ringe side. Be aware of leak-
ages. Deactivate the DPS-
function at the pump.
Caution 060 Pump 1 pres- Pressure rise in syringe 1 de- Check infusion line 1 and sy-
sure rise tected. Infusion line kinked or ringe 1. Deactivate the DPS-
blocked. function at the pump, if appro-
priate.
Note 125 Pump 1 re- Pump 1 removed during run- Control infusion at the pump.
moved ning infusion. To restart remote control re-
connect pump.
Note 125 Pump 1 re- Pump 1 removed in stopped To restart remote control re-
moved mode. connect pump.
Note 100 Pump 1 un- Pump 1 is unlocked. Lock the pump.
locked
stopped. essary.


cation ority
stopped!
pump, if necessary.
priate.
connect pump.
locked
Note 040 Pump 3 battery Battery nearly empty . Reconnect IVDock to system
stopped. essary.
stopped!


cation ority
pump, if necessary.
priate.
connect pump.
locked
stopped. essary.
stopped!
pump, if necessary.


cation ority
priate.
connect pump.
locked
Caution 000 PVC high Premature ventricular con- Check patient and take appro-
tractions: PVCs per minute priate action.
have exceeded the upper
alarm limit.
Note 050 RA check zero Pressure transducer for spec- Zero the transducer.
vice.
Note 020 RA electrode Lead-off condition for indicat- Check defective cables and
fail ed lead detected: -Broken ca- electrodes. Reapply gel to
Note 025 RA hardware Invasive blood pressure hard- Check hardware and replace.
Caution 090 RA M high Invasive pressure value out- Check patient and take appro-
essary.


cation ority
Caution 100 RA M low Invasive pressure value out- Check patient and take appro-
essary.
Note 150 RA nonstatic Press. transducer zeroing Keep all tubing motionless,
Caution 050 RA out of range Invasive pressure signal out Check patient and take appro-
essary.
Caution 050 RA transducer Pressure transducer failed. Check transducer and con-
measured. er.
Caution 025 RA transducer Pressure transducer for spec- Active pressure: reconnect or
Note 050 RA zeroing Mercury calibration in prog- Complete calibration before
tient.
Note 000 Relearn Monitor has begun 10-second Prevent movement of the pa-
capture of rest ECG wave- tient.
forms.
Warning 030 Remove DIVA Anesth. agent from DIVA Remove DIVA module 1. Call
module 1 module 1 may get to the sys- DrägerService.
tem.
Warning 030 Remove DIVA Anesth. agent from DIVA Remove DIVA module 2. Call
module 2 module 2 may get to the sys- DrägerService.
tem.
Note 150 Replace SpO2 The SpO2 sensor is defective Replace SpO2 sensor.
sensor or of wrong type.
Note 020 RL electrode fail Lead-off condition for indicat- Check defective cables and


cation ority
Warning 200 Rotary knob Rotary knob is stuck or was Press and turn rotary knob re-
stuck pressed for more than peatedly. If alarm condition
10 seconds. persists, settings cannot be
adjusted anymore.
Note 050 RV check zero Pressure transducer for spec- Zero the transducer.
vice.
Caution 090 RV D high Invasive pressure value out- Check patient and take appro-
essary.
Caution 090 RV D low Invasive pressure value out- Check patient and take appro-
essary.
Note 025 RV hardware Invasive blood pressure hard- Check hardware and replace.
Caution 090 RV M high Invasive pressure value out- Check patient and take appro-
essary.
Caution 100 RV M low Invasive pressure value out- Check patient and take appro-
essary.
Note 150 RV nonstatic Press. transducer zeroing Keep all tubing motionless,
Caution 050 RV out of range Invasive pressure signal out Check patient and take appro-
essary.


cation ority
Caution 125 RV S high Invasive pressure value out- Check patient and take appro-
essary.
Caution 130 RV S low Invasive pressure value out- Check patient and take appro-
essary.
Warning 250 RV static Static pressure -No pulse, - Check patient and take appro-
clotted catheters.
Caution 050 RV transducer Pressure transducer failed. Check transducer and con-
measured. er.
Caution 025 RV transducer Pressure transducer for spec- Active pressure: reconnect or
Note 050 RV zeroing Mercury calibration in prog- Complete calibration before
tient.
Caution 150 Safety O2 Safety O2 valve opened. Ad- To be used in case of emer-
opened ditional O2 fresh gas is deliv- gency only. Observe O2- and
ered. vol. agent concentration. At
the end of operation close the
valve!
Warning 255 Safety settings Due to MIXER + DIVA failure, Check for additional messag-
active safety settings have been ac- es. Check O2 and DIVA set-
tivated. tings.
Note 180 Sample line dis- Sample line leakage! Check CO2 sample line or wa-
connected? ter trap -CO2- .
Caution 100 Service access Warning: The service access After finishing service deacti-
allowed via cable connection is al- vate 'Service access allow-
lowed! Ensure that no patient ance'!
is connected.
Caution 000 Setting not con- Setting or change not con- Repeat last setting or change
firmed firmed within the timeout of if needed.
15 sec.


cation ority
Caution 250 Simulated pa- Patient data is simulated by Use simulated patient data for
tient data software. demonstration purposes only.
Warning 000 Sinus bradycar- 8 or more consecutive normal Check patient and take appro-
dia beats, with an average rate priate action. Check Arrhyth-
< sinus bradycardia rate set- mia settings. Neonatal: Check
ting. In neonatal mode: heart BRADY settings.
rate lower BRDY-Setting
Warning 000 Sinus bradycar- 8 or more consecutive normal Check patient and take appro-
dia beats, with an average rate priate action. Check Arrhyth-
< sinus bradycardia rate set- mia settings. Neonatal: Check
ting. In neonatal mode: heart BRADY settings.
rate lower BRDY-Setting
Warning 120 Smart Ventila- A technical problem occurred. Check patient condition. Rem-
tion Control edy technical alarms. Check
canceled ventilation settings.
Note 100 Sound system The sound system failed. Only use system in case of
error There will be no audible emergency. Observe visual
alarms. messages at all times.
Caution 125 SpO2 high SpO2 is above the current up- Observe the patient and take
per alarm limit. appropriate action.
Note 100 SpO2 HW fail- SpO2 measurement system Call DrägerService.
ure hardware failure.
Warning 250 SpO2 low SpO2 is below the current Observe the patient and take
lower alarm limit. appropriate action.
Note 250 SpO2 pulse The monitor has not been Ensure the SpO2 sensor is
search able to compute a valid mea- properly attached to the pa-
surement within the last tient and all cables are proper-
30 seconds because of un- ly connected. Call Dräger-
stable measurement condi- Service.
tions.
Note 150 SpO2 sensor Too much or insufficient light Check sensor attachment
connected? is reaching the sensor or Check patient's condition.
measurement artefact Weak Check sensor and cables. Re-
signal due to poor perfusion locate sensor to another ex-
or low body temperature. tremity.
Note 100 SpO2 sensor in- The monitor does not recog- Check for defective or unap-
valid nize the connected sensor as proved sensor. Replace the
valid. sensor. Call DrägerService.
Note 200 SpO2 sensor Sensor cable not connected Check to ensure that cables
unplugged to the MultiMed pod. are securely connected.
Check for defective sensor.


cation ority
Note 010 SQI too low for SQI (Signal Quality Index) Check sensor. This may occur
BIS value goes below 15 %. as a result of artefact caused
e.g. by eyeblinks or motion.
Isolate patient from auxiliary
equipment. Isolate patient
vibration. Check patient.
Treat, if necessary.
Caution 200 ST aVF high ST value is outside the upper Observe the patient carefully
or lower alarm limit. and treat if clinically indicated.
Change the alarm limits.
Caution 200 ST aVF low ST value is outside the upper Observe the patient carefully
Caution 200 ST aVL high ST value is outside the upper Observe the patient carefully
Caution 200 ST aVL low ST value is outside the upper Observe the patient carefully
Caution 200 ST aVR high ST value is outside the upper Observe the patient carefully
Caution 200 ST aVR low ST value is outside the upper Observe the patient carefully
Note 160 ST cannot ana- The monitor cannot deter- Perform a 'Relearn'. Calm the
lyze mine ST values owing to: -Ab- patient. Check electrodes and
sence of normal beats -Arte- skin contact. Isolate from aux-
fact iliary equipment if possible.
Caution 200 ST I high ST value is outside the upper Observe the patient carefully
Caution 200 ST I low ST value is outside the upper Observe the patient carefully
Caution 200 ST II high ST value is outside the upper Observe the patient carefully


cation ority
Caution 200 ST II low ST value is outside the upper Observe the patient carefully
Caution 200 ST III high ST value is outside the upper Observe the patient carefully
Caution 200 ST III low ST value is outside the upper Observe the patient carefully
Caution 200 ST V high ST value is outside the upper Observe the patient carefully
Caution 200 ST V low ST value is outside the upper Observe the patient carefully
Caution 200 ST V+ high ST value is outside the upper Observe the patient carefully
Caution 200 ST V+ low ST value is outside the upper Observe the patient carefully
Caution 000 SV tachycardia Superventricular tachycar- Check patient and take appro-
dia: N or more consecutive priate action.
normal beats, with a beat-to-
beat rate greater than or
equal to the SVT setting.
Warning 110 SVC: Patient The patient is not suitable to Check patient data. Check pa-
not suitable be ventilated with Smart Ven- tient condition. Check ventila-
tilation Control. tion settings.
Note 100 SVC: Pmax Patient compliance or patient Check the Pmax setting.
reached resistance have changed. Switch to a different ventila-
Smart Ventilation Control tion mode.
could not reach the target val-
ues due to the current Pmax
setting.
Note 100 SVC: RRmax The maximum respiratory Check the RRmax setting. Ad-
reached rate has been reached. Smart just the target ranges for et-
Ventilation Control could not CO2 or VT.
reach the target values due to
the current RRmax setting.


cation ority
Note 050 Sync fail Defibrillator sync. output Call DrägerService.
failed
Caution 210 Sync. ventila- Insp. and exp. flow sensor Observe sensor error mes-
tion failure failed. No triggering for assist- sages. Use alternative ventila-
ed ventilation available. tor mode.
Warning 130 Syringe 1 empty Infusion 1 stopped. Syringe 1 Control syringe and patient.
empty. Replace syringe, if necessary.
To drain syringe completely,
confirm the green button at
the pump. (Only possible, if
'Empty syringe mode' is con-
figured).
Caution 050 Syringe 1 nearly Syringe 1 nearly empty. 5 min Control syringe. Prepare filled
empty until end of infusion or 10 % syringe, if necessary.
volume left. (depending on in-
fusion rate and type of sy-
ringe)
Caution 125 Syringe 1 un- Infusion 1 can not start while Lock clasp at the pump 1.
locked clasp is unlocked. Control right position of the sy-
ringe. and start infusion or bo-
lus.
figured).
Caution 050 Syringe 2 nearly Syringe 2 nearly empty. 5min Control syringe. Prepare filled
ringe)
lus.


cation ority
figured).
Caution 050 Syringe 3 nearly Syringe 3 nearly empty. 5 min Control syringe. Prepare filled
ringe)
lus.
figured).
Caution 050 Syringe 4 nearly Syringe 4 nearly empty. 5min Control syringe. Prepare filled
ringe)
lus.
Note 050 System restart System has been running for Shut down and restart the de-
required more than 7 days. vice at the next opportunity.
Caution 050 System restart System has been running for Shut down and restart the de-
required more than 14 days. vice at the next opportunity.
Warning 255 System restart Internal system error. Shut down and restart the de-
required vice as soon as possible.
Caution 150 T1 out of range Temperature value greater or Check the patient and take
less than measuring range appropriate action. Check
essary.


cation ority
Caution 150 T2 out of range Temperature value greater or Check the patient and take
less than measuring range appropriate action. Check
essary.
Caution 000 Tachy Sinus tachycardia: N or more Check patient and take appro-
consecutive normal beats, priate action.
with a beat-to-beat rate >=
TACH rate setting.
Note 050 Temp 1 hard- Temperature measurement Call DrägerService.
ware fail system failure.
Caution 210 Temp 1 high Temperature exceeds upper Check the patient and take
alarm limit. appropriate action. Check
essary.
Caution 020 Temp 1 low Temperature exceeds lower Check the patient and take
essary.
Note 050 Temp 1 un- Cable defective or un- Check equipment and replace
plugged plugged. if necessary.
Note 050 Temp 2 hard- Temperature measurement Call DrägerService.
ware fail system failure.
Caution 200 Temp 2 high Temperature exceeds upper Check the patient and take
essary.
Caution 020 Temp 2 low Temperature exceeds lower Check the patient and take
essary.
Note 050 Temp 2 un- Cable defective or un- Check equipment and replace
plugged plugged. if necessary.
Caution 080 Tidal vol. high At minimum airway pressure Change ventilation mode or
(Pmin ltd.) tidal volume is higher then VT settings.
set. - Breathing settings not
adequate. - Patient breathes
spontaneously.


cation ority
Caution 080 Tidal volume Pressure Control: Upper limit Observe minute volume.
high of insp. tidal volume has been Check alarm limit of insp. tidal
exceeded multiple times. Vol- volume and Pinsp setting.
ume Control: VTset x 1.3 ex-
ceeded.
Note 100 Tidal volume Pressure Control: Upper limit Check alarm limit of insp.tidal
high insp. tidal volume reached. volume. Switch off AutoFlow
Volume Control: VTset x 1,3 mode.
exceeded.
Caution 045 Tidal volume Due to fresh-gas deficiency Increase fresh-gas flow, seal
not attained the set volume could not be leaks. Provide sufficient venti-
attained. lation.
Note 210 Time synchroni- The clock has been synchro- This message will disappear
zation nized with system time. automatically after
15 seconds.
Caution 125 TOF count high The TOF count has exceeded Check patient, treat if neces-
the upper alarm limit. sary. Change alarm limit as
appropriate.
Caution 250 TOF count low TOF count is lower than the Check patient, treat if neces-
set alarm limit. sary. Change alarm limit as
appropriate.
Note 100 Too many Maximum number of pumps Only 4 pumps are displayed
pumps exceeded. System only sup- and can be controlled.
ports up to 4 pumps.
Note 100 Trident pod dis- Trident pod not connected to Check cables and connec-
connected system. tions. Replace cables, if nec-
essary.
Note 105 Trident pod Trident pod hardware failure. Check Trident pod connec-
hardware fail An unsupported pod is con- tion. Disconnect unsupported
nected. pod and reconnect Trident
pod. Call DrägerService.
Note 150 Two BISx pods A second BISx Pod is con- Remove the BISx pod that
detected nected. was connected last.
Note 100 Two NMT pods A second NMT pod is con- Remove the NMT pod that
detected nected. was connected last.
Note 150 Two SpO2 sen- A second SpO2 sensor is con- Remove the SpO2 sensor
sors detected nected. connected last.


cation ority
Note 000 Unable to learn No dominant complex for Check electrode application.
QRS processing found after Check leads. Choose another
100 beats and until the end of lead for QRS processing.
learning phase. Learning will
be continued.
Note 000 USB stick full The USB stick is full. Use a USB stick with enough
free space.
Note 020 V electrode fail Lead-off condition for indicat- Check defective cables and
Note 020 V+ electrode fail Lead-off condition for indicat- Check defective cables and
Warning 045 VA delivery cut- DIVA failure. DIVA delivery in- Continue anesthesia with IV
off terrupted. drug. Call DrägerService.
Warning 045 VA delivery fail- Failure of anesthetic agent Continue anesthesia with IV
ure delivery system! Or delivery drug. Call DrägerService.
tem. Delivery was switched
off!
Warning 045 VA delivery off Failure of anesthetic agent Continue anesthesia with IV
delivery. drug. Call DrägerService.
Warning 255 Vent. fibr. / Vent. Ventricular fibrillation: The Check patient and take appro-
tach. monitor identifies a sinusoidal priate action.
waveform with fibrillation
characteristics.
Note 100 Vent. turbine Temperature of ventilator tur- Reduce breathing pressure!
temp. high bine is too high. Ventilate manually!
Warning 255 Vent+mixer+DI- Failure of Ventilator, mixer Open O2 Safety valve. Moni-
VA cutoff and DIVA. Mixer and DIVA in- tor ventilation by press.
terrupted. gauge. Call DrägerService.
Warning 135 Ventilator fail- Failure of automatic ventila- Ventilate manually! Switch to
ure tion: - Ventilator turbine failed Fresh-gas control! Check
- Temperature of ventilator too breathing system and turbine.
high. Call DrägerService.


cation ority
Caution 000 Ventr. bigeminy Sequence of beats with the Check patient and take appro-
pattern: normal, PVC, normal, priate action.
PVC, normal
Caution 000 Ventr. couplet Sequence of beats with the Check patient and take appro-
pattern: normal, PVC, PVC, priate action.
normal
Warning 000 Ventr. tachycar- Ventricular tachycardia: N or Check patient and take appro-
dia more PVCs are detected in an priate action.
interval T = (60 * (N - 1)) / R,
where N = VT count and R =
VT-rate
Caution 000 Ventricular run Ventricular run: Series of 3 to Check patient and take appro-
N-1 consecutive PVCs with a priate action.
beat-to-beat rate > the VT
rate.
Note 250 Vol. agent sen- Volatile agent sensor not op- Continue anesthesia with IV
sor failure erable. drug. Call DrägerService.
Caution 210 Volume-con- Volume controlled ventilation Use pressure controlled venti-
trolled vent. fail failed because of flow sensor lation.
failure.
Caution 060 Wrong volatile Detected agent is different Check MAC values! Man. de-
agent detected from selected type: - The livery: flush with high fresh
agent has been changed - gas flow Auto-delivery: sys-
The DIVA module contains tem flushes automatically! Ex-
the wrong agent change the DIVA module,
check content!

Metering module faults
In operation
Fault Cause Remedy

Anesthetic agent leaking. The locking bolt/cap is not locked. Lock it.
No metering or too high/low The metering module is empty. Refill the metering module.
metering.
No anesthetic agent concentra- Set anesthetic agent concentra-
tion set at the device. tion at the device.
No metering module connected Connect metering module.
The automatic anesthetic agent Device error or incorrect filling.
detector indicates a different an- Do not activate the metering
esthetic agent from the metering module!
module.
Contact DrägerService.
Smell of anesthetic agent, re- Leakage at the interface or meter- Do not activate the metering
lease of anesthetic agent va- ing module faulty module!
por.
(Self test failed.) Change metering module.
Contact DrägerService about the
faulty metering module or if the
error message occurs again.
The lock of the filling device is not Tighten the lock of the filling de-
tightened or the seal is defective. vice firmly and check the seal.
Contact DrägerService if neces-
sary.
Drain plug is not closed. Tighten drain plug.
(Not with DES)
The lever of the safety filling de- Have the lever readjusted.
vice is too slack so the seal is not
under sufficient pressure.
The locking bolt of the filling de- Loosen the lever, depress the
vice is not completely inserted. locking bolt completely, retighten
the lever.
The sight glass display is faulty. Contact DrägerService.
Anesthetic gas scavenging sys- Connect the AGSS.
tem AGSS is not connected

Fault Cause Remedy

Smell of anesthetic agent In the event of an extreme rise in Do not inhale the anesthetic
during or after transport/stor- temperature and/or drop in atmo- agent vapor. Air the room. Allow
age. spheric pressure, anesthetic the metering module to settle at
agent vapor can escape or liquid room temperature. Observe the
anesthetic agent can leak as a re- application range of the filled
sult of pressure in the metering metering module.
module.
When filling and emptying
Fault Cause Remedy

Anesthetic agent does not The locking bolt/cap is closed. Open the locking bolt/cap.
flow out when emptying.
Close again tightly after empty-
ing.
Anesthetic agent flows out of Drain valve not closed. Close drain valve.
the drain port.
Anesthetic agent flows out of The metering module is filled Empty metering module up to
the overflow hole. above maximum. the maximum mark.
Anesthetic agent is escaping The filling adapter is not screwed Screw the filling adapter on firm-
at the cylinder thread. firmly onto the bottle. ly.
The seal in the screw cap of the Check the seal.
filling adapter is missing or dam-
aged.
Anesthetic agent is escaping The filling adapter is not com- Loosen the lever, insert the filling
at the filling device. pletely inserted or the lever is not adapter completely, tighten the
firmly tightened. lever.
The lever is not pressing firmly Have the lever readjusted.
enough onto the filling adapter.
The filling adapter is damaged. Use another filling adapter.
The seal of the filling device is Check the seal of the metering
damaged. module.
Anesthetic agent leaks out The bottle is not completely Unscrew the bottle from the
when emptying with Quik Fil. screwed on or incorrectly emptying tool, then screw it on
screwed on so the bottle valve again.
does not open.

Fault Cause Remedy

Escaping anesthetic agent or Leaking valve or sealing com- Close the filling device with the
saturated vapor from opened pound in the desflurane filling de- locking cover. Contact Dräger-
desflurane filling device (lock- vice. Service.
ing cover is removed from fill-
ing port).
Remove bottle when filling before Close the filling device with the
it has been emptied completely. locking cover.
Escaping anesthetic agent The O-ring on the anesthetic Remove bottle from the filling de-
when filling/emptying the des- agent bottle is damaged. vice. Perform the process again
flurane metering module with a new bottle.
The locking bolt cannot be The lever is not sufficiently Open the lever further or have it
pulled out. opened or the lever is incorrectly readjusted.
adjusted.


Configuration
Configuration
Configuration information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
System setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347

Manage setups for Profiles and Views . . . . . . . 347
Loading profiles/views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
Saving profiles/views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
Renaming profiles/views. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
New profiles/views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
Assigning or deleting profile keys . . . . . . . . . . . 350
Deleting Profiles/Views. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
Default profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
Protecting profiles/views. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
Overview of additional settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
Configuring the screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353

Screen layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
Configuring buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
Configuring brightness and volume . . . . . . . . . 358
Configuring colors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
Configuring the basic settings . . . . . . . . . . . 359

General settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
Access codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368
Infusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368
Event recorder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
Configuring web applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
NIBP/SpO2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
Infinity configuration (optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
Configuring MediBus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
Disabling options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374
More settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374
Other functions of the system. . . . . . . . . . . . 380

Help dialog window. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
Stopwatch dialog window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
Service functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383

Service call dialog window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383

Configuration
Configuration information
Zeus IE is provided with comprehensive features called user-programmable profiles can be

for configuring all settings to suit different generated and saved. A profile contains both,
applications. profile settings and view settings.
Zeus IE settings are divided into three groups: The following non-deletable profiles are supplied by
– Basic settings the manufacturer:
– Profile settings – Neonates (5 kg)
– View settings – Pediatric patients 1 (20 kg)
– Pediatric patients 2 (40 kg)
The basic settings contain the settings that are
– Adult patients 1 (80 kg)
made once for a department or a device location
– Adult patients 2 (100 kg)
and then not usually modified again. These
settings, which can only be accessed in system When starting a new case, the profile defined by
standby via password, include for example: units of the user as the default is always loaded.
measurement, language, the current time, and
The view settings contain the parameters for
communication settings.
displaying data and curves as well as the sensor
The profile settings contain the settings for settings. This defines the color, appearance, curve
ventilation, gas delivery, IV delivery, the screen, scaling, etc. Up to 16 views can be generated and
and alarm limits, as well as presets for the patient saved. For example, a view can be saved with or
data (age, weight, etc.). For different patient without IV data display.
categories and applications up to 16 different so-
When starting a new case, the view settings are
provided by the profile selected.
Calling up during
operation or in
system standby Zeus IE settings
Basic settings Profile settings View settings

(units, languages, prices, drug library, (ventilation settings, screen settings, (curves, tone volume, color, etc.)
etc.) alarms, etc.)
Load/Save Load/Save
Profiles View
(5 factory profiles, up to (1 factory view, up to
16 user profiles) 16 user views)
248

Configuration
System setup
Prerequisite: the System setup... button has been System setup

configured, see page 357.
1200
G H I J K L B
C
D
0
0 20
2
mL/mbar mbar/L/s
1
4
A E
2
3
F 3
3 4
410
The Manage setups page displays two vertical
311
tabs:
 In the main menu bar, touch the System
– Profiles (B)
setup... (A)button.
– Views (C)
The System setup dialog window appears.
 Touch the Profiles tab (B).
The following settings can be configured in the
The page for setting the profiles with the following
System setup dialog window:
options appears:
– Manage setups
D Button for deleting the assigned order of the
– Sensors/ Parameters
profile keys
– IBP
E Five buttons (profile keys) for determining the
– MixGas/ Ventilation order of the profiles for the start dialog
– Infusion F Buttons for preset management
– Alarms
– Screen layout The following is displayed for each profile:
– Basic settings G Profile name: Dräger Neo., Dräger Ped. 1,
– Autoset limits Dräger Ped. 2, Dräger Adult 1, Dräger Adult
2 or user-defined profiles
H Categ.: Symbols for Adult , Pediatric ,
Neonatal
Manage setups for Profiles and Views I Key: The assigned profile key
J Last change: Date and time
 In the main menu bar, touch the System K Default: Indication whether the profile is preset
setup... button. (tick)
The System setup > Manage setups dialog L Protected: Indication whether the profile is
window will appear. saved or access code protected (lock icon)

Configuration
System setup Loading profiles/views
The Manage setups > Profiles > or Views page is

N O P open.
C System setup
M
1
313
2
 Touch the Views tab (C). 3
4
The page for view settings with the following
options appears: A 5
410
M Buttons for preset management
The following is displayed for each view: 1 Select the desired profiles/views from the
N View name Profile name list or View name list using the
O Last change: Date and time rotary knob.
P Protected: Indication whether the profile is 2 Touch the Load button (A) and confirm with
saved or access code protected (lock icon) rotary knob.
The saved settings of the profiles or views selected
overwrite all current settings. Profiles can only be
changed in standby mode. Views can be adapted
during operation. The screen shows the name of
the selected profile in the patient data field (below
the patient name), see page 50.
CAUTION
The applicability of the data from the loaded con-
figuration must be checked individually by the
user for each patient to eliminate the risk of incor-
rect settings and ensure the patient's safety.

Configuration
Saving profiles/views Renaming profiles/views
The Manage setups > Profiles > or Views page is The Manage setups > Profiles > or Views page is
open. open.
System setup System setup
1 1
2 2
3 3
4 4
A 5 A 5
410
410
If the profiles/views have not been access code 1 Select the desired profiles or views from the
protected, profiles/views that already exist can be Profile name list or the View name list with the
overwritten using Save. rotary knob.
 Touch the Save button (A) and confirm with 2 Touch the Rename button (A).
rotary knob.
A keyboard with the current name opens.
3 Change the name and confirm with rotary knob.
The required name is thus activated.
The Dräger default Profiles/Dräger default
views cannot be changed.

Configuration
New profiles/views Assigning or deleting profile keys
The Manage setups > Profiles > or Views page is System setup
open.
System setup
B
1
2
1
A 3
4
2
5
3
410
4
The Manage setups > Profiles page is open.
A 5
410
1 All settings saved to the new profile or to the Assigning profile keys
new view must be checked before saving and
Use the vertical buttons (A) to assign the profiles to
corrected, if necessary.
the 5 profile keys in the Start dialog
2 Touch the Profiles or Views tab. (see page 127).
3 Touch the New button (A). 1 Use the rotary knob to select the required profile
from the list.
A keyboard field appears.
2 Select button 1 to 5 and confirm with rotary
4 Give the profile or view a meaningful name
knob.
(e.g., Adult) and confirm it with Enter or by
pressing the rotary knob.
Deleting assigned profile keys
The name appears as the current profile in the
patient data field (below the profile name), The button (B) can be used to delete the assigned
see page 50. profile key. In this case, the corresponding profile
key will not appear in the Start dialog
(see page 127). A profile marked with Default
cannot be deleted from the startup dialog.
1 Select the required profile with the rotary knob.
2 Touch the (C) button and confirm with rotary
knob.
The profile key does not appear in the startup
dialog.

Configuration
Deleting Profiles/Views Default profiles
The Manage setups > Profiles > or Views page is The Default property defines the default setting
open. which is loaded when the device is switched on (not
with Views).
System setup
Only profiles that are assigned to a profile key can
be defined as the default.
The Manage setups > Profiles page is open.
System setup
1
2
3
4
A 5
1
415
2
1 Touch the Profiles or Views tab.
3
2 Use the rotary knob to select the profile or view 4
to be deleted from the Profile name list or View
name list. A 5
410
3 Touch the Delete button (A) and confirm with If a specific start setting is required:
rotary knob.
1 Use the rotary knob to select the required profile
The required setting is then deleted. Access code from the Profile name list.
protected profiles or views must be unlocked
2 Touch the Default button (A).
beforehand!
3 Enter access code and confirm with rotary
Dräger default profiles/Dräger default views and
knob.
the loaded profile or view currently active cannot be
deleted. The Default button is now dark green. This profile
is preset after switching on the device and when
calling up new patient data (default setting).

Configuration
Protecting profiles/views Overview of additional settings
With the Protect property, the profile or view setting System setup
cannot be renamed, deleted or saved.
A B C D E F G H
The Manage setups > Profiles > or Views page is
open.
System setup
1
I
412
2
The other horizontal tabs show the parameters and
3 presets of:
4
A Sensors/ Parameters (see page 226)
A 5
410
B IBP (see page 256)

1 Touch the Profiles or Views tab. C MixGas/ Ventilation (see page 217)
2 Use the rotary knob to select the profile or the D Infusion (see page 165)
view to be protected from the Profile name list
or View name list. E Alarms with their monitored lower and upper
limits (see page 185)
3 Touch the Protect button (A).
F Screen layout (see page 353)
The button turns dark green and the dialog window
for the access code opens. G Basic settings
Basic settings can only be changed in system
4 Enter the access code and confirm with rotary standby in the Biomed service dialog window
knob. and are password-protected, see page 359.
H Autoset limits
Release profiles/views
 Touch the Edit button (I).
Unlocking protected profiles or views:
The respective dialog window appears.
1 Select the profile or view. Corresponding changes can be made (not with
2 Touch the Protect button. Infusion tab).
3 Enter the access code and confirm with rotary
knob.
The required setting is then unlocked.

Configuration
Configuring the screen
1:35
Screen layout
Screen setup
A
A B
C
D
E
301
 In the main menu bar, touch the Screen

setup... button (A).
432
The Screen setup > Screen layout dialog window
will appear. The Screen layout page (A) shows the settings for:
The following settings can be configured in the A General

Screen setup dialog window: B Waveforms
– Screen layout C Data
– Customize buttons
– Brightn./ Volume D Web access
– Colors

Configuration
General screen layout Display of mini-trends
The Screen layout > General page (A) is open. 1 Touch the On button for Display mini trends
(G).
Screen setup
If the Off button under Additional monitoring field
has not been activated:
B A – The parameters currently set are displayed as a
C mini-trend between the current curve and the
loop display and flow tubes.
D
E If the Off button under Additional monitoring field
has been activated:
F
G – The parameters current set are displayed as a
mini-trend on the left next to the current
H
parameter curves.
432
The trend length is 30 minutes (intervals of

5 minutes). The individual parameters can be
The following screen settings can be configured:
called up under the following displays in the
B Display mode: Day light, Day dark, Night
Trends/Data dialog window for an accurate
– Day light: Displays a bright background
analysis:
with bright buttons and dialog windows
– Graph. trend display
– Day dark: Displays a dark background with
– Tab. trend display, see page 212.
bright buttons and dialog windows
– Night: Displays a completely darkened
background
C Waveform speed: Hemodynamics [mm/s]:
6.25; 12.5; 25; 50 (mm/s)
D Waveform speed: Ventilation [mm/s]: 6.25;
12.5; 25; 50 (mm/s)
E Ventilation waveforms: Filled or Line
F Waveform smoothing: On, Off
If Line is selected for displaying the waveforms,
the smoothing can be switched on or off.
G Display mini trends: On, Off
H Additional monitoring field:
– Loop,
– O2, CO2,
– HR, NIBP, SpO2,
– Gases in/et
– Off
For other parameter display forms, i.e., loop or
trend display forms in combination with the flow
tubes, see page 222.

Configuration
Setting the additional monitor field Changing curve configuration
Under the Additional monitoring field option for

Screen setup
displaying mini-trends and/or ventilation loops with
the flow tube display, touch the following buttons:
1 Touch the buttons B C
– Loop, A
– O2, CO2,
– HR, NIBP, SpO2
– Gases in/et D
– Off
The option selected is displayed on the screen
above the flow tubes as a loop, a mini-trend or as a E
combination of gas measurements and loop.
433
2 Touch the Off button for Additional monitoring A maximum of 7 curves can be selected.
field. Exception: With the IBP comb. module, 4 IBP
curves are displayed in one field double the height.
Loops, mini-trends and flow tubes are not
displayed. 1 Touch the Waveforms tab (A).
If the Display mini trends option has been 2 The arrow keys ( ) can be used to add
activated, the parameters current set are displayed curves to the configuration from the Available
as a mini-trend on the left next to the current list (B), or to remove curves from the
parameter curves. configuration via the Displayed list (C).
For the display of the ventilation loops, The Up or Down buttons (D) can be used to
see page 223 and for that of the flow tubes, configure the position of the curves on the
see page 225. screen.
The loops are always displayed in combination with 3 Touch the Apply changes button (E) to apply
the flow tubes. the changes.

Configuration
Configuring data Configuring web access (optional)
Screen setup
A B
B C
A
D
474
E
Web access is activated on the screen in the
447
Screen setup > Web access dialog window.

Maximum 5 data fields can be configured.
1 Select the appropriate web access (A).
1 Touch the Data tab (A).
The dialog window for logging on opens.
2 The arrow keys ( ) can be used to add data
to the configuration from the Available list (B), 2 Touch the Stop button (B).
or to remove it from the configuration via the
The web access is closed.
Displayed list (C).
Web access is configured in the Basic settings >
If a certain area on the screen should remain
Web access dialog window, see page 370.
empty, it must be selected from the Available
(Empty) list.
The Up and Down buttons (D) can be used to
configure the position of the data on the screen.
The parameters are positioned on the screen
from right to left. The top most parameter in the
list is displayed on the far right.
3 Touch the Apply changes button (E) to apply
the changes.
If all data parameters are removed from the
Displayed list (C), the line with the data
modules disappears from the monitoring area.

Configuration
Configuring buttons Configuring buttons in the main menu bar

1 Select the required button from the list (B).
For direct access to a function or to open a page
directly, additional buttons can be configured in the The button (C) displays the selected button and its
main menu bar. These buttons are spatially function. The group assignment icon is displayed at
assigned to the corresponding group. the same time.
2 Touch the (C) button.
Screen setup
The selected button is automatically assigned to
A the respective group in the main menu bar.
C
Repositioning buttons in the main menu bar
B D
The associated buttons are repositioned in the
respective group in the main menu bar.
1 Touch the Change button position button (D).
E
All buttons in the main menu bar are displayed in
418
yellow.
 Touch the Customize buttons tab (A).
Select the button to be moved from the main menu
A list (B) of all configurable buttons opens. The
bar.
following buttons can be selected:
– Open dialog: Screen setup The color of the selected button remains yellow and
– Open dialog: Brightness/Volume all other buttons turn green.
– Open dialog: Help
2 Move the selected button and confirm with the
– Open dialog: New patient
rotary knob.
– Open dialog: Patient setup
– Open dialog: Sensors/Parameters
– Open dialog: System setup Removing buttons from the main menu bar
– Open dialog: Web access
1 Touch the Remove button button (D).
– Open dialog: Procedures
– Direct action: Zero all BPs All buttons that can be deleted are displayed in the
– Direct action: Stop all pumps main menu bar in yellow.
– Direct action: Display all
– Direct action: Print screen
– Direct action: Apnea alarms off The button is removed from the main menu bar.
– Direct action: CO2 alarms off
– Direct action: Print case
– Direct action: CBM mode on
– Direct action: Freeze waveforms
– Direct action: CV alarms off
– Direct action: Neuro alarms off
– Direct action: NMT start
– Direct action: Switch to next web application
– Direct action: SmartPilot
– Direct action: Recorder start
– Direct action: Confirm technical alarms
– Web access 1 to 4

Configuration
Configuring brightness and volume Configuring colors
Screen setup
Assigning or changing the colors for individual
parameters.
A
Screen setup
B A
B C
C
D D
434
420
 Touch the Brightn./ Volume tab (A).
1 Touch the Colors tab (A).
B Screen brightness [%] 2 Select the respective parameters from the list
C Alarm tone volume [%] (B).
D Pulse tone volume [%] 3 Touch the required color (C).
WARNING All parameters with the same color are listed under
Risk of not hearing the alarm tone Assigned params (D).
During operation in louder environments, the

acoustical alarm signals might not be heard.
Always set the alarm tone to be sufficiently
loud.

Configuration
Configuring the basic settings
2 Touch the On button under Basic settings (B).

The Access: Basic settings dialog window opens.
The 4-digit access code can be entered.
A
Access: Basic settings
300
Basic settings can only be configured from the

system standby screen.
304
1 Touch the Biomed service... button (A) in
system standby.
Entering the access code
The Biomed service dialog window opens.
1 Touch the numeric keys.
2 Then press .
Biomed service
B
C
D
E
F
303
The following settings can be configured in the

Biomed service dialog window:
B Basic settings (password required)
C Data simulation (password required), only
visible on units with integrated patient
monitoring system
D Service call
E Service access (password required)
F Service mode (password required)

Configuration
If the access code is correct, the Basic settings General settings

dialog window opens.
Basic settings
Basic settings 1
A A
B
C
D
B E
F
G
H
I
423
423
The horizontal tabs (A) for the basic settings The General settings page (A) displays the
contain the settings for: following vertical tabs:
– General settings B General
– Infusion C Units
– Event recorder D Printer
– Web access E USB devices
– NIBP/SpO2 F Alarm signaling
– Infinity config. G Date/Time
– MediBus config. H Trend order
– Disable options I Access codes
– More settings
More settings are possible on the vertical tabs (B).

Configuration
General Exporting and importing setups
CAUTION
Basic settings
Computer viruses
Mass storage devices can contain computer vi-
A C – Check mass storage devices for computer vi-
D ruses before using them with Zeus IE.
E – Do not use any mass storage device contain-
F
 Touch the Export/Import of setups button (F).
G
B The Export and import of setups dialog window
423
appears.
The General settings > General page is open. Export and import of setups
G
A Language: User interface language selection
H I
NOTE
Select only languages which can be understood!
B Location: The keyboard can be used to enter a

name for the location/site of the device.
C Gas color standard: ISO, Neutral
D Flow-volume loop: ISO, Dräger
448
These buttons are used to define the coordinate
axes for the flow/volume loop display. When 1 Touch the Export/ Import tab (G).
ISO is selected, the display is the inverse of the
A message with corresponding instructions is
Dräger display.
displayed.
E Access to colors/ customize buttons:
2 Insert the USB stick into the USB port.
Allowed, Denied
F Access to config. profile keys 1-5: Allowed,
Exporting setups:
Denied
If Denied is active, the profile key assignment Prerequisite: The USB stick has been installed,
cannot be changed and the profile keys cannot see page 365
be seen in the System setup dialog window,
 Touch the Export setup to USB stick button
see page 347.
(H) and confirm with rotary knob.
G Export/Import of setups: A USB stick can be
All profile and view setups are exported to a USB
used to export and import profile and view
stick.
configurations, as well as basic settings.

Configuration
Importing setups: Installation of basic settings

Prerequisite: The USB stick has been installed,
Export and import of setups
see page 365
3 Touch the Import setup from USB stick button
N
(I) and confirm with rotary knob.
O P
Data from the USB stick is imported into a separate
database.
Installation of profiles and views
Export and import of setups
327
J 1 Touch the Basic settings tab (N).
K L 2 Touch the Install button (O) and confirm with

rotary knob.
M The imported basic settings overwrite the current
basic settings.
A reboot is required if the imported settings
overwrite previously activated or deactivated
450
options.
After selecting the Install views or Install profiles  Touch the Press to reboot button (P) and
tab (J), all available profile and view setups are confirm with rotary knob.
displayed.
1 Select the respective views or profiles from the
Imported views or Imported profiles (K) and
Installed views or Installed profiles (L) lists.
2 Touch the Install button (M) and confirm it with
the rotary knob.
The selected views or profiles applied to the
system.

Configuration
Installing all Units
Export and import of setups The page General settings > Units is open.
Q Basic settings
R
A F
B G
C H
D I
449
E J
A complete configuration is applied to the system
446
from the USB stick without having to individually
select views or profiles. The existing profiles or The following settings are possible:
views are deleted.
A N2O: %, kPa
1 Touch the Install all tab (Q).
B CO2: %, mmHg, kPa
A message featuring information regarding the
software version to be installed or information about C Volatile anesthetic agent: %SL, kPa
which configurations are installed appears. D Gas measurem. correction: BTPS, normal
2 Touch the Install all button (R) and confirm with E Gas supply: kPa, kPa x 100, MPa, bar, psi
rotary knob.
F Temperature: °C, °F
The process is cancelled if the menu changes to
the startup dialog or the device test is activated. G NIBP, IBP: mmHg, kPa
The drug library is not part of the profiles and must H Weight: kg, lbs.
be imported separately, see page 172. I Height: cm, inch
J Airway pressure: hPa, kPa, mbar, cmH2O

Configuration
Printer CAUTION
If office equipment or components such as a print-
The General settings > Printer page is open.
er or a network switch are used in conjunction with
Zeus IE, these must conform to protection class 1
Basic settings
and meet the requirements of IEC 60950-1.
Such devices or components must not be con-
nected to the auxiliary Zeus IE power sockets.
They may only be connected via Ethernet.
These devices or components must be located
outside of the patient environment (1.5 m from the
patient bed or operating table) and must not be
touched by the user at the same time the patient
is also in contact.
If ignored, it can put the patient and user at risk.
443
The list of available printers (defined in the With regard to the following printers, Dräger has
operating system) appears. The settings are set by given approval confirming correct data exchange:
DrägerService. – Zeus IE with HP Laser Jet 4250N
The printer selected here only prints the current – Zeus IE with HP Laser Jet 4015N
screen.
– Zeus IE with HP Laser Jet 600
The network printer, which is connected via the
Infinity network, can print out all graphic and tabular CAUTION
trends. Do not touch electrical contacts of connected data
cables and patients simultaneously. The electric
CAUTION
data cables could place the patient at risk or mea-
Danger resulting from incorrect connection of the surement signals could be affected.
printer
If incorrect printer cables are used, these cables CAUTION
may cause the leakage current to exceed the per- If additional medical devices are plugged into the
missible requirement for medical devices and auxiliary power sockets, the user must ensure
may present a hazard if the patient comes into that the requirements of IEC 60601-1-1 are met.
contact with them.
Plugging medical devices into the auxiliary sock-
If the printer is connected to the LAN port, use ets can bring about a considerable increase in dis-
printer cable MK04638. Connect the printer cable charge current above permitted levels.
corresponding to the labeling for the cable on the
printer. If ignored, it can put the patient and user at risk.

Configuration
USB devices Basic settings
The General settings > USB devices page is

open. Additional components can be installed.
Zeus IE supports mass storage and input devices.
A
CAUTION
Unsupported USB devices
USB devices that are not supported or have too
high a current consumption can impair correct
equipment operation.
Only use supported USB devices with a maximum
314
current consumption of 500 mA. Starting the installation:
CAUTION 1 Touch the Install new device button (A).

USB devices with their own mains supply 2 Connect the USB device to be installed.
Observe the messages on the screen.
USB devices with their own mains power supply
(e.g., USB printers) may endanger patients and After successful installation, the The following
users. devices have been detected: message appears
on the screen.
Only USB devices without their own power supply
should be connected to Zeus IE.
CAUTION
Computer viruses
Mass storage devices can contain computer vi-
– Check mass storage devices for computer vi-
ruses before using them with Zeus IE.
– Do not use any mass storage device contain-

Configuration
Alarm signaling C Minimum alarm volume: 10 to 100 in steps

of 10
The General settings > Alarm signaling page is The buttons for minimum alarm volume are
open. used to set the minimum volume with which an
Basic settings
alarm tone is signaled.
In the Screen setup... > Brightn./ Volume
dialog window, the Alarm tone volume [%]
A setting is limited accordingly.
B
C
442

A Alarm bar LED: On, Off
When the LED alarm bar is activated, it lights up
based on the color of the alarms.
– Technical alarm: no alarm color
– Medium priority alarm (caution): yellow,
alarm bar flashes yellow
– Highest priority alarm (warning): red, alarm
bar flashes red
B Rotary knob LED: On, Off, Auto
When activating the rotary knob LED function,
the LED edge of the rotary knob on the screen
lights up based on the setting:
– On: Continuous blue (not in standby or self
test mode)
– Auto: Blue depending on the display mode
of the screen setting (only Day light)
– Off: None
If confirmation is required, the LED edge lights
up yellow independent of these settings.

Configuration
Date, time K Apply date/time

If Zeus IE is in an Infinity network, the date and time
The General settings > Date/Time page is open. are specified by the network.
Basic settings The message (L): Time synchronization with
Infinity network is active. is displayed.
L
E Sorting trends
A F
B G The General settings > Trend order page is open.
C Basic settings
H
D I
K J
A A A A A
441

A Date B
B Time
If the date and time settings are changed, the color B C
of the button (J) switches to green. After touching
the button (J), the local clock of the device is
493
adjusted to these settings and the settings are
transferred to the Infinity Network (if available). On the Trend order page, each column (A)
corresponds to a certain tabular trend. The order in
C Date format: Default, M-D-Y, D-M-Y which the parameters in the respective trend are
D Time format: Default, 12, 24 displayed can be configured with the buttons (B).
E Constant readiness for operation: On, Off 1 Touch the Trend order tab (C).
When the function is activated, a continuous 2 Touch the parameter or select it with the rotary
working day is defined. The gas measurement knob.
is then permanently ready for use. The buttons
for the start and end of the working day are not 3 Set the desired order with the buttons (B).
active.
F Operating time begins at: Enter the time
G Operating time ends at: Enter the time
H Time-controlled self test starts at: Enter the
time
I Time-controlled self test: On, Off
J Autostart self test after power up: On, Off

Configuration
Access codes Infusion
The General settings > Access codes page is The Infusion > General page (A) is open.
open.
Basic settings
Basic settings
A
1 2 3
B
A 4 5 6
B 7 8 9
C 0
.
D
600
For all syringe pumps, the standard alarm limit can
610
1 Select the button for which the access code is be configured for each syringe size:
to be changed: B Pressure
– Profiles, views (A)  Touch the corresponding button and set the
– Basic settings (B) desired value.
– Service mode (C)
– Drug library (D) The standard alarm limits are automatically
activated if the drug is changed during operation.
2 Enter the new access code and confirm with the For setting ranges, see "Alarms > All limits >
rotary knob. Infusion" on page 199.
3 Repeat the new access code and confirm with
the rotary knob.
A green check mark  will be displayed if the
password change was successful.
If the password could not be changed (e.g.,
because a different password was entered as the
repeated password), a red "X" will be displayed.
Contact service personnel if the access code for the
basic settings is lost.

Configuration
Drug library Event recorder

The drug data is managed in the drug library.
The Event recorder > User log page is open.
 Touch the Drug library tab (C). Basic settings
Basic settings
A B C
440
All setting changes and events are documented.
601
The Access code dialog window opens. The 4- Use the buttons (A) and (B) to scroll up and down
digit access code can be entered. in the log book.
For the full description, see "Drug library" Use the Refresh button (C) to display the last event
on page 172. in the log book.

Configuration
Configuring web applications E Display scroll bar: Turn the side scrollbar on
and off in a web application
The options for web access make it possible to F All web applications are displayed on the
display and run applications from the hospital selected screen
intranet. An option is required for each application.
G Tab with the available web applications (Web
CAUTION acc. 1 - Web acc. 4). The pages have an
Only have network functions configured by identical layout.
trained personnel! Errors in configuration can im- 1 Touch the (A), (B), (C), (D) buttons.
pair operation of the device and the network.
The keyboard field to enter names opens.
CAUTION 2 Enter the data for all other web applications.
The Zeus IE includes a firewall for operation in a
hospital network in order to provide the maximum Configuring buttons to call up web applications
level of network security. In addition, the user is directly
required to implement and maintain normal state-
of-the-art security and precautions in the network. The following buttons must be configured to call up
If not, device performance may be affected. web access:
– Web access... to call up the web application
The Web access > Web acc. 1 page is open. settings during operation
– Next web application to toggle between the
Basic settings active application windows directly
– Buttons (name freely selectable) to call up a
specific web application directly
To open the dialog window and configure the
A G Screen setup > Web access buttons,
B see page 357.
C
D
E
F
413

A Application name (button label): To call up
the web application directly
B Web access dialog: Name displayed in the
web dialog
C Application name (button list): List
designation for programming the buttons to call
up the web application directly
D Intranet address: Specifies the intranet
address of the web application
The range 192.168.0 is not permissible when
configuring the IP address.

Configuration
NIBP/SpO2 Infinity configuration (optional)
The Basic settings > NIBP/SpO2 page is open. The Infinity network connects monitors and other
Dräger medical devices to the network center and
Basic settings to each other, offering a variety of different
monitoring functions.
Depending on the software version number and the
A monitors connected, incompatibilities may occur in
B the network. The range 192.168.0 is not
C permissible when configuring the IP address. Not
D all alarms and functions of the Infinity network are
supported.
Further details are available from your Dräger
product specialist.
E
439
After replacement of the NIBP module,

DrägerService performs the calibration of the
pressure transducer.
A Characterization: For characterization of the
sensor: Start / Stop
B Cal. check: Start / Stop
C NIBP: pressure
D SpO2: Sensor: Nellcor, Masimo*
E Apply changes
NOTE
The sensor type can only be switched over if the
sensor is not plugged in.
* only optional for SpO2 measurement without a SpO2

SmartPod

Configuration
Network configuration Recorder configuration

The Infinity config. > Network config. page is The Infinity config. > Recorder config. page is
open. open.
Basic settings Basic settings
A F L
B G M
C H N
D I O
E J
K
L P
489
490
The following settings can be configured: The following settings can be configured:
A Bed name L Recorder 1
B Care unit M Recorder 2
C Hospital name N Primary recorder
D Monitoring unit O Secondary recorder
E IDS label P Apply changes

Configure settings:
Configure settings:
The keyboard window opens for text input.
The keyboard window opens for text input.
2 Enter text and confirm with rotary knob.
2 Enter text and confirm with rotary knob.
Other settings:
F IP address
G Netmask
H Default route
I Printer IP
J Alarm group
K Monit. unit ID
L Apply changes

Configuration
Configuring MediBus The Set default button (I) resets MediBus to the
default values:
The MediBus config. > COM 1 page is open. – Port: Off
– Baud rate: 9600
Basic settings – Parity: Even
– Stop bits: 1
– MIB/IDS filter: On
A G – Commands to MediBus device: On (COM 1)
– MediBus version: SW 4.n
B  Check the following device settings in the
Device identification list:
C
– Device number
D – Device name
E – Device version
F – MediBus version
I H
438
 Check the following device settings in the

The following settings for the COM 1 and COM 2 Linked device list:
interfaces can be configured: – Device number
– Device name
A Baud rate: Speed of data transfer (1200, 2400, – Device version
4800, 9600, 19200, 38400) – MediBus version
B Parity: No, Even, Odd Status: not connected or connected
C Stop bits: 1, 2
D MIB/IDS filter: On, Off (if Dräger patient
monitoring is performed via the COM interface)
E Commands to MediBus device: On, Off
(Zeus IE suppresses the Time changed
command)
F MediBus version: SW 3.n, SW 4.n,
MEDIBUS.X (standardized Dräger protocol,
see separate IfU 9040096, 9052607, and
9052608)
G Port: On, Off
The Activate button (H) must be touched after any
change to the settings is made for the change to
apply.

Configuration
Disabling options More settings
The Basic settings > Disable options page is The following settings can be configured in the
open. Basic settings > More settings dialog window:
– Gas prices
Basic settings – Ventilation settings (ventilation settings)
– Ventilation modes (ventilation modes)
– VA/N2O (volatile anesthetic agent/N2O)
A F – Calculat. settings (calculation settings)
B G – Total consumpt.
C H
D I Gas prices
E J
The More settings > Gas prices page is open.
K L Basic settings
452
Enabled options can be disabled and again

enabled. The button On is preset. If an option is
generally not enabled, the On button is grayed out
A D
and the Off button enabled.
B E
Changes take effect only after activating the Adopt
& Restart button (K). The Cancel button (L)
C F G
cancels the process.
The following options can be switched off:
A Patient monitor
445
B ST segment analysis The following gas price settings can be configured:
C IVenus - remote control A 1 mL Iso
D Ext. fresh-gas outlet B 1 mL Sev
E Extended arrhythmia C 1 mL Des
F Infinity network D 1 L O2
G Web access 1 E 1 L N2O
H Web access 2 F 1 L Air
I Web access 3 1 Touch the respective anesthetic agent.
J Web access 4 The keyboard field is enabled.
2 Enter the gas price and touch the button (G) to
confirm.

Configuration
An accurate overview for calculating the anesthetic C MV alarms during cardiac bypass mode:
agent costs incurred per operation is displayed in Yes, No
the Trends/Data > Gases/ Anesth. > Total
Configuration option to specify whether in CBM
consumpt. dialog window (see page 212).
mode you want MV monitoring to remain
activated or not.
Ventilation settings D Alarm priority for alarm "Apnea ventilation":
Medium, Low
The More settings > Ventilation settings page is Definition of the priority of the Apnea
open. ventilation alarm in the Pressure Support and
Smart Ventilation Control ventilation modes
Basic settings
E CO2 auto wake-up (breaths) Set the number
of breaths (CO2 Auto Wakeup) for activating the
A CO2 alarm.
B
C
D
E
444
The following ventilation settings can be

configured:
A Pinsp adjustment during PEEP setting: Yes,
No
Yes setting: When changing the PEEP value,
Pinsp is also automatically changed so that the
difference remains constant.
No setting: Automatic adaptation does not take
place. The Pinsp value must be set separately if
necessary.
B I/E ratio setting if synchronization is off: Yes,
No
The following settings involve behavior during
non-synchronized ventilation:
Yes setting: The I:E ratio is adjustable
No setting: Ti adjustable

Configuration
Ventilation modes VA/N2O
The More settings > Ventilation modes page is The More settings > VA/N2O page is open.
open.
Basic settings
Basic settings
A
A B
B C
C
D
E
454
453

Ventilation modes that are not made available to
A Disable N2O: Suppressed are:
the user can be disabled here.
– Alarms
The following ventilation modes can be disabled: – Messages
– Displays and settings
A Pressure Control
Yes setting: Nitrous oxide-related alarms,
B Volume Control AutoFlow
messages, displays and settings are
C Volume Control suppressed.
D Pressure Support No setting: Nitrous oxide-related alarms,
messages, displays and settings are enabled.
Factory settings: On
Factory setting: No
E Default mode for quick access: Selection of
the ventilation mode immediately selectable at B Start with Fresh-gas control/Auto control:
start. FG ctrl., Auto ctrl.
– MAN/SPON
Specify the control mode when starting a new
– Pressure Control
case.
– Volume Control Factory setting: FG ctrl.
– Pressure Support
C Vol. agent defaults:
– External FG outlet
Specify the start values for the volatile
Factory setting: Vol. Ctrl. AutoFlow anesthetic agents
If an anesthetic gas concentration control is
selected for the first time, the values in the
respective control are displayed in the MixGas
settings dialog window, see page 132.

Configuration
Factory settings: B Reset

The Reset button resets the user's definitions to
FG ISO = 0.0 Vol%SL
the default values.
FG SEV = 0.0 Vol%SL
The following table (E) shows the default values:
FG DES = 0.0 Vol%SL
etISO = 0.0 Vol%SL Weight VT RR
kg mL 1/min
etSEV = 0.0 Vol%SL
2 15 35
etDES = 0.0 Vol%SL
15 110 26
65 450 13
Calculation settings 100 700 10
The More settings > Calculat. settings page is C The All button: All waveforms are displayed.
open. The various waveform colors are assigned in a
legend.
Basic settings
D The Active button: Only the enabled
waveforms are displayed. The various
VT R waveform colors are assigned in a legend.
1500
1250
1000
80
60
C
D
750 40
500
20
250
0 0
2.0 15.0 65.0 100.0
Weight
A
B E
VT
f
455
Configuration of the calculation criteria for

preliminary calculation of the VT and RR settings.
A Selection: Radford, Define, Off
Selection of Radford, Define, Off: The
preliminary calculation of VT and RR is based
on the Radford algorithm. The waveforms from
Radf.VT (male), Radf.VT (fem.) and Radf. RR
are displayed in the graphic.
Selection of Define: The preliminary calculation
of VT and RR is based on the markers entered
under (E). The waveforms from VT and RR are
displayed in the graphic.
Selection of Off: No preliminary calculation of
VT and RR occurs.

Configuration
Total consumption Procedures
The More settings > Total consumpt. page is The More settings > Proced. page is open.
open.
Basic settings
A B A
B
C
D
E
C D
602
456
A Default maneuver: One-step recruitment,

A Total consumption: The O2 uptake, Air, N2O Multi-step recruitment
and volatile anesthetic agent consumptions
B Displayed parameter: Cdyn, VT
since the startup of Zeus IE are displayed
C Pressure rise per step
B Consumption since reset: The O2 uptake, Air,
N2O and volatile anesthetic agent D Pressure decrease per step when PEEP > 15
consumptions since the last reset are displayed
E Pressure decrease per step when PEEP ≤ 15
C Reset: Sets all values for O2 uptake, Air, N2O
and the volatile anesthetic agents to 0. The time
of the last reset is displayed in (D).

Configuration
Procedure setting ranges
Parameter Setting range Description
Default maneuver One-step recruitment, Multi-step recruit- Determines the standard maneuver.
ment
Displayed parame- Cdyn, VT Determines which additional parame-
ter ters in the One-step recruitment and
Multi-step recruitment dialogs will be
shown.
Pressure rise per 2 to 10 2 to 10 2 to 10 Determines the pressure increment by
step which PEEP and Pinsp are gradually in-
5 4 3
[mbar]; [hPa]; creased.
[cmH2O]
Pressure de- 2 to 10 2 to 10 2 to 10 If PEEP >15: Determines the pressure
crease per step increment by which PEEP and Pinsp are
5 4 3
when PEEP > 15 gradually reduced.
[mbar]; [hPa];
[cmH2O]
Pressure de- 1 to 10 1 to 10 1 to 10 If PEEP 15: Determines the pressure
crease per step increment by which PEEP and Pinsp are
2 2 2
when PEEP ≤ 15 gradually reduced.

Configuration
Other functions of the system
Help dialog window Content
WARNING The table of contents of the help function is shown.

The help function is not a substitute for the In-  Touch the Content button (A).
structions for Use! This function does not
An overview with links appears.
necessarily correspond to the current Instruc-
tions for Use. Maloperation possible. Touching the underlined subjects opens another
level or information page.
Prerequisite: the Help... button has been
configured, see page 357. ? Help
386
375
 In the main menu bar, touch the Help...

(A)button.
The Help dialog window appears.

Configuration
Index Stopwatch dialog window
The letters of the alphabet and a keyword list are

A
shown. Information on individual subjects can be
accessed.
375
?Help
 Touch the button in the header bar (A) for:
A B C D E – Date
– Time
– Location and stopwatch
The Stopwatch dialog window appears.
Stopwatch
B E F D
C G
387
 Touch the Index button (A).

An overview with links appears H I J K
Touching a letter opens the list with the assigned
keywords.
L
B Back: The pages can be turned back one by
388
one.
C Forward: The pages can be turned forward one The following settings can be configured:
by one. Countdown:
D Page up: The displayed page is moved down. B Countdown timer
C Countdown time: Format: H:MM:SS
E Page down: The displayed page is moved up.
F Reset: The start time is entered into the timer.
G Start: The countdown is started.
H Stop: The countdown is stopped.
I Silence button: The alarm tone can be switched
on and off when 00:00:00 is reached. The
button (F) can be used to turn off the alarm tone.
The alarm is also displayed visually in the
header bar.
Triggered alarms can be deleted again via
Reset.

Configuration
Stopwatch:
151
J Stopwatch
K Start: The clock runs forward from 00:00:00
after starting.
L Stop: The clock is stopped.
M Reset: The clock is reset to 00:00:00.
The stopwatch, the timer function, and the
status of its alarm are displayed in the header
bar after the function has been started. The
display disappears again after the function is
reset.
N Clock size: Toggle the display size between
Large and Small
Large size: Standard display of the time and
the duration of the surgery. If the countdown
counter or the stopwatch is running, the
duration of the surgery is replaced by the
corresponding value.
Small size: Standard display of:
– Location
– Date
– Time
– Duration of the surgery
If the countdown counter is running, the date is
replaced by the countdown counter. If the
stopwatch is running, the time of day is replaced
by the stopwatch.
If the countdown and stopwatch have been
activated at the same time, the display switches to
Small regardless of the preset display.

Configuration
Service functions
Service call dialog window C Time of error: Touching the button opens a
dialog window to enter the time of the event.
Use the Service Call function to communicate with D Description: Touching the button opens a
the Remote Call Server at DrägerService. dialog window to enter a problem description.
Prerequisites: E Remote Device Check / Remote Inspection:
Touching the button establishes the connection
– Remote service is enabled. to the Remote Call Server for agreed, regular
– Zeus IE is provided with a service contract data transfers without any current problem.
covering use of the Remote Service System F Help ticket: Touching the button establishes
(Service call). the connection to the Remote Call Server for
current events with acute need for action.
– The settings for external communication have
been configured by DrägerService.
– Zeus IE is connected to a data network Service mode and service access dialog
(Ethernet), see page 34. windows
Calling up Service call These modes are protected by a special access

code. They are reserved for DrägerService
exclusively.
WARNING
Service call
Calling up the service mode is prohibited
C D A when a patient is connected. In this operating
B state, it is not possible to monitor the patient.
E F During the process, pressures and concentra-
tions may occur in the system which are haz-
ardous to the patient.
460
1 Touch the Biomed service... button (A) on the

system standby screen.
2 Touch the Service call button.
The Service call dialog window appears.
B Info table: The Remote Call Server informs the
user about the status of data exchange
(progress, completion, result).


Service
Service
Safety information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386
Definition of service terminology . . . . . . . . . 387
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388
Safety checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388
Metrological checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390
Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392

Service
Safety information
WARNING WARNING
Risk due to inappropriately reprocessed prod- Risk if maintenance work is not performed
ucts correctly
The product may be contaminated with infec- If the device is connected to the power or gas
tious agents. supply during maintenance, there is a risk of
personal injury and property damage.
Reprocess the product before any service ac-
tivities are carried out or the product is re- Before performing any maintenance work, dis-
turned for repair. Reprocessing must be car- connect all electrical connections from the
ried out in accordance with the reprocessing power supply and all gas connections from
instructions that are supplied with the prod- the gas supply.
uct.
WARNING
WARNING Risk when opening the housing
Risk if service activities are not carried out
There are live electrical components under the
regularly
housing which could lead to an electric shock.
Wear and material fatigue of the components
The housing may only be opened by those
may lead to device failures and malfunctions.
people who have been designated for this
Perform the service activities at the specified task.
intervals.
WARNING
WARNING Risk if the battery is not replaced properly
Risk if service activities are not performed
If the battery is not replaced properly, short-
correctly
circuits and high temperatures may occur
If service activities are not performed correct- which could lead to an explosion or a fire.
ly, personal injury and property damage may
The battery must be replaced by the persons
occur.
designated for this task.
Service activities must be performed by those
people who have been designated for the re-
spective activity.

Service
Definition of service terminology
Term Definition
Service All measures (inspection, maintenance, repair) intended to maintain or re-
store the functional integrity of a product
Inspection Measures intended to determine and assess the actual state of a product
Maintenance Recurrent specified measures intended to maintain the functional integrity
of a product
Repair Measures intended to restore the functional integrity of a product after a de-
vice malfunction

Service
Inspection
Inspections must be carried out regularly according

to the following guidelines and within the specified
intervals. Technical documentation is available on
request.
Checks Interval Personnel responsible

Inspection and safety checks1) Every 12 months Service personnel
Metrological checks Every 2 years Service personnel
1) The designation "Inspection and safety checks" only applies in the Federal Republic of Germany and corresponds to the
"Recurring safety-related inspection" in Austria.
Safety checks Performing the safety checks

1 Check that the relevant instructions for use are
The safety checks are no substitute for the service present.
measures indicated by the manufacturer, including
the preventive replacement of wear parts. 2 Check the following functions in accordance
with the instructions for use:
WARNING
– Perform self test.
Risk of malfunction of the medical device
– Check the O2 measurement.
If the safety checks are not regularly per-
formed, the medical device might not function – Check the CO2 measurement and the
properly. anesthetic gas measurement.
Perform the safety checks in the specified in- – Check flow measurement.
tervals. – Check pressure measurement.
– Check battery backup for function.
– Check the concentration delivery of the
metering module.
– Check ECG measurement.
– Check SpO2 measurement.
– Check NIBP measurement.
– Check IBP measurement.
– Check body temperature measurement.
– Check the BIS measurement.
The permissible tolerances for the measurement
parameters can be found in the appropriate

Service
3 Check the accuracies of the following gas 6 Check the electrical safety in accordance with
measurement functions (PGA and SGA): the IEC 62353 standard.
– Check O2 measurement. 7 Check the safety features:
– Function of the acoustic alarm device
Ambient air Accuracy ±3 Vol%
21 Vol%: 8 Check the internal O2 hoses for leaks:
100 Vol%: Accuracy –5 Vol% – Leakage <1000 mL/min
– Check CO2 measurement.

Metrological checks
CO2 5 Vol% Accuracy ±0.83 Vol%
If required by applicable regulations, the following
– Check anesthetic gas measurement.
measuring functions must be checked at the
specified intervals:
PGA:
Isoflurane Accuracy ±0.35 Vol% – Temperature (every 2 years, see MTK test
1 Vol% sticker)
Sevoflurane Accuracy ±0.35 Vol% – Non-invasive blood pressure (every 2 years,

1 Vol% see MTK test sticker)
N2O 70 Vol% Accuracy ±7.6 Vol%
SGA:
Desflurane Accuracy ±0.5 Vol%
2 Vol%
N2O 60 Vol% Accuracy ±6.8 Vol%
– Check the sampling rate for patient gas

analysis.
Accuracy 200 mL ±20 mL/min
– Check the gas measurement modules for
leaks.
Leakage accuracy at –200 mbar
<20 mbar/min
4 Check that the product is in good condition:
– The labels are complete and legible
– No visible damage
– Fuses that are accessible from the outside
are in compliance with the specified values.
5 Using the instructions for use, check whether all
components and accessories are complete and
present.

Service
Maintenance
Component Interval Activity User group

AGS filter If the filter is contaminated Replacement User
or the flow is no longer
achieved
IBF absorber filter After 20 operating hours Replacement User
Filter of the endotracheal Every 14 days Replacement User
suction system
Flow sensors If calibration is no longer Replacement User
possible or in the event of
an Exp. flow sensor fail-
ure or Insp. flow sensor
failure error message.
Water trap In the event of contamina- Replacement User
tion or if the message Sam-
ple line disconnected?
appears (if the sample line
is open and not kinked), but
at least every 4 weeks.
Filter mat for gas measur- Yearly Replacement Service personnel
ing module
Filters Yearly Replacement Specialized service
– for the sample-gas re- personnel
turn line
– upstream of pressure
sensors
Power supply unit filter mat Yearly Replacement Specialized service
personnel
Plug of the bacterial filter in Every 2 years Replacement User
the endotracheal suction
system
NBP air filter in the Apollo Every 2 years Replacement Service personnel
drawer (optional)
O-rings on the water trap Every 2 years Replacement Service personnel
container
– Green (x2)
– Black
Sintered metal filters of the Every 2 years Replacement Specialized service
gas supply block (x3) personnel
Diaphragms in the breath- Every 2 years Replacement Specialized service
ing system (x3) personnel

Service
Component Interval Activity User group

Sealing rings of the breath- Every 3 years Replacement Service personnel
ing system
– Small (x6)
– Large (x3)
Guide sleeves of the DIVA Every 3 years Replacement Service personnel
metering module (x2)
Valve body of the DIVA me- Every 3 years Replacement Service personnel
tering module
O-rings in the DIVA meter- Every 3 years Replacement Service personnel
ing module (x2)
Distance washers of the Every 3 years Replacement Service personnel
DIVA metering module (x2)
Lead-gel battery UPS (x2) Every 3 years, or if the Bat- Replacement Specialized service
tery failure message ap- personnel
pears
Dust filter of the ventilation Every 3 years Replacement Specialized service
system of the device personnel
Lithium battery for the Di- Every 6 years Replacement Service personnel
ana and Verona printed cir-
cuit boards
Lithium battery for the Diro- Every 6 years Replacement Service personnel
na printed circuit board (al-
ternative)
Pressure regulators of the Every 6 years Replacement Specialized service
gas supply block (x3) personnel
Central supply pressure re- Every 6 years Replacement Specialized service
ducers of the fresh-gas personnel
mixer (x3)

Service
Repair
Repairs may only be carried out by specialized

service personnel.
We recommend using authentic Dräger parts for
repairs and having all repair work performed by
Dräger.

Disposal
Disposal
Disposal of the medical device . . . . . . . . . . . 394

For countries subject to
EU Directive 2002/96/EC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394
Disposal of accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394
Disposal of non-rechargeable batteries . . . . 394

Disposal
Disposal of the medical device
WARNING For countries subject to EU Directive

Risk of infection 2002/96/EC
The device and its components must be disin- This device is subject to EU Directive 2002/96/EC
fected and cleaned before disposal! (WEEE). In order to comply with its registration
according to this directive, this device may not be
At the end of its service life, have the medical disposed of at municipal collection points for waste
device appropriately disposed of in accordance electrical and electronic equipment. Dräger has
with applicable laws and regulations. authorized a company to collect and dispose of this
device. To initiate collection or for further
information, visit Dräger on the Internet at
www.draeger.com. Use the Search function with
the keyword "WEEE" to find the relevant
information. If access to the Dräger website is not
possible, contact the local Dräger organization.
Disposal of accessories
When disposing of accessories, observe the

hospital hygiene regulations and the relevant
Disposal of non-rechargeable batteries
WARNING facilities operated by the public waste disposal

authorities. The battery used in this device must
Risk of explosion and chemical burns
therefore be removed by experts prior to disposal of
Improper handling of batteries can result in the device. In countries other than Germany the
explosions and chemical burns. respective national regulations must be complied
– Do not throw batteries in the fire. with.
– Do not force batteries open.
 Do not recharge batteries.

The following only applies in the Federal Republic
of Germany: To comply with battery legislation, the
end user is obliged to return batteries containing
harmful substances to the distributor or to collection

Technical data
Technical data
General information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397 General safety standards

for anesthesia workstations . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418
Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
Open-source software. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419
Classification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
Modules for patient monitoring . . . . . . . . . . 420
Latex-free . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
Hemodynamic modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420
Penetration values of IBF filters . . . . . . . . . . 399
Trident Pod (NMT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421
Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400
BISx pod. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422
Power supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
Monitoring specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423
Ambient conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
ECG. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423
IEC alarm tone sequence. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402
Non-invasive blood pressure
Central gas supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403 measurement (NIBP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426
Gas delivery, FG ctrl. control mode . . . . . . . 406 Invasive blood pressure (IBP) . . . . . . . . . . . 428
Gas delivery, Wedge measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428

Auto control control mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406
Cardiac output (C.O.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429
Ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407
Pulse oximetry (SpO2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429
Breathing system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410
Pulse oximetry
Fresh-gas outlet for (OxiSure SpO2 via Multimed) . . . . . . . . . . . . 431
non-rebreathing systems (optional) . . . . . . . 410
Pulse oximetry
Airway resistances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411 (Masimo SET SpO2 via SmartPod). . . . . . . . 432
Measuring systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412 Pulse oximetry

(Nellcor Oximax SpO2 via SmartPod) . . . . . 434
O2, CO2, and
anesthetic gas measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . 414 Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436
Anesthetic gas measurement Neuromuscular

(infrared spectroscopy) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415 Transmission Monitoring NMT. . . . . . . . . . . 437
Anesthetic gas metering modules . . . . . . . . 416 Anesthesia depth monitoring BIS . . . . . . . . 438
Data communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417 Essential performance data . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439

Technical data
EMC Declaration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440

General information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440
Electromagnetic environment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440
Recommended safety distances
from radio communication equipment . . . . . . . 441
Device combinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442
Connections to IT networks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443

Information on
connecting to the IT network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443

Technical data
General information
Units of measurement for pressure 1 hPa = 1 mbar = 1 cmH2O

100 kPa = 0.1 MPa = 1 bar = 1 kPa x 100
All specified tolerances apply for 20 °C (68 °F),
60 % relative humidity and 1013 hPa (760 mmHg).
The accuracies indicated below change according
to ambient pressure, temperature, and relative hu-
midity. If one of the ambient conditions is changed
up to the permissible limit, the accuracy of the cor-
responding value can change by up to 50 %. If
more than one of the ambient conditions are
changed, the accuracy may change by up to
100 %.
Example: Accuracy of a measured pressure value:
±4 % under standard conditions. At 10 °C, the ac-
curacy changes to ±6 %, and at 10 °C and 20 %
relative humidity to ±8 %.
All patient-related volumes and flow values are
normalized to the conditions in the lungs. (BTPS)
All fresh-gas-related volumes and flow values are
normalized to the standard physical conditions.
(STPD)
Percentages relate to the measured value, not to

the scale end.
If tolerances are stated both as a percentage and
as an absolute figure, it is always the higher figure
which applies!

Technical data
Identification
The serial number and the article number of Zeus IE and the [CE logo] mark are located on the rating plate
(type plate) attached to the rear of the device.
Classification
Classification in accordance with Directive Class IIb

93/42/EEC Annex IX
Protection class of the device Class I according to IEC 60601-1
Penetration of liquids IPX0
Classification of implemented parts in patient mon- page 420
itoring
Electromagnetic compatibility, EMC Tested in accordance with IEC 60601-1-2
UMDNS code 10-134 Anesthetic unit
(Nomenclature for Medical Devices)
Weight
Nominal configuration consisting of: approx.185 kg (407.9 lb)
– Trolley version with C700 monitor
– 1 x DIVA module
– CLIC adapter and CLIC absorber
– Breathing hoses, central supply hoses (5 m
(16.4 ft)), scavenging hose (5 m (16.4 ft))
– Additional O2 delivery
– External fresh-gas outlet
– Retrofit kit for gas cylinder holder
Integrated patient monitoring approx. 4.5 kg (10 Ib)

IV dock + 4 Module DPS + 200 mm hinged arm + approx.16 kg (35 lb)
1000 mm small equipment pole
Second DIVA (empty weight) approx. 5 kg (11 lb)
Monitor C500 approx. 7.5 kg (17 lb)
Monitor C700 approx. 9.5 kg (21 lb)
Pressure reducers approx. 1.5 kg (3.5 lb)
AGS receiving system approx. 1.2 kg (3 lb)

Technical data
Classification (Cont.)
Halogen light with holder approx. 0.7 kg (1.5 lb)

Device mount for coupling to a ceiling supply unit approx. 24 kg (52.91 lb)
Permissible total weight: approx. 300 kg (662 lb)
Dimensions
Dimensions of the device; W x H x D approx. 700 x 1650 x 1100 mm
Dimensions of the breathing system; W x H x D approx. 270 x 400 x 350 mm
Dimensions of a DIVA metering module; W x H x D approx. 80 x 280 x 180 mm
Noise <50 dB (A)

Maximum tilt during transportation 10°
Maximum tilt during operation 5°
Latex-free
Zeus IE is manufactured without natural latex
Penetration values of IBF filters
Before conditioning NaCl transmission factor 0.41 % at 15 L/min in ac-

cordance with EN13328-1
After conditioning NaCl transmission factor 0.18 % at 15 L/min in ac-
Before conditioning NaCl transmission factor 0.84 % at 30 L/min in ac-
After conditioning NaCl transmission factor 0.35 % at 30 L/min in ac-

Technical data
Screen
Variant 1 - C500
Type Resistive touch screen
Size (H x W x D) 284 mm x 414 mm x 95 mm
Weight (without mounting): 7 kg
Resolution 1440 x 900
Contrast (minimum) 500:1
Viewing angle Horizontal: 130°, vertical: 100°
Variant 2 - C500
Weight (without mounting): 7 kg
Viewing angle Horizontal: 140°, Vertical: 130°
Variant 3 - C700
Weight (without mounting): 9.5 kg
Viewing angle Horizontal: 160°, Vertical: 160°

Technical data
Power supply
Operating voltage 100 VAC to 240 VAC; 50/60 Hz

Current consumption
Nominal 3.1 to 1.3 A
(Zeus IE MK04000 in ventilation mode)
Maximum 6.6 to 2.8 A
(including the warm-up phase of the 2 me-
tering modules, the integrated patient mon-
itoring system and the charging current of
the internal battery)
At switch-on (auxiliary power sockets not 3.9 to 9.6 A
included)
Power consumption
Nominally 311 to 301 VA
Maximum 660 to 672 VA
Auxiliary power socket Up to 2, depending on variant, separately fused via
3 A or 4 A circuit breakers.
Do not connect any HF surgery devices to the aux-
iliary power sockets, as high levels of interference
may impair Zeus IE functionality!
Uninterruptible power supply (UPS) With a fully charged battery: at least 30 minutes; up
to 90 minutes, depending on the ventilation param-
eters.
No supply to auxiliary sockets!
Ambient conditions
Temperature range for the device

Operation +15 to +35 °C
Storage / transportation –15 to +40 °C
Relative humidity
Operation 25 % to 85 %, no condensation
Storage / transportation 25 % to 85 %, no condensation

Technical data
Ambient conditions (Cont.)
Air pressure
Operation 700 to 1060 hPa
Storage / transportation 500 to 1060 hPa
CO2 content of the ambient air
Operation 300 to 800 ppm
When transporting filled DIVA metering modules,
the specifications of the anesthetic agent manu-
facturer must be observed.
Only store and transport DIVA metering modules if
they are empty! (page 89).
IEC alarm tone sequence
Sound pressure level L(A) of the alarm tones at the

workstation, measured in accordance with
IEC 60601-1-8
Alarm volume for high priority

Variant 1 C500 57 dB(A) to 76 db(A)
Variant 2 C500 48.5 db(A) to 69.5 dB(A)
Variant 3 C700 50.5 dB(A) to 71 dB(A)
Alarm volume for medium priority

Version 1 C500 52.5 dB(A) to 71.5 db(A)
Variant 2 C500 48 db(A) to 68 dB(A)
Variant 3 C700 48.5 db(A) to 68.5 dB(A)
Alarm volume for low priority

Version 1 C500 47 dB(A) to 65.5 db(A)
Variant 2 C500 48 db(A) to 68 dB(A)
Variant 3 C700 40 dB(A) to 58 dB(A)

Technical data
Central gas supply
Pneumatic connections Central gas supply: O2, N2O, Air.

Backup gas cylinders: 2 cylinders, 3 liters each (O2,
Air or N2O)
Anesthetic gas scavenging system.
Vacuum central supply (optional).
Anesthetic gas scavenging system Nominal nozzle diameter 27 mm, or ISO cone
30 mm; (in accordance with EN 1281-1)
Required composition of gases
O2, Medically pure (Europ. Pharmacopoeia)
Minimum O2 concentration: 99.5 %
N2O Medically pure (Europ. Pharmacopoeia)
Air Dew point: >5 °C below ambient temperature at
0.5 MPa (5 bar)
Oil content: <0.1 mg/m3
Particle: Dust-free air; filtered with pore size <1 µm
Required input pressures (central supply) for O2,
N2O and Air
Nominal pressure range 270 to 690 kPa
Pressure range with guaranteed function (not 180 to 1000 kPa
specified).
At input pressures <180 kPa or >1000 kPa, the de-
vice and any other similarly designed devices con-
nected to the central supply can no longer meter
gases.
Inspiratory O2-concentration
Insp. O2 concentra- Max. deviation
tion
35 Vol% –3 Vol%
>35 Vol% 60 Vol% –5 Vol%
>60 Vol% –7 Vol%

Technical data
Central gas supply (Cont.)
Maximum gas withdrawal

O2 125 L/min
(including O2 flush, O2 emergency delivery and
maximum gas consumption at the O2 outlet)
Air 160 L/min
(including internal supply of the bronchial suctioning
system and maximum gas consumption at the Air
outlet)
N2O 20 L/min
Optional gas supply outlets The output pressure corresponds to the respective
input pressure
O2 outlet max. 41 L/min at 2.8 kPa x 100
(at maximum O2 gas delivery)
Air outlet max. 39 L/min at 2.8 kPa x 100
(at maximum Air gas delivery and
utilization, without external consumers
(e.g., suctioning))
Driving gas consumption Air <1.5 L/min
Fresh-gas flow, control mode FG ctrl.: 0.25 to 18 L/min (STPD)
Accuracy ±10 %
Resolution:
0.25 to 2 L/min = 0.05 L/min
2 to 6 L/min = 0.5 L/min
6 to 18 L/min = 1 L/min
Fresh-gas flow, control mode Auto control: 0 to 18 L/min
Accuracy ±0.05 L/min or ±10 %
Resolution with MinFG flow = "Uptake":
0.015 L/min
otherwise
Resolution for MinFG flow:
0.5 to 3.0 L/min: 0.1 L/min
3.0 to 6.0 L/min: 0.5 L/min
6.0 to 18.0 L/min: 1.0 L/min
O2 concentration in fresh gas (carrier gas Air), FG 21 to 100 Vol% (measured under ATPD conditions)
ctrl. control mode

Technical data
Central gas supply (Cont.)
O2 concentration in fresh gas (carrier gas N2O), 25 to 100 Vol% (measured under ATPD conditions)
FG ctrl. control mode
Accuracy depends on the carrier gas and the set
nominal O2 concentration:
Nominal O2 concen- Carrier gas Carrier gas
tration N2O Air
Below 25 Vol% Not applicable ±0.8 Vol%
25 Vol% ±3.75 Vol% ±0.8 Vol%
30 Vol% ±4.2 Vol% ±1.6 Vol%
40 Vol% ±4.8 Vol% ±2.9 Vol%
50 Vol% ±5.0 Vol% ±3.7 Vol%
60 Vol% ±4.8 Vol% ±4.0 Vol%
70 Vol% ±4.2 Vol% ±3.7 Vol%
80 Vol% ±3.2 Vol% ±3.0 Vol%
90 Vol% ±1.8 Vol% ±1.8 Vol%
100 Vol% ±1.5 Vol% ±1.5 Vol%
Resolution 1 Vol%
Inspiratory O2 concentration in the fresh gas, 25 to 100 Vol% (maximum achievable O2 concen-
Auto control control mode tration due to 100 % relative air humidity in the
breathing system = 93 Vol%. Corrected to BTPS
conditions)
Accuracy: ±(2.5 Vol% + 2.5 % of the measured val-
ue) in accordance with ISO 80601-2-55
Resolution:
25 % to 40 % = 1 Vol%
40 % to 100 % = 5 Vol%
ORC function O2 delivery of 250 mL/min
O2 flush >35 L/min
O2 safety flow 0 to 12 L/min
Accuracy: ±35 % or ±2 L/min

Technical data
Gas delivery, FG ctrl. control mode
Concentration of volatile anesthetic agents in the

fresh gas
Isoflurane 0 to 5 Vol%SL (max. 1000 mL/min saturated vapor)
Accuracy: ±20 % or 0.2 Vol%SL
Resolution: 0.1 Vol%SL
Sevoflurane 0 to 8 Vol%SL (max. 1000 mL/min saturated vapor)
Desflurane 0 to 18 Vol%SL (max. 1500 mL/min saturated va-
por)
Gas delivery, Auto control control mode
Exp. concentration of volatile anesthetic agent (with automatic control)

Isoflurane 0 to 2.5 Vol%SL (max. 1000 mL/min saturated va-
por)
Sevoflurane 0 to 5 Vol%SL (max. 1000 mL/min saturated vapor)
Desflurane 0 to 12 Vol%SL (max. 1500 mL/min saturated va-
por)

Technical data
Gas delivery, Auto control control mode (Cont.)
Maximum insp. concentration of volatile anesthetic (inspiratory limit with automatic control)
agents
Isoflurane 0 to 5 Vol%SL
Sevoflurane 0 to 8 Vol%SL
Desflurane 0 to 18 Vol%SL
Ventilation
Electronically controlled radial-flow compressor in

conjunction with electrically controlled proportional
valve, fresh-gas decoupled.
Ventilation modes Volume Control
Volume Control AutoFlow, with/without Sync.(VC)
Pressure Control, with/without Sync.(PC)
CPAP
MAN/SPON
Optional:
Pressure Support. Support for Volume Control Aut-
oFlow, Pressure Control and CPAP
Pressure limitation Pmax for Volume Control and (PEEP + 5) or (PEEP + Psupp) to 70 hPa
Volume Control AutoFlow
Accuracy: ±10 % or ±2 hPa
Resolution: 1 hPa
Inspiratory pressure Pinsp PEEP to 70 hPa
for Pressure Control
Accuracy: ±10 % or at least ±2 hPa
Resolution 1 hPa

Technical data
Ventilation (Cont.)
Pressure Support Psupp Off, 1 to (70 - PEEP) hPa

for Pressure Control and CPAP
Resolution 1 hPa
Pressure Support Psupp Off, 1 to (Pmax - PEEP) hPa
for Volume Control AutoFlow
Resolution 1 hPa
CPAP MAN/SPON ventilation: 0 and 3 to 10 hPa
Resolution: 1 hPa
PEEP for Volume Control, Pressure Control, CPAP/Pres-
sure Support:
0 and 3 to 35 hPa; (Pmax – 5 hPa) or (Pmax –
Psupp) max.
Resolution: 1 hPa
Tidal volume (VT) Set range:
20 mL to 1500 mL
Accuracy:
100 mL: ±10 % or ±15 mL (under calibration con-
ditions)
>100 mL: ±10 % (under calibration conditions)
Resolution:
20 to 100 mL: 1 mL
100 to 500 mL: 5 mL
>500 mL: 10 mL
Respiratory rate (RR) 3 to 80 1/min
Accuracy: ±1 1/min
Resolution: 1 1/min
Inspiratory time Ti 0.2 to 10 seconds
Accuracy: ±0.1 seconds
Resolution: 0.1 seconds
Respiratory time ratio Ti:Te 4 : 1 to 1 : 4

Technical data
Ventilation (Cont.)
Inspiratory pause ratio % Tplat : Ti for Volume Con- 20 to 50 %

trol and Volume Control AutoFlow
Resolution 5 %
Rise time Slope for Pressure Control, Volume Con- 0 to 2 seconds
trol AutoFlow, and for Pressure Support breaths
Resolution: 0.1 seconds
Inspiratory flow 180 L/min +10 % maximum
Resulting from the VT or Pinsp and Ti set values
Trigger 0.3 to 15 L/min
Resolution:
0.3 to 1 L/min: 0.1 L/min
1 to 15 L/min: 1.0 L/min
Electrical specification (breathing hoses) Type BF as per IEC 60601-1
Inflation time (Duration) including rising and falling 3 to 40 s
Slope in the One-step recruitment maneuver ±10 % of the set value or ±1 s (whichever is great-
er)
Number of breaths at each PEEP level 1 to 20 ±1 breath
(Breaths/Step) with the exception of the maximum
level in the Multi-step recruitment maneuver
Number of breaths at the highest PEEP level 1 to 20 ±1 breath
(Breaths@Max) in the Multi-step recruitment
maneuver
Reminder for a repeat One-step recruitment or Off, 10 to 180 min ±1 min
Multi-step recruitment maneuver
Inspiratory pressure Pinsp in the One-step recruit- 3 to 70 hPa (cmH2O) and greater than PEEP;
ment maneuver ±10 % of the set value or ±2 hPa (cmH2O) (which-
ever is greater)
Maximum inspiratory pressure Pinsp max in the 15 to 70 hPa (cmH2O);
Multi-step recruitment maneuver ±10 % of the set value or ±2 hPa (cmH2O) (which-
ever is greater)
Maximum PEEP pressure PEEP max in the Multi- 2 to 35 hPa (cmH2O);
step recruitment maneuver ±10 % of the set value or ±2 hPa (cmH2O) (which-
ever is greater)
Pressure amplitude over PEEP: ∆Pressure in the 8 to 30 hPa (cmH2O);
Multi-step recruitment maneuver ±10 % of the set value or ±2 hPa (cmH2O) (which-
ever is greater)

Technical data
Breathing system
Total volume (without breathing hoses)

in MAN/SPON mode Approx. 2.58 L with absorber container
in automatic ventilation mode Approx. 2.58 L with absorber container
Compliance (without breathing hoses)
in MAN/SPON mode Approx. 2.58 mL/hPa (corresponds to approx.
77.4 mL at 30 hPa)
in automatic ventilation Approx. 0.33 mL/hPa (corresponds to approx.
9.9 mL at 30 hPa)
Absorber volume
Refillable 1500 mL
Dräger CLIC absorber 1200 mL ("Drägersorb 800 plus" soda lime binds
approx. 150 L of CO2.)
Flexible arm for breathing bag
Volume 0.13 L
Compliance 0.13 mL/hPa (mL/cmH2O)
Corresponds to 3.9 mL at 30 hPa (cmH2O)
Safety pressure control valve 85 ±10 hPa
Patient connections ISO cone 22 mm
Breathing system leak <150 mL/min at 30 hPa, standardized to BTPS
conditions
Pressure control valve APL Set range: 5 to 70 hPa Accuracy: 15 % of the set-
ting or ±3 hPa at 20 L/min
Auxiliary valve –18 hPa ± 3.5 hPa
Fresh-gas outlet for non-rebreathing systems (optional)
Connection ø22 mm ISO cone (male) with ø15 mm ISO cone

(female)
Pressure Max. 80 hPa at 18 L/min
Fresh-gas flow 3 to 18 L/min (for tolerances, see fresh-gas deliv-
ery)

Technical data
Airway resistances
Airway resistances, in a dry state without patient hoses (insp. + exp.)

Inspiratory Expiratory
In accordance with ISO 80601-2-13 at a flow of 60 L/min (depending 1.2 hPa 5.5 hPa
on the configuration of the breathing system, both the insp. and exp.
value may deviate by ±0.3 hPa)
Pinsp (hPa) with standard

absorber
Pexp (hPa) with standard
absorber
Pressure(hPa)
Flow (L/min)
289

Technical data
Measuring systems
Pressure measurement (piezo-resistive)

Airway pressure, real-time curve Paw: –20 to 100 hPa
Measured values PEEP, PIP,Pplat; Pmean Measuring range: –20 to 100 hPa
Resolution: 1 hPa
Central supply pressure (CS) Measuring range: 0 to 9.8 kPa x 100
Resolution: 0.1 kPa x 100
Accuracy: ±0.1 kPa x 100
Cylinder pressure ("SilverLine" pressure reducer) Measuring range: 0 to 250 kPa x 100
Resolution: 1 kPa x 100
Accuracy: ±10 kPa x 100
Pressure gauge (mechanical) Measuring range: –20 to 80 hPa
Accuracy: ±5 mbar of the displayed value
Flow measurement (hot-wire anemometry)
For normal operation there is a humidity model
which is only fully applicable under steady state
conditions.
This humidity model is deactivated under calibra-
tion conditions.
Calibration conditions:
1013 hPa, Air dry, 20 °C
Flow real-time curve Measuring range: –180 to 180 L/min
Volume real-time curve Measuring range: –200 to 2000 mL
Tidal volume VT (inspiratory and expiratory) Measuring range: 0 to 4000 mL
Resolution: 1 mL
Accuracy:
<100 mL: ±10 % or ±15 mL (under calibration con-
ditions)
>100 mL: ±10 % (under calibration conditions)
∆VT Measuring range: 0 to 4000 mL
Resolution: 1 mL
Accuracy: ±20 % of the tidal volume or ±30 mL

Technical data
Measuring systems (Cont.)
Minute volume MV (spontaneous or mandatory) Measuring range: 0 to 40 L/min

Resolution: 0.1 L/min
Accuracy: ±10 % (under calibration conditions)
T90 value on the display: approx. 45 s
Respiratory rate (RR or RRspon) Measuring range: 0 to 150 1/min
Resolution: 1 1/min
Accuracy: ±1 1/min
T90 value on the display: approx. 45 s
Patient compliance Cdyn Measuring range: 0 to 300 mL/hPa
Resolution: 1 mL/hPa
Accuracy: Only qualitative value!
Average: 10 breaths.
Patient resistance R Measuring range: 0 to 200 hPa/L/s
Resolution: 1 hPa/L/s
Accuracy: Only qualitative value!
Average: 10 breaths.
O2 flow tube Set range: 0 to 16 L/min
Accuracy: ±10 % of the set value or ±0.6 L/min
(whichever is greater)
(Accuracy deviates from the requirement of
ISO 80601-2-13)

Technical data
O2, CO2, and anesthetic gas measurement
The measurement is corrected for ambient pres-

sure.
Endtidal measured values are calculated for each
breath from the local maxima and minima of the
real-time measured values during expiration.
All measurements side-stream (sample gas mea-
surements) and under calibration conditions.
Sampling rate 200 mL/min ±20 mL/min

Response time of the entire system typically <4 s, depending on the sample line
(according to ISO 80601-2-55)
Response time t10…90 O2 <500 ms
Response time t10…90 CO2 <350 ms
Response time t10…90 anesthetic gases <500 ms
Sensor sampling rate <50 ms
Warm-up phase after switching on Specified accuracy: typical after 14 min; max.
20 min
ISO accuracy: approx. 4 min
Accuracy dependence on respiratory rate (I:E Specified accuracy: up to 40 1/min
ratio 1 : 1)
ISO accuracy: up to 60 1/min
Cross sensitivity None concerning alcohol (3000 ppm in blood), ac-
etone (1000 ppm), methane, water vapor, NO, and
CO
Drift Compensated by automated cyclic zeroing
Ambient air is fed into the breathing system during
automatic zeroing
Maximum time until emptying of the water trap 41 hours (sample gas under BTPS conditions at
is necessary 23 °C ambient temperature)
O2 measurement (paramagnetic)
Measuring range: 0 to 100 Vol%
Resolution: 1 Vol%
Accuracy: ±(2.5 Vol% + 2.5 % of the measured val-

Technical data
O2, CO2, and anesthetic gas measurement (Cont.)
CO2 measurement
Concentration in [Vol%]: Measuring range: 0 to 10 Vol%
Resolution: 0.1 Vol%
Accuracy: ±(0.43 Vol% + 8 % of the measured val-
Partial pressure in [mmHg]: Measuring range: 0 to 78 mmHg
Resolution: 1 mmHg
Accuracy: ±(3 mmHg + 8 % of the measured value)
in accordance with ISO 80601-2-55
Partial pressure in [kPa]: Measuring range: 0 to 10 kPa
Resolution: 0.1 kPa
Accuracy: ±(0.4 kPa + 8 % of the measured value)
Anesthetic gas measurement (infrared spectroscopy)
Measuring ranges of the anesthetic gases:

Halothane Measuring range: 0 to 8.5 Vol%
Enflurane Measuring range: 0 to 10 Vol%
Isoflurane Measuring range: 0 to 8.5 Vol%
Sevoflurane Measuring range: 0 to 10 Vol%
Desflurane Measuring range: 0 to 20 Vol%
Accuracy of anesthetic gas measurement: ±(0.2 Vol% + 15 % of the measured value) in accor-
dance with ISO 80601-2-55
Drift of measuring accuracy is compensated by cy-
clic zeroing.
Resolution of anesthetic gas measurement: 0.1 Vol%
N2O Measuring range: 0 to 100 Vol%
Accuracy: ±(2.0 Vol% + 8 % of the measured value)
Resolution: 1 Vol%

Technical data
Anesthetic gas measurement (infrared spectroscopy) (Cont.)
xMAC Measuring range: 0 to 9.9 xMAC

Resolution: 0.1 xMAC
Display: based on the expiratory measured values
Alarms: based on the inspiratory measured values
All gases
Anesthetic gas detection Automatic
Primary gas: as of 0.3 Vol%
Secondary gas: as of 0.4 Vol%
Cross sensitivity
3 ‰ alcohol Falsification <0.2 Vol% for anesthetic gas, CO2,
1 ‰ acetone or methane and N2O measurement.
100 ppm NO or CO
Falsification <1 Vol% for O2 measurement.
Water vapor saturated at 37 °C
Anesthetic gas metering modules
Maximum tipping angle / sloped position During operation in device: max. 5°

Storage / transportation: unspecified
Filling volume
Total volume 315 mL
At the minimum mark 50 mL
At the mark at which a full anesthetic agent 65 mL
bottle can be refilled.
Anesthetic agent loss <1.0 mL liquid per 24 hours during storage or trans-
port.

Technical data
Data communication
Removable media USB ports

Serial ports COM1 and COM2
Connector 9-pin, Sub-D
Pin allocation:
1 CD (carrier detect)
2 RX (receive)
3 TX (transmit)
4 DTR (data terminal ready)
5 GND (ground)
6 DSR (data set ready)
7 RTS (request to send)
8 CTS (clear to send)
9 RI (ring indicator)
Data protocol MEDIBUS/MEDIBUS.X
Settings:
Speed 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200, 38400 baud
Parity Even
Number of data bits 8
Number of stop bits 1
Connections for IV system (optional)
Standard RS232:
Connector 9-pin, Sub-D
Network ports RJ-45 Cat. 5
Alarm delay
When an alarm is transmitted from IVenus to
Zeus IE <1 s
When hemodynamic alarms are transmitted into
the Infinity network <1 s
When other Zeus IE alarms are transmitted into
the Infinity network <10 s

Technical data
General safety standards for anesthesia workstations
Relevant standards
In addition to the standards listed here, this medi-
cal device meets various other standards, e.g.,
standards concerning special national require-
ments.
Functional:
IEC 60601-1 3rd ed. Part 1:
Medical electrical equipment General requirements for basic safety and essen-
tial performance
IEC 60601-1-2 Part 1-2:
Medical electrical equipment Electromagnetic compatibility - Requirements and
tests
IEC 60601-1-8 Part 1-8:
Alarm systems - General requirements, tests and
guidance for alarm systems in medical electrical
equipment and medical systems
ISO 80601-2-13 Part 2-13:
Medical electrical equipment Particular requirements for basic safety and essen-
tial performance of anesthesia workstations
ISO 80601-2-55 Part 2-55:
Particular requirements for basic safety and essen-
tial performance of respiratory gas monitors
IEC 80601-2-30 Part 2-30:
Medical electrical equipment Particular requirements for basic safety and essen-
tial performance of automated non-invasive sphyg-
momanometers
Observe the conditions of use for auxiliary devices. The application of the whole system may be restricted
as a result.
Observe the instructions for use for auxiliary devices and the technical data specified therein.
The anesthetic agent used can restrict the application range of the device with respect to the temperature
range as well as the maximum fresh-gas flow.

Technical data
Open-source software
Dräger products that use software use open-source

software, depending on their setup. Open-source
software may be subject to different terms of
license. Additional information regarding the open-
source software used in this product is available at
the following web page:
www.draeger.com/opensource

Technical data
Modules for patient monitoring
Hemodynamic modules
Operation Hard keys (C.O. Start, IBP Cal, Wedge)

Indicators and displays HemoMed, Quad Hemo: None
Hemo2: two 4-digit LCD displays
Hemo4: four 4-digit LCD displays
Connections Hemo2: 2 invasive pressure parameters, C.O., 2
temperatures, one cable for connecting the module
to Zeus IE
Hemo4: 4 invasive pressure parameters, C.O., one
cable for connecting the module to Zeus IE
Quad Hemo and HemoMed: 4 invasive pressure
parameters, C.O., 2 temperatures, one cable for
connecting the module to Zeus IE
Dimensions (H x W x D) Hemo2, Hemo4, HemoMed: 140 x 205 x 60 mm
Quad Hemo: 110 x 205 x 80 mm
Weights Hemo2: 0.7 kg (incl. pressure transducer block)
Hemo4 and HemoMed: 0.9 kg (incl. 2 pressure
transducer blocks)
Quad Hemo: 0.48 kg (incl. 4 pressure transducer
cables)
Temperature range, operation: Hemo2, Hemo4, HemoMed: 10 °C to 40 °C
Quad Hemo: 0 °C to 45 °C
Temperature range, storage: Hemo2, Hemo4, HemoMed: –20 °C to 50 °C
Quad Hemo: –40 °C to 70 °C
Relative air humidity, operation: Hemo2, Hemo4, HemoMed: 20 % to 90 %, non-
condensing
Quad Hemo: 10 % to 95 %, non-condensing
Relative air humidity, storage: Hemo2, Hemo4, HemoMed: 10 % to 95 % (with
packaging)
Quad Hemo: 10 % to 95 % (with packaging)
Air pressure, operation: Hemo2, Hemo4, HemoMed: 525 to 795 mmHg (70
to 106 kPa)
Quad Hemo: 480 to 795 mmHg (64 to 106 kPa)

Technical data
Hemodynamic modules (Cont.)
Air pressure, storage: 375 to 795 mmHg (50 to 106 kPa)

Type of applied part Type CF in accordance with IEC 60601-1
Defibrillation protection in accordance with
IEC 60601-2-34
QRS synchronization output
Delay 35 ms
Output signal strong (QRS detected) Duration: 50 ms
Amplitude: +9 V ±5 % (nominal)
Source impedance: 5100 
Rise time: <7 s
Fall time: <1 s
Output signal weak (no QRS) <0.8 V at 30 mA
Pacemaker pulses not included
Trident Pod (NMT)
Indicators and displays yellow, LED for active stimulation

Connections Pod COM: for connecting to Zeus IE
NMT cable
EEG: for connecting the BISx pod
Dimensions (H x W x D) 36 x 132 x 140 mm
Weight 595 g
Temperature range, operation: 10 °C to 40 °C
Temperature range, storage: –20 °C to 40 °C
Relative air humidity, operation: 20 % to 90 %, non-condensing
Relative air humidity, storage: 20 % to 90 % (with packaging)

Technical data
Trident Pod (NMT) (Cont.)
Air pressure, operation: 525 to 795 mmHg (70 to 106 kPa)

Electrical specifications Type CF in accordance with IEC 60601-1
IEC 60601-2-40; specification for electromyo-
graphs and evoked potential equipment
BISx pod
Connections Pod COM: for connecting to Zeus IE

Sensor cable
Dimensions (H x W x D) 114.5 x 95.3 x 63.5 mm
Weight 227 g
Temperature range, operation: 10 °C to 40 °C
Temperature range, storage: –20 °C to 40 °C
Relative air humidity, operation: 20 % to 90 %, non-condensing
Relative air humidity, storage: 20 % to 90 % (with packaging)
Air pressure, operation: 525 to 795 mmHg (70 to 106 kPa)
Electrical specifications Type BF as per IEC 60601-1
IEC 60601-2-26

Technical data
Monitoring specifications
ECG
Display Up to 3 leads
Leads for adults and pediatric I, II, III, aVR, aVL, aVF, V, V+, (aVR/aVL/aVF/V
only with five-lead wire set.
V+ only with six-lead wire set)
Leads for neonates I, II, III, aVR, aVL, aVF, V, V+, (aVR/aVL/aVF/V
only with five-lead wire set.
V+ only with six-lead wire set)
Measuring range 15 to 300 beats/min
Accuracy ±2 beats/min or ±1 %
QRS detection Amplitude: 0.2 to 5.0 mV (for channel amplitudes of
x 4 and x 8)
Amplitude: 0.4 to 5.0 mV (for all other channel am-
plitudes)
Duration: 70 to 120 ms (adults and children); 40 to
120 ms (neonates)
Frequency ranges Filter = monitor: 0.5 to 40 Hz
Filter = ESU: 0.5 to 16 Hz
Filter = OFF: 0.05 to 40 Hz
IEC 60601-2-27
Arrhythmia detection Only for adults and children; not for neonates
Pacemaker detection For adults and children on leads I, II and III, not for
neonates
Pacemakers with the following features can be de- Amplitude ±2 to ±700 mV
tected
Width (dp) 0.2 to 2.0 ms
Rise/fall (min) 0.1 dp, 100 ms
Overshoot (min) 0.025 ap, 2 mV
Recharge constant 4 to 100 ms

Technical data
ECG (Cont.)
ECG/Arrhythmia/ST supplementary
information
Breathing measurement current Square wave signal, 50 A, 39.896 KHz
Noise suppression Does not apply
Time until alarm for tachycardia Ventricular tachycardia 1 mVpp, 206 beats/min
Gain 0.5, range 3.0 to 3.5 seconds, average
3.3 seconds
3.2 seconds
3.0 seconds
Ventricular tachycardia 2 mVpp,

195 beats/min
3.0 seconds
2.3 seconds
2.5 seconds
Suppression of high T-waves in accordance with Neonatal group = 1.75 mV T-wave amplitude
IEC 60601-2-27:2011, Section 201.12.1.101.17
Adult group = 1.40 mV T-wave amplitude
Heart rate average The heart rate is calculated in the range of 15 to
300 beats/min based on the RR intervals of the last
10 seconds, where the two longest and the two
shortest RR intervals are not included in the calcu-
lation. The average is calculated from the remain-
ing intervals. The result is displayed as the current
heart rate in the HR parameter field.
Response time of the heart rate measuring equip- Change in heart rate from 80 to 120 beats/min
ment to changes in heart rate
Range: (3.4 to 7.1 seconds)
Average: 5.3 seconds
Change in heart rate from 80 to 40 beats/min
Range: (6.3 to 8.6 seconds)
Average: 7.4 seconds

Technical data
ECG (Cont.)
Accuracy of the response time of the heart rate Ventricular bigeminy 80 beats/min
measuring equipment to an irregular heartbeat
Slowly changing ventricular bigeminy: 60 beats/min
Rapidly changing ventricular bigeminy:
120 beats/min
Bidirectional systoles: 90 beats/min
Accuracy of the reproduction of the input signal Methods A, B, C, and D according to AAMI EC11
have been used to set up the overall system fault
and frequency response.
ST segment analysis
Leads for the analysis 3-lead wire set: I, II, III (one lead selectable)
5-wire lead set: I, II, III, aVR, aVL, aVF, or V (three
leads selectable without ST option, all leads with
ST option)
6-wire lead set: I, II, III, aVR, aVL, aVF, V, or V+
(three leads selectable without ST option, all leads
with ST option)
Isoelectric point Set range: Start of the QRS complex up to refer-
ence point
Basic setting: Start of the QRS –28 ms
ST measuring point Reference point up to end of the QRS complex
Basic setting: End of the QRS +80 ms
ST complex Length: 892 ms (225 units)
Frequency reaction: 0.05 to 40 Hz
Update interval 15 seconds, with at least one normal beat
Trend time (ST display) 30 minutes
Trend resolution One data point every 30 seconds
Duration of the ST alarm OFF, 15, 30, 45, 60 seconds
Classification Caution
Alarm On/Off Off: No alarms generated
Automatic alarm limits Current measured value ±2 mm

Technical data
ECG (Cont.)
Response time to changes in heart rate

Change in heart rate from 90 to 120 beats/min Range: 3.4 to 7.1 s
Average: 5.3 s
Change in heart rate from 90 to 40 beats/min Range: 6.3 to 8.6 s
Average: 7.4 s
Non-invasive blood pressure measurement (NIBP)
Parameter display Systolic, diastolic, mean

Measuring principle Oscillometry
Modes of operation Manual (single measurement), continuous (5 minutes),
interval, or stasis
Interval times 1; 2; 2.5; 5; 10; 15; 30 min
Pressure measuring range Heart rate: 40 to 240 beats per minute
Adults – 270 mmHg (36.0 kPa)
NIBP (systolic): 30 to 250 mmHg (4.0 to 33.3 kPa)
NIBP (mean): 20 to 230 mmHg (2.7 to 30.7 kPa)
NIBP (diastolic): 10 to 210 mmHg (1.3 to 28.0 kPa)
Pediatric – 180 mmHg (24.0 kPa)
Neonates – 140 mmHg (18.7 kPa)
Connections Quick-release hose connector with single airway
Default inflation pressure Adult: 160 mmHg ±10 mmHg
(21.3 kPa ±1.3 kPa)
Pediatric: 120 mmHg ±10 mmHg (16.0 kPa ±1.3 kPa)
Neonatal: 110 mmHg ±10 mmHg (14.7 kPa ±1.3 kPa)

Technical data
Non-invasive blood pressure measurement (NIBP) (Cont.)
Inflation pressure after a valid measurement Adult:

(±10 mmHg) Previous systolic pressure +25 mmHg (+3.3 kPa)
Pediatric:
Previous systolic pressure +25 mmHg (+3.3 kPa)
Neonatal:
Previous systolic pressure +30 mmHg (+4.0 kPa)
Maximum cuff pressure Adult: 265 mmHg ±5 mmHg (35.3 kPa ±0.7 kPa)
Minimum cuff pressure necessary for mea- Adult: 110 mmHg ±10 mmHg
surement (14.7 kPa ±1.3 kPa)
Maximum inflation time, Adult: 3 min. ±1 sec.
including a 2nd attempt
Pediatric: 3 min. ±1 sec.
Neonatal: 90 sec. ±1 sec.
Software safety cut-off Adult: 273 mmHg ±3 mmHg (36.4 kPa ±0.4 kPa)
Hardware safety cut-off Adult: 300 mmHg ±30 mmHg
(40.0 kPa ±4.0 kPa)
Static cuff pressure accuracy ±3 mmHg (±0.4 kPa)
Calibration range Adult/pediatric: 10 to 260 mmHg ±3 mmHg
(1.3 to 34.7 kPa ±0.4 kPa)
Neonatal: 10 to 150 mmHg ±3 mmHg
(1.3 to 20.0 kPa ±0.4 kPa)
IEC 60601-2-30

Technical data
Invasive blood pressure (IBP)
Measuring principle Resistive pressure transducer

Resolution 1 mmHg
Measuring range –50 to 400 mmHg
Frequency ranges DC up to 8 Hz,
DC up to 16 Hz
and
DC up to 32 Hz (adjustable)
Accuracy ±1 mmHg or ±3 %, excluding the pressure trans-
ducer
Accuracy ±1 mmHg or ±3.5 %, including the pres-
sure transducer (Memscap SP844)
Zero calibration range ±200 mmHg
Transducer specifications Permitted pressure transducers with a resistance of
200 to 3000  and an equivalent pressure sensitiv-
ity of 5 µV/V/mmHg ±10 %
IEC 60601-2-34
Wedge measurement
Pressure measuring range 10 to 120 mmHg

Deflection rate 6.25 to 50 mm/s

Technical data
Cardiac output (C.O.)
Parameter display Cardiac output, blood temperature, injectate tem-

perature
Measuring principle Thermodilution
Measuring range Cardiac output: 0.5 to 20 L/min
Blood temperature: 25 °C to 43 °C
Injectate temperature: –5 °C to +30 °C
Accuracy Cardiac output: ±5 % (with 0 °C injectate)
Injectate temperature: ±0.25 °C
IEC 60601-1A2
Pulse oximetry (SpO2)
Parameter display: Saturation (% SpO2), pulse rate

Measurement method: Transmission spectral photometry
Resolution:
SpO2: 1%
Pulse rate: 1 beat/min
Display range 0 to 100 %
Display update time 2 seconds
Maximum delay since last 30 seconds (in the event of artefacts or other er-
update: rors)
Interfering substances:
Carboxyhemoglobin may erroneously increase the readings. The level of increase corresponds
roughly to the quantity of carboxyhemoglobin present. Dyes, nail varnish, and other substances can
absorb an abnormal amount of red light, thereby compromising the accuracy of the measurement.
Make sure that the sensor is applied at a site where there are no artificial pigments.
SpO2 alarms
Upper limit: adjustable, 71 to 100 %
Lower limit: adjustable, 70 to 99 %

Technical data
Pulse oximetry (SpO2) (Cont.)
Nominal wavelength:
Dräger: Red: 660 nm IR: 905 nm
Masimo: Red: 660 nm IR: 905 nm
Nellcor: Red: 660 nm IR: 910 nm
Note:
If a further radiation source (e.g., for photodynamic therapy) is used on the same patient in addition to the
SpO2 measurement, there may be interactions, depending on the wavelengths used. In this case, the
wavelength for the SpO2 measurement may have a special clinical significance.
Power:
Dräger: Red: 1.8 mW (max.) IR: 2.0 mW (max.)
Masimo: Red: 0.9 mW (max.) IR: 0.9 mW (max.)
Nellcor: Red: 3 mW (max.) IR: 4 mW (max.)
Note: LED drive is voltage-limited by a hardware mechanism.
Level of protection from electric shock: Type CF in accordance with IEC 60601-1
Defibrillation protection: In accordance with IEC 60601-1A2
Note:
1) Since pulse oximeter measurements are statistically distributed, only two thirds of these measurements
are expected to fall within ±1 standard deviation of the value measured by a CO oximeter.
2) The pulse rate accuracy has been tested by means of blood samples from healthy adult test subjects
in studies with simulated hypoxia in the range of 70-100 % SpO2 in comparison with a laboratory CO ox-
imeter and an ECG monitor. This variation corresponds to ±1 standard deviation of the pulse rate mea-
sured with the ECG monitor.
3) Functional test equipment cannot be used to evaluate the accuracy of a pulse oximeter probe or of a
pulse oximeter monitor.

Technical data
Pulse oximetry (OxiSure SpO2 via Multimed)
Pulse rate measurement range: 30 to 250 beats/min

Measurement accuracy (adults):
Saturation (% SpO2):
0 to 69 % Not specified
70 to 100 % Sensor-specific as fol-
lows:
Dräger:
OxiSure Sensor – D ±2
Nellcor:
D-25/D-25L, D-20, I-20, N-25, OxiMAX MAX-A,
OxiMAX MAX-AL, OxiMAX MAX-P,
OxiMAX MAX-N, OxiMAX MAX-I ±2
Nellcor:
DS100A ±3
Masimo:
LNOPADT, LNOPPED, LNOPNEO, LNOPNEO ±2
SS, LNOP-YI
Masimo:
LNOP-DCI, LNOP-DCIP, NR125 ±2
EAR ±3.5
Pulse rate: ±3 bpm or ±3 %
Measurement accuracy (neonatal):
lows:
Nellcor:
N-25, OxiMAX MAX-N ±3
Masimo:
LNOPNEO, LNOPNEO SS, LNOP-YI ±3

Technical data
Pulse oximetry (OxiSure SpO2 via Multimed) (Cont.)

NOTES:
1) These accuracy values have been tested by means of blood samples from healthy adult test subjects
in studies with simulated hypoxia in the range of 70-100 % SpO2 in comparison with a laboratory CO ox-
imeter and an ECG monitor.
2) SpO2 levels of accuracy are expressed as ± "X" figures between specified saturation values. The accu-
racy of the SpO2 measurement is specified to be within ±1 standard deviation of the value measured with
a CO oximeter.
3) The accuracy tolerance for neonates is ±1 digit lower than for adults in order to allow for the theoretical
effects of fetal hemoglobin in neonatal blood on oximeter measurements.
Pulse oximetry (Masimo SET SpO2 via SmartPod)
Description of value
Measuring accuracy:
Valid for all Masimo LNCS and LNOP sensors.
Saturation (% SpO2) under motionless conditions:
70 to 100 %
Adult, pediatric ±2
Neonates ±3
Saturation (% SpO2) if patient movement occurs:
70 to 100 %
Adult, pediatric ±3
Neonates ±3
Pulse rate (beats/min) – if no patient movement
occurs:
Adults, pediatric, neonates ±3

Technical data
Pulse oximetry (Masimo SET SpO2 via SmartPod) (Cont.)
Pulse rate (beats/min) – if patient movement oc-

curs:
Adults, pediatric, neonates ±5
Note:
1) The Infinity Masimo SET SpO2 SmartPod pulse oximeter with LNOP-Adt sensors was tested with regard
to the accuracy with motionless patients by means of blood samples from healthy adult test subjects in
studies with simulated hypoxia in the range of 70 to 100 % SpO2 in comparison with a laboratory CO ox-
imeter and an ECG monitor. This variation corresponds to ±1 standard deviation of the value measured
with the ECG monitor.
2) The Masimo SET module with LNOP-Adt sensors was tested with regard to the accuracy with moving
patients by means of blood samples from healthy adult test subjects who were performing rubbing and
tapping movements at 2 to 4 Hz with an amplitude of 1 to 2 cm, and irregular movements between 1 and
5 Hz with an amplitude of 2 to 3 cm, in studies with simulated hypoxia in the range of 70 to 100 % SpO2
in comparison with a laboratory CO oximeter and an ECG monitor. This variation corresponds to
±1 standard deviation of the value measured with the ECG monitor.
3) The Masimo SET module with LNOP-Neo PT and Neo Pt sensors was tested with regard to the accu-
racy with moving and motionless patients by means of blood samples from healthy adult test subjects who
were performing rubbing and tapping movements at 2 to 4 Hz with an amplitude of 1 to 2 cm, and irregular
movements between 1 and 5 Hz with an amplitude of 2 to 3 cm, in studies with simulated hypoxia in the
range of 70 to 100 % SpO2 in comparison with a laboratory CO oximeter and an ECG monitor. 1 % was
added as compensation for the effect of fetal hemoglobin.
4) The Masimo sensors were tested with regard to the accuracy with moving patients by means of blood
samples from healthy adult male and female test subjects with light to dark skin pigmentation in induced
hypoxia studies, who were performing rubbing and tapping movements at 2 to 4 Hz with an amplitude of
1 to 2 cm, and irregular movements between 1 and 5 Hz with an amplitude of 2 to 3 cm, in studies with
simulated hypoxia in the range of 70 - 100 % SpO2 in comparison with a laboratory CO oximeter and an
ECG monitor. This variation corresponds to ±1 standard deviation.
5) The Masimo SET® module was tested with regard to the accuracy for poor circulation, in the laboratory
in comparison with a Biotek Index 2 Simulator and Masimo Simulator with signal strengths above 0.02 %
and a percentage transmission of more than 5 % for saturations between 70 and 100 %. This variation
corresponds to ±1 standard deviation.

Technical data
Pulse oximetry (Nellcor Oximax SpO2 via SmartPod)

Measurement accuracy (adults):
lows:
Nellcor:
OxiMAX MAX-A, OxiMAX MAX-AL, OxiMAX MAX-
P, OxiMAX MAX-N, OxiMAX MAX-I, OxiMAX
MAX-FAST ±3
Nellcor:
SC-A, MAX-R, OxiCliq A, OxiCliq P, OxiCliq N, Ox-
iCliq I, D-YS, DS-100A, OXI-A/N, OXI-P/I Not specified

lows:
Nellcor:
OxiMAX MAX-A, OxiMAX MAX-AL, OxiMAX MAX-
P, OxiMAX MAX-N, OxiMAX MAX-I, OxiMAX
MAX-FAST SC-A ±2
Nellcor:
OxiCliq A, OxiCliq P, OxiCliq N, OxiCliq I ±2.5
Nellcor:
D-YS, DS-100A, OXI-A/N, OXI-P/I ±3
Nellcor:
D-YS with D-YSE ear clip, D-YS with D-YSPD spot
clip ±3.5
lows:
Nellcor:
MAX-R ±3.5

Technical data
Pulse oximetry (Nellcor Oximax SpO2 via SmartPod) (Cont.)
Measurement accuracy (neonatal):

lows:
Nellcor:
OxiMAX MAX-N ±3
Nellcor:
SC-PR, SC-NEO, OxiCliq N, D-YS, OXI-A/N Not specified
lows:
Nellcor:
OxiMAX MAX-N, SC-PR, SC-NEO ±2
Nellcor:
OxiCliq N ±3.5
Nellcor:
D-YS, OXI-A/N ±4
Note:
1) The Infinity ® Nellcor Oximax® SpO2 SmartPod™ pulse oximeter with adult sensors was tested by
means of blood samples from healthy adult test subjects in studies with simulated hypoxia in the range of
70 to 100 % SpO2 in comparison with a laboratory CO oximeter and an ECG monitor. This variation cor-
responds to ±1 standard deviation of the value measured with the ECG monitor.
2) The Infinity MCable - Nellcor OxiMax pulse oximeter with sensors for adults was tested by means of
blood samples from healthy adult volunteers in studies with induced hypoxia in the range of 70 to
100 % SpO2 in comparison with a laboratory CO oximeter and an ECG monitor. This deviation corre-
sponds to ±1 Aeff of the value measured by a CO oximeter. Of the test subjects, 45 % were male and 55 %
were female, with ages between 19 and 48 and skin pigmentation ranging from light to dark.

Technical data
Temperature
Parameter display Absolute temperature

Measuring range (absolute) –5 °C to 50 °C (23 to 122 °F)
Resolution 0.1 °C (0.1 °F)
Sensor accuracy (absolute)

Reusable sensors:
(The influence of the temperature sensor protec-
tive sheath on the measurement accuracy is negli-
gibly small)
From 0 to 50 °C (32 to 122 °F) ±0.1 °C (±0.2 °F)
From –5 to 0 °C (23 to 32 °F) ±0.2 °C (±0.4 °F)
Core temperature sensors – Suitable for HF surgery
– Can be used esophageally and rectally
– Measurement is carried out in direct mode.
Skin sensors – Not suitable for HF surgery
– Can only be used on intact skin
– Measurement is carried out in direct mode.
Disposable sensors
At 45 to 50 °C (113 to 122 °F) ±0.2 °C (±0.4 °F)
At 25 to 45 °C (77 to 113 °F) ±0.1 °C (±0.2 °F)
At –5 to 25 °C (23 to 77 °F) ±0.2 °C (±0.4 °F)
Average response time for a 2 °C temperature

change
Reusable sensors: 60 s
Disposable sensors: 30 s
Skin sensors (disposable or reusable) 15 s
IEC 60601-1A2

Technical data
Neuromuscular Transmission Monitoring NMT
Stimulation modes Single Twitch (Single), Train of Four (TOF), Post

Tetanic Count (PTC)
Range for stimulation current Auto: Display only; 60 mA max. up to 6.6 k; based
on the reference pulse at start
Man: 5 to 60 mA in 5 mA increments
Pulse width 100, 200 or 300 µs
Measuring intervals None, 1 s, 10 s, 20 s, 1 min, 5 min, 15 min, 30 min
Measuring ranges T NMT: 20 to 40 °C
Single Twitch: 0 to 100 % of the reference pulse
TOF Ratio: 4 to 100 %
TOF Count: 0 to 4 (number of stimulations) if TOF
Ratio <20 % or if the number of stimulations <4
PTC: 0 to 20 (number of stimulations)
Accuracy T NMT: ±1 °C
Single Twitch: ±10 %
TOF Ratio: ±10 %
Display resolution T NMT: 1 °C
Single Twitch: 1 %
TOF Ratio: 1 %
TOF Count/PTC: 1
Trend display ranges Single Twitch: 0 to 200 %, 5 % increments
TOF Ratio: 0 to 150 %, 5 % increments
TOF Count: 0 to 4, 1-unit increments
PTC: 0 to 20, 1-unit increments
IEC 60601-1A2
Associated standards IEC 60601-2-40; specification for electromyo-
graphs and devices for evoked potential equipment

Technical data
Anesthesia depth monitoring BIS
Parameter Bispectral Index BIS

Signal Quality Index SQI
Electromyography EMG
Burst Suppression Ratio BSR
Spectral Edge Frequency SEF
Burst Count BCT
Total Power PWR
Measuring ranges and accuracy BIS: 0 to 100 ±1
SQI: 0 to 100 % ±0.1 %
EMG: 30 to 80 dB ±1 dB / 0 to 100 dB (frequency
range 70 to 110 Hz)
BSR: 0 to 100 % ±0.1 %
SEF: 0.5 to 30 Hz ±0.01 Hz (parameters select-
able)
BCT: 0 to 30 ±1
PWR: 40 to 100 dB (frequency range 0.5 to 30 Hz)
Sensor impedance test PASS: Impedance <7.5 k
Filters High filter: off, on, auto
Low filter: off, on
Notch filter: off/on
Averaging time 15, 30 seconds
EEG waveform display range 50, 100, 250, 500 µV, Auto
Trend display ranges BIS: 0 to 100
EMG: 0 to 100
SQI: 0 to 100
BSR: 0 to 100
BCT: 0 to 30
SEF: 0 to 30
PWR: 0 to 100

Technical data
WARNING
The following parameters are not monitored
for neonates: Arrhythmia, cardiac output and
ST segment analysis. No alarm will be activat-
ed.
Essential performance data
The essential performance features comprise: Patient monitoring:

General – Display of significant parameter values
– Supplying the anesthesia workstation with O2 – Output of alarm signals when defined alarm
limits are violated or the measurement
If the O2 supply (central gas supply or gas
display fails
cylinder) fails, an alarm is issued.
– Supply of the patient with adequately
oxygenated breathing gas
If the breathing gas contains insufficient levels
of O2, an alarm is issued.
– Patients are not supplied with excessively high
anesthetic gas concentrations
If excessively high anesthetic gas
concentrations are delivered, an alarm is
issued.
– Monitoring of the airway pressure and the
expiratory minute volume
Alarms are issued depending on the set alarm
limits.
Gas measurement
– Accuracy of the gas measurements
– Generation of alarms when defined alarm limits
are transgressed
If the gas measurement fails, an alarm is
issued.

Technical data
EMC Declaration
General information Electromagnetic environment
This device has been tested for electromagnetic This device may only be operated in the
compatibility using accessories from the list of environments listed under "Application" in the
accessories. Other accessories may only be used instructions for use.
if they do not impair the electromagnetic
compatibility. The use of non-compliant Transmissions Compliance
accessories may result in increased Radiated emissions Class A, Group 1
electromagnetic emissions or the decreased (30 MHz to 1 GHz)
electromagnetic immunity of the device.
Conducted emis- Class A, Group 1
This device may only be used in immediate sions (150 kHz to 30 MHz)
proximity to other devices if Dräger has authorized
this arrangement of the equipment. Without NOTE
authorization from Dräger, whether the device
The emission-specific properties of this device
functions without interference in the desired
permit its use in the industrial sector and in hospi-
arrangement must be checked before use. The
tals (CISPR 11, Class A). If using this device in a
instructions for use for the other devices must be
domestic establishment (for which Class B is gen-
observed.
erally required as per CISPR 11), it may not pro-
vide sufficient protection for wireless services.
The user may need to take remedial action, such
as resetting or repositioning the device.

Technical data
Immunity against Test level and electromagnetic environment

compliance
Electrostatic discharge (ESD) (IEC 61000-4-2) Contact discharge: ±8 kV
Air discharge: ±15 kV
Electrical fast transients (bursts) (IEC 61000-4-4) Power cable: ±2 kV
Longer signal input lines/signal output lines: ±1 kV
Impulse voltages (surges) (IEC 61000-4-5) Line-to-line voltage: ±1 kV
Line-to-protective ground conductor voltage: ±2 kV
Power frequency magnetic fields (IEC 61000-4-8) 50 Hz: 30 A/m
Voltage dips and short interruptions on AC mains Voltage dips of 30 % to 100 %, 8.3 ms to 5 s, various
input lines (IEC 61000-4-11) phase angles
Radiated high-frequency interference 80 MHz to 2.7 GHz: 3 V/m
(IEC 61000-4-3)
Conducted high-frequency interference 150 kHz to 80 MHz: 3 V, ISM bands: 6 V
(IEC 61000-4-6)
Electromagnetic fields in the vicinity of radio com- Various frequencies from 385 MHz to 5785 MHz:
munication equipment 9 V/m to 28 V/m
Recommended safety distances from

radio communication equipment
In order to guarantee the functional integrity of this

device, a safety distance of at least 1.0 m (3.3 ft)
must be maintained between this device and any
radio communication equipment.

Technical data
Device combinations
This device can be operated in combination with

other Dräger devices or with devices from other
manufacturers. Observe the accompanying
documents of the individual devices.
If a device combination is not approved by Dräger,
the safety and the functionality of the individual
devices may be compromised. The operating
organization must ensure that the device
combination complies with the applicable editions
of the relevant standards for medical devices.
Device combinations approved by Dräger meet the
requirements of the following standards (where
applicable):
– IEC 60601-1, 3rd edition (general safety
requirements, device combinations, software-
controlled functions)
– IEC 60601-1-2 (electromagnetic
compatibility)
– IEC 60601-1-8 (alarm systems)
Or:
– IEC 60601-1, 2nd edition (general safety
requirements)
– IEC 60601-1-1 (device combinations)
– IEC 60601-1-2 (electromagnetic
compatibility)
– IEC 60601-1-4 (software-controlled
functions)
– IEC 60601-1-8 (alarm systems)

Technical data
Connections to IT networks
Data can be exchanged across an IT network by Information on connecting to the IT

using wired and wireless technologies. An IT network
network can be any data interface (e.g. RS-232,
LAN, USB, printer interface) described in standards
and conventions. Prerequisites
During operation, this device can exchange This device must only be connected to the network
information with other devices by means of IT by service personnel. The IT administrator of the
networks and supports the following functions: hospital must be consulted in advance.
– Display of waveforms and parameter data The following documents must be followed:
– Signaling of alarms – Accompanying documents of this device
– Recording, storing, and printing – Descriptions of the network
– Remote control (e.g., alarm management) – Description of the network-based alarm

systems
– Access to saved patient data
Dräger recommends observing IEC 80001-1 (Risk
– Transfer of device settings and patient data management for IT networks incorporating medical
– Service mode, access to logbooks devices).
Connecting this device to a network that

incorporates other devices or making subsequent LAN networks
changes to that network can lead to new risks for – LAN networks are usually configured in a star
patients, users, and third parties. Before the device topology. Individual devices can be combined
is connected to the network or the network is into groups by means of layer-n switches. Other
changed, these risks must be identified, analyzed, data traffic is decoupled by means of separate
and evaluated, and appropriate measures taken. VLAN networks. Configure the network settings
Examples of subsequent changes to the network: of the device in accordance with these
instructions for use and the network
– Changing the network configuration specifications.
– Removing devices from the network – Specifications for LAN connections are
– Adding new devices to the network described in the following standards:
– Wired networks: IEEE 802.3
– Performing upgrades or updates on devices – Wireless networks: IEEE 802.11 (b, g, n)
that are connected to the network
– If the device is used with a layer-2 switch or a
layer-3 switch, the port settings on the network
switch must be configured. Before the device is
shipped, Dräger can configure the network
settings of the device so that they correspond
with the specifications of the operating
organization.

Technical data
– This device exchanges data with other medical – Data are sent incomplete, sent to the wrong
devices over the LAN network. The network device, or not sent at all.
must support the following transmissions and
– Patient data are intercepted, falsified, or
protocols:
damaged.
– TCP/IP
– Unicast (static or dynamic addressing with – Data have incorrect time stamps.
the ARP or RARP network protocols)
– An overload of the device due to very high
– Multicast
network loads (e.g., caused by denial-of-
– Broadcast
service attacks) can lead to deactivation of the
– IGMP (Version 2)
interface. The interface will only be available
This device can join or leave an IP multicast again after the device has been restarted. In
group by using the IGMP network protocol. rare cases, a warm boot may take place and
may occur repeatedly.
Serial ports
Requirements for the electrical characteristics
This device supports the following ports:
of connected devices and networks
– RS-232 ports conforming to EIA RS-232
The LAN ports and the serial ports are only suitable
(CCITT V.24/V.28) for the following
for connection of devices or networks that have a
applications:
nominal voltage of 24 V DC on the network side at
– MEDIBUS, MEDIBUS.X
maximum, and that meet the requirements of one of
– Paging systems
the following standards:
– Connections to medical devices from other
manufacturers – IEC 60950-1: Ungrounded SELV circuits
– Ports based on USB 1.1 or USB 2.0 (e.g., – IEC 60601-1 (as of 2nd edition): Touchable
mouse, keyboard, hard disk, USB stick, CD secondary circuits
drive)
Consequences of using an unsuitable network

If the network does not have the required
characteristics, hazardous situations can result.
The following situations can occur with this device:
– Due to an insecure decentralized alarm system:
– Alarms are not transmitted.
– Alarms or data are transmitted with a delay.
– False alarms are triggered.
– During an interruption of the network
connection:
– Alarms are not transmitted.
– Without firewall and antivirus software:
– Data are not protected.
– Device settings are changed.
– The device generates false alarms or no
alarms.

Description
Description
Gas flow diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446

Fresh-gas control mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447
ORC function (Oxygen Ratio Controller) . . . . . 447
Anesthetic agent delivery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447
Pneumatic diagram of
the gas measurement system . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448
Gas control loops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 449

Concentration control loops
(Auto control control mode) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 449
Volume control loop (Auto control
control mode, MinFG flow = "Uptake") . . . . . . . 449
Inspiratory oxygen concentration control . . . . . 450
Expiratory anesthetic agent
concentration control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451
Restrictions to the metering of
anesthetic agent concentration. . . . . . . . . . . . . 452
Flush phases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452
Safety concept (HighFlow operation) . . . . . . . . 452
O2 emergency delivery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453
O2 flush. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453
Additional oxygen delivery
for regional anesthesia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453
Ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 454
Flow measurement and volume delivery . . . . . 454
Ventilation modes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 454

Pressure Control
(Pressure-controlled ventilation). . . . . . . . . . . . 454
Volume Control AutoFlow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 455
AutoFlow start behavior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456
Pressure Support ventilation mode . . . . . . . . . 457
Synchronization with
Vol. Ctrl. AutoFlow (Sync. = ON) . . . . . . . . . . . 458
Appendix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 459
Units and standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 459

Description
Gas flow diagram
V
W
E
P
A Man
Spont
B X C D F
Fresh
gas/Anesthetic gas
O2 flush/
O
emergency O2 G
P N
Q J K
P H
I
R U
S M P L
M
T
A Non-return valve to anesthetic gas scavenging M Inspiration pressure sensor 250
system (AGSS)
N Pressure gauge
B APL valve
O Additional air valve
C PEEP/PMAX valve
P TurboVent 2 blower module
D Expiratory valve
Q Pressure sensor – breathing bag
E Pressure sensor – airway pressure
R Breathing bag
F SpiroLife expiration flow sensor
S Microbial filter sample gas return line
G Patient's lung
T Gas analysis
H SpiroLife inspiration flow sensor
U CO2 water trap
I Inspiratory valve
V External area for the leak test: for manual
J CO2 absorber ventilation
K Optional CO2 Clic absorber, unlocked position W Closed circulatory system valve
L Safety valve in breathing system (excess X Man/Spont changeover valve
pressure)

Description
Fresh-gas control mode
According to common anesthesia systems, in the

FG ctrl. control mode, the mixed gas and the
anesthetic agent are introduced into the breathing
circle as a fresh gas mixture. In this control mode,
mixed-gas metering devices and anesthetic agent
metering devices emulate the functionality of a
vaporizer.
ORC function (Oxygen Ratio Controller)
In the uncontrolled operation modes, the minimum

metered fresh-gas flow is 0.25 L/min STPD
(Standard Temperature Pressure Dry). The set
value is limited so that at least 25 Vol%SL O2 and
an O2 flow of at least 250 mL/min (STPD) is
delivered.
Anesthetic agent delivery
Anesthetic agent delivery takes place

independently of the carrier gas. The anesthetic
agent is supplied to the breathing system and
fresh-gas outlet (optional) through a heated pipe in
the form of saturated steam either direct or mixed
with the carrier gas.
It is possible to connect two anesthetic agent
metering modules with identical or different
anesthetic agents.

448
Description
Room air for calibration
200 mL/min
Filter (F1b)
A B R1
Filter (F1a) Valve (V2)
Pump
(Pu)
170 mL/min ILCA3
dual R2 R3 R4
sensor PIA
sensor C1 C2 C3
Gas
P P
E E outlet
Valve
(V1)
30 mL/min R5
Filter (F2)
200 mL/min
sample gas
from Water trap
Pneumatic diagram of the gas measurement system
patient
PCB Flower Power P
P
E
Pambient
VCC RS232
12 V
A Diaphragm for
sample gas flow
B Diaphragm for
bypass flow
Instructions for use Zeus Infinity Empowered SW 2.n

615
Description
Gas control loops
During anesthesia, the user must ensure an Volume control loop (Auto control
adequate oxygen supply and sufficient depth of control mode, MinFG flow = "Uptake")
anesthesia for the patient. The former is ensured by
setting an inspiratory O2 concentration. The latter,
the assurance of sufficient depth of anesthesia, is Closed system
achieved by setting the expiratory anesthetic agent
concentration. Zeus IE can be run in normal
operation (Auto control mode), in a closed circuit
(Uptake mode) or in a semi-closed circuit (FGmin Pressure
0.5 L/min). In both operating modes, the gas sensor Gas mixing
concentration is controlled in the breathing system system
(inspiratory O2 control loop) and in the gas
concentration exhaled by the patient (expiratory P
anesthetic agent control loop). The O2 and

anesthetic gas concentrations metered in the fresh
gas will normally deviate substantially from the
concentrations in the circuit system.
V
Deficit Excess
Concentration control loops (Auto
251
control control mode) The level in the breathing bag is determined by a
pressure sensor. The volume control loop keeps
Set points (target values for the control loops) are
the level in the breathing bag constant. The uptake
the inspiratory oxygen concentration and the
of the patient as well as possible leakages can be
expiratory anesthetic agent concentration.
compensated in conjunction with the concentration
A scavenging concentration measurement at the Y- control loop for oxygen. Thus a patient uptake
piece (patient gas measurement) and a second measurement for oxygen is available. If there is too
scavenging concentration measurement in the much gas in the breathing system, the gas is
inspiratory limb (supervisor gas measurement) drained into the anesthetic gas scavenging system
provide measured values for O2, N2O, CO2, and via the excess gas outlet.
anesthetic gas. In MAN/SPON mode, the volume control loop is not
Patient gas analysis is subjected to further active.
processing for gas monitoring. Secondly, this
sensor supplies the actual inspiratory and
expiratory values for the concentration control
loops.
In MAN/SPON mode, the gas control loop is not
active.

Description
Inspiratory oxygen concentration If the set O2 value is lowered, the fresh-gas flow is
control not increased beyond the set minimum flow. In
Uptake mode, the O2 concentration drops solely
due to the O2 uptake flow.
Patient gas analysis To set a lower O2 concentration, carrier gas is
O2, anesthetic gas, CO2
added; the oxygen concentration cannot fall below
FiO2 = 30 %
21 Vol%SL in the fresh gas, however. The control
Exp. valve behavior of the carrier gas N2O is therefore
FG mixer identical to that of the carrier gas Air.
Circle flow
Oxygen metering by means of emergency O2
Patient delivery, O2 flush, or additional O2 delivery leads to
Target value an increase in the O2 concentration.
FiO2 = 30 % TurboVent 2 blower module
Due to the release of nitrogen (N2) into the system
252
by the patient, the O2 uptake cannot be

Set value Inspiratory oxygen concentration (set compensated for in Uptake mode. This leads to a
point [Vol%SL]) drop in O2 concentration. If the inspiratory O2
Measured Inspiratory oxygen concentration concentration drops below the O2 set value by a
values measured by patient gas analyzer predefined value (depending on the set O2 value),
(PGA) (actual value) the Uptake mode is exited. The fresh-gas flow is
automatically increased until the set O2 value is
Additional Expiratory oxygen concentration mea- restored.
measured sured in terms of released breaths at
values the Y-piece The table below summarizes this control mode:
End tidal CO2 value measured in Insp. O2 set value Maximum deviation
terms of released breaths at the Y-
35 Vol%SL –3 Vol%SL
piece
>35 Vol%SL 60 Vol%SL –5 Vol%SL
Minute volume
>60 Vol%SL –7 Vol%SL
Control val- Control of mixed gas metering with the
ue controlled variables The oxygen control loop takes a humidity of
Volume of fresh-gas flow [L/min] 7 Vol%SL in the breathing system into account. The
maximum achievable inspiratory oxygen
O2 concentration of the fresh-gas flow concentration in control mode is therefore only
[Vol%SL] 93 Vol%SL, additionally reduced by the anesthetic
agent concentration in the circuit system.
The controller determines the volume and
concentration of the fresh-gas flow to be metered.
The latter cannot fall below the fresh-gas flow set
by the user (MinFG flow).
To achieve the new set value quickly (T90 typically
<60 s), the fresh-gas flow is automatically
increased with an increase in the set O2 value. A
higher O2 concentration is achieved by metering
pure oxygen (taking into account the set anesthetic
gas concentration).

Description
Expiratory anesthetic agent depends on minute volume). An excess of 15 %

concentration control relative to the set expiratory value is allowed. The
scavenging of excess anesthetic agent starts when
this limit value is exceeded. To flush the excess
Patient gas analysis
anesthetic gas (T90 Agasinsp typically <120 s), the
O2, anesthetic gas, CO2 anesthetic gas flow is stopped and the fresh-gas
etISO =2.0 Vol%SL
flow is increased if the set anesthetic gas value is
Exp. valve decreased.
Expiratory anesthetic agent control is limited by a
Circle flow
two-phase inspiratory limit. The level of the first limit
(Prime Dose) is adjusted by the user inVAmax. The
Patient
Vapor
TurboVent 2
maximum allowed level of Prime Dose is
etISO Anesthetic
set value = blower module dependent on the anesthetic agent used.
2.0 Vol%SL delivery
254
The Prime Dose is only enabled if the set expiratory
anesthetic gas value is increased by more than
Set value Expiratory anesthetic gas concen- 20 % in relation to the current value. The difference
tration (set value [Vol%SL] or [kPa]) between the set expiratory anesthetic gas value
Limitation Inspiratory anesthetic gas concen- and the measured inspiratory anesthetic gas
tration (set value [Vol%SL] or [kPa]) concentration must be greater than 0.5 MAC.
Prime Dose is only then enabled if a major change
Measured val- Expiratory anesthetic gas concen-
in expiratory set value is performed.
ues tration measured in terms of re-
leased breaths at the Y-piece (actual Vol%SL
inDes
value) Anesthetic gas
etDES
Additional Inspiratory anesthetic gas concen- "Prime Dose" in
inDESmax
inDESmax
measured val- tration measured at the Y-piece inDes Set
ues
End tidal CO2 value measured in
AGas uptake
terms of released breaths at the Y-
piece
Minute volume Steady
Control value Measured value smaller than set

value of anesthetic gas flow [L/min]
supplied as saturated steam to Time (seconds)
256
breathing system.
If the patient has already been subjected to
Measured value larger than set val-
induction, the Prime Dose is prevented from
ue of mixed gas flow [L/min]
becoming active at the same time.
The anesthetic agent is supplied as saturated The second stage is a fixed limit for the Steady
steam to the breathing system. Circle flow and State Dose. The level of the Steady State Dose is
minute volume provide for an even mixing of dependent on the anesthetic agent used.
breathing gas. To achieve the new set value quickly
(T90 AgasINSP typically <120 s), the flow is
automatically increased with the increase in the set
value of expiratory anesthetic agent. The T90 time
of expiratory anesthetic agent concentration

Description
Duration Prime Dose Criteria for starting a flush phase with carrier gas
3 min for isoflurane, sevoflurane and des- Air
flurane Start inN2O or etN2O >6 Vol%SL
Level of the Steady State Dose End after 60 s
1.0 Vol%SL for isoflurane, sevoflurane and
inN2O and etN2O <1 Vol%SL
2.0 Vol%SL for desflurane
Criteria for starting a flush phase with carrier gas
N2O
Restrictions to the metering of Start after a gas balance as follows:

inN2O + FiO2 + inanesthetic gas
anesthetic agent concentration
+7 Vol%SL H2O (corresponds to 100 %
rel. humidity) <90 Vol%SL
The maximum anesthetic agent quantity delivered
by the anesthetic agent metering system is limited End after 60 s
(1.0 L/min vapor for isoflurane and sevoflurane, as or
well as 1.5 L/min vapor for desflurane). The set after a gas balance as follows:
concentration or the set partial pressure is no inN2O + FiO2 + inanesthetic gas
longer achieved with large fresh-gas flows. +7 Vol%SL H2O (corresponds to 100 %
rel. humidity) >95 Vol%SL
Flush phases
Safety concept (HighFlow operation)
If an anesthetic agent mixture consisting of several
different anesthetic gases is detected by the patient There is a second gas analyzer (SGA) in the
gas analyzer, normal operation is stopped. If the inspiration to a pathway in addition to the gas
concentration of the anesthetic gas metered first is sensor in the Y-piece, in order to safeguard the
so high that it can still be identified, the device control loop function. This gas analyzer checks the
switches to HighFlow operation (flow >12 L/min). control loop function by monitoring the inspiratory
Regular flush phases during normal operation must limit values. The gas analyzers are also checked
prevent the uptake of foreign gases. In contrast to for plausibility by mutual comparison of the
HighFlow operation, the control loops (O2 and measured values.
anesthetic agent) remain active during the flush The safety concept increases the fresh-gas flow
phase. Only the rate of mixed gas flow is increased. (High Flow operation) in the case of error. The
The flush flow rate is 12 L/min. adjusted concentration values then apply to the
increased fresh-gas flow. The control loops are
thus switched off.

Description
O2 emergency delivery
In addition to the electronic fresh-gas mixer, there is

a mechanical emergency O2 delivery system which
can be operated at any time irrespective of the
system status of the device (even with the device
switched off). The setting range of the fine-control
valve for oxygen flow is 0 and 3 to 12 L/min (STPD).
The position of the open emergency O2 delivery
system is read out electrically, and a message is
displayed on the operating screen when necessary.
This message refers to potential risks.
O2 flush
Two mechanical flush buttons are used. When the

flush button is pressed, an O2 flow of approx.
35 L/min (STPD) flows into the breathing system:
Each flush button can be operated at any time,
independently of the system status of the device.
Additional oxygen delivery for regional

anesthesia
The additional O2 output delivers an oxygen flow of

0 to 16 L/min (STPD). The additional flow of O2 is
not delivered to the breathing system.

Description
Ventilation
Flow measurement and volume delivery ventilation. Depending on airway pressure, Zeus IE
increases the tidal volume by the amount remaining
Depending on the compliance of the lung to the in the breathing hoses.
compliance of the breathing circuit, the volume The expiratory minute volume and tidal volume are
supplied by the ventilation device is distributed measured with the aid of two internal flow sensors.
between the lung of the patient and the breathing Measurement is adjusted for hose compliance. The
circuit inserted between the device and the patient. volume of the measured gas and the volume of the
Deviations resulting for the delivered volume are delivered gas depend, however, on the ambient
low for adult patients. This is due to their relatively conditions of temperature and pressure in the
high lung compliance in relation to the much lower breathing system. In lung physiology, the minute
compliance of the breathing hoses. Only the volume and tidal volume are related to the
volume attained and surrendered by the lung is conditions in the lung: 37 °C body temperature,
relevant to the efficiency of ventilation. Larger lung pressure, 100 % rel. humidity (BTPS). The
differences are possible during pediatric ventilation. measured values for MV and VT calculated by
Zeus IE basically compensates for the influence of Zeus IE, as well as the set value for VT are always
hose compliance on volume-controlled ventilation. in relation to BTPS conditions. Leakages which
Zeus IE determines the compliance of the occur at the patient end are not taken into
breathing hoses during the device check before consideration by Zeus IE during volume
measurement, nor during volume delivery.
Ventilation modes
Pressure Control (Pressure-controlled The change-over from the expiratory pressure level
ventilation) to the inspiratory pressure level and also the
change from the inspiratory pressure level to the
This ventilation mode is known as pressure- expiratory pressure level are synchronized with the
controlled or time-controlled ventilation, during patient's spontaneous breathing. Good adaptation
which the patient can always breathe to the spontaneous breathing behavior of the
spontaneously. Pressure Control is thus often patient is thus achieved.
described as a time-controlled switch between two The respiratory rate of changes is also kept
CPAP levels. constant during synchronization via the "trigger
Controlled ventilation is achieved via the time- window" with a fixed position in time.
controlled pressure change which corresponds to
the pressure-controlled ventilation (Pressure
Control). The constant possibility of spontaneous
breathing allows, however, a fluent transition of
controlled ventilation up to complete spontaneous
breathing without changing the ventilation mode.

Description
The trigger window is 25 % of the set inspiratory inspiration. The transition from controlled
time at the upper pressure level (Pinsp), but a ventilation over the weaning phase towards
maximum of 5 seconds or 25 % of Te (Te = complete spontaneous breathing occurs via a
expiratory time). However, at the PEEP level, the gradual reduction of the inspiratory pressure Pinsp
maximum is 5 seconds. The trigger window can be and/or the respiratory rate RR.
switched off.
The good adaptation to the spontaneous breathing
of the patient results in a low sedation requirement Volume Control AutoFlow
and thus a quicker return of the patient to
spontaneous breathing. Recent clinical experience The Vol. Ctrl. AutoFlow volume mode ensures the
validates this. application of an set tidal volume by gradual
adaptation of the mechanical inspiratory pressure
As with all pressure-controlled ventilation modes, a to lung conditions.
non-fixed tidal volume VT is specified for the
patient. The tidal volume is primarily the result of Spontaneous breathing is possible at any time. The
the pressure difference between the set values for pressure patterns and flow patterns of the
PEEP and Pinsp. mechanical inspiratory breaths correspond to those
of pressure-controlled ventilation.
Modifications of lung compliance and the airways
as well as active counter-breathing of the patient The calculated inspiratory pressure Pinsp adapts to
can modify the tidal volume. This is a desired effect the current lung parameters (resistance R,
in this ventilation mode. compliance Cdyn) and the spontaneous breathing
requirements of the patient. Pinsp is always the
Knowing the non-constant tidal volume and thus minimum ventilation pressure. This ventilation
also the minute volume, an adequate setting of the pressure is required to fill the compliance of the
alarm limits for minute volume must be observed. lung with the required tidal volume VT.
To set the necessary difference between the two With modifications of lung compliance, the plateau
pressure levels, the display of the measured pressure changes accordingly, as is always the
expiratory tidal volume VTe is used. An increase in case with volume-controlled ventilation forms. With
the difference causes a higher pressure-controlled AutoFlow, the ventilation pressure modifications
ventilation breath. are performed in up to 3 mbar steps from ventilation
As with synchronization with Vol. Ctrl. AutoFlow, breath to ventilation breath.
the time pattern is adjusted via the basic setting If the selected mechanical inspiratory time Ti is
parameters for respiratory rate RR and inspiratory greater than or equal to the lung filling time, Pinsp is
time Ti. The lower pressure level is adjusted with exactly equal to the plateau pressure. If the
the parameter PEEP, the upper pressure level with inspiration time is shorter than the fill time of the
the parameter Pinsp. lung, the inspiration flow at the end of the
During synchronization of pressure-controlled inspiration time does not drop to zero. This can be
ventilation with Vol. Ctrl. AutoFlow, only the Pinsp determined from the flow curve. In this case as well,
setting needs to be modified while the time pattern AutoFlow sets the minimum Pinsp under these
is maintained. conditions, which is, however, above the plateau
pressure. Here the user must decide whether an
The steepness of the increase from the lower extension of inspiration time is useful in order to
pressure level to the upper pressure level is further decrease the ventilation pressure.
controlled by the Slope setting. The effective time
for the pressure rise cannot go above the set If the set inspiratory time Ti is longer than the fill
inspiratory time Ti. This ensures that the upper time of the lung, then the patient can breathe in and
pressure level Pinsp is achieved safely during out spontaneously within the remaining time at the

Description
plateau pressure level. Inspiration flow and Disconnection

expiration flow adapt automatically to the needs of
After a disconnection is detected and reconnection
the patient. The inspiratory pressure does not
has occurred, AutoFlow starts with the 1st starting
change in the current ventilation breath with
breath.
spontaneous breathing. The result of tidal volume
determination is, however, taken into account in the Pressure limitation
following breath.
The lowest ventilation pressure is 5 mbar or Psupp
Due to the spontaneous breathing efforts of the above PEEP. It is the higher value which applies.
patient or compliance modifications of the lung, the The maximum ventilation pressure is restricted by
tidal volume in the individual ventilation breaths can the upper pressure limit Pmax set by the user. If a
deviate from the adjusted tidal volume VT. pressure limitation is set, the required tidal volume
However, in an average time, a tidal volume is is no longer applied. This is signaled to the user by
applied which corresponds to the set volume VT. a Pmax lim/VT not attained alarm.
Volume monitoring
AutoFlow start behavior During AutoFlow ventilation, automatic volume
monitoring is active. If a tidal volume greater than
When starting an AutoFlow ventilation mode 130 % of the value set by the user is applied, this
(Sync., Sync./Pressure Support and Volume results in cancellation of the inspiratory breath. The
Control), a series of test breaths is first required to ventilation pressure is reduced to 75 % of the
assess the lung parameters. These test breaths current pressure and the pressure limitations of the
comprise the basis for calculation of the ventilation second starting breath apply. If this ventilation
pressure. pressure also results in a "volume high" alarm
during the next inspiratory breath, then the
ventilation pressure will once again be reduced to
Algorithm of the AutoFlow function 75 %.
1st starting breath VT adjustment:
In the first test breath, an inspiratory pressure of After an adjustment of tidal volume by the user, the
5 mbar above PEEP is applied. This is the smallest per-breath readjustment of the inspiratory pressure
ventilation pressure which is possible with the is limited to +3 mbar. The lowering of ventilation
AutoFlow ventilation. After this test breath a new pressure in the following inspiration breath after a
target pressure is achieved with the help of the VT adjustment is not limited.
measured tidal volume.
2nd starting breath
In the second test breath, the ventilation pressure is
adjusted to 75 % of the calculated target pressure,
but only up to a maximum of 15 mbar above PEEP,
however.
As of the 3rd breath
From the third inspiration breath after the start of
the AutoFlow ventilation, the ventilation pressure is
adjusted to the calculated target pressure. Each
further readjustment per breath of the inspiratory
pressure is limited to ±3 mbar.

Description
Pressure Support ventilation mode for the patient's breathing requirement, up to the
preselected Psupp. pressure. The time for the
For pressure support of insufficient spontaneous pressure increase is can be set to 0 to 2 seconds.
breathing In the event of a rapid increase in pressure, Zeus IE
Paw
supports the insufficient spontaneous breathing of
the patient with high peak flow.
Phase = Specification of In the case of a slow increase in pressure, Zeus IE
ideal airway starts gently with an even inspiratory flow. The
Psupp pressure patient must do more breathing work, and the
breathing musculature is trained.
With an adapted pressure rise and Psupp pressure,
CPAP
the patient determines the required inspiration flow
with breathing activity.
t
Start of inspiration End of inspiration If the inspiratory flow decreases to 25 % of the
previously supplied maximum value, and after
4 seconds at the latest (1.5 seconds for pediatric
ventilation), the pressure support Pressure Support
Flow 4 s max.
is terminated.
25 % insp. flow for

If the time criterion applies three times
adults consecutively, Zeus IE issues a warning and
indicates the possibility of a leaky ventilation
25 % insp. flow for
system.
pediatric patients
The period is defined by the minimum respiratory
t rate RRmin after a mechanically triggered,
pressure-supported breath is applied. This
pressure-supported breath is not initiated by
257
spontaneous triggering.
In a similar way to how the anesthetist senses the
Upon cancellation of the Pressure Support cycle,
restarting of spontaneous breathing in the patient at
the device triggers the Apnea ventilation alarm.
the breathing bag and supports it manually, the
Check whether a lower flow trigger is set or there is
device can support insufficient spontaneous
a switchover to mandatory breathing.
breathing.
The device takes over the inspiration work partially,
but the patient, however, retains control of
spontaneous breathing.
The CPAP system supplies the spontaneously
breathing patient with breathing gas, even with low
inspiration efforts.
When the spontaneous inspiration flow reaches the
set value of the flow trigger, the pressure support
Pressure Support is started. The device then
generates a pressure rise, which can be adjusted

Description
Synchronization with Vol. Ctrl. AutoFlow Since synchronization of the mandatory breath
(Sync. = ON) shortens the effective Sync. time and thus would
inadvertently increase the effective respiratory rate,
Synchronized intermittent mandatory ventilation Zeus IE extends the following spontaneous
breathing time by the missing time difference T.
Pressure support Exceeding the Sync. respiratory rate is thus
Paw
∆Psupp avoided. The factor RR responsible for minimum
fast rise time slow rise time ventilation in addition to tidal volume VT remains
Pinsp fast rise time slow rise time constant. If the patient has inspired a substantial
volume at the beginning of the trigger window, the
PEEP
t
device reduces the following mandatory ventilation
Ti
Trigger window for insp. and exp. breath. The time for the inspiratory flow phase and
synchronization
1
inspiration time is shortened. Thus the tidal volume
Flow
RR VT remains constant and overfilling of the lungs is
avoided.
t In the spontaneous breathing phases, the patient

can be assisted with Pressure Support.
without spontaneous with spontaneous In the course of further weaning, the respiratory
breathing breathing
rate RR is further reduced at the device and thus
258
the spontaneous breathing time is prolonged. This

This ventilation mode designates a hybrid form of continues until finally the necessary minute volume
mechanical ventilation and spontaneous breathing is mainly covered by spontaneous breathing. The
with volume-controlled and pressure-controlled mandatory portion cannot be reduced to "zero".
ventilation.
During synchronization with Vol. Ctrl. AutoFlow the
patient can only breathe spontaneously in
predetermined, regular pause times while
mandatory ventilation breaths ensure minimum
ventilation in the meantime. This minimum
ventilation is predetermined with the two set values
of tidal volume VT and respiratory rate RR, and
results from the product of VTe* RR.
The ventilation pattern is determined with the set
values of tidal volume VT, Flow, respiratory rate RR
and inspiratory time Ti.
The flow trigger of the device ensures that the
mandatory ventilation breath is triggered within a
"trigger window" with spontaneous inspiration. This
prevents the mandatory ventilation breath from
being applied during spontaneous expiration.
The trigger window is 25 % of the set inspiratory
time at the upper pressure level (Pinsp), but a
maximum of 5 seconds or 25 % of the Te expiratory
time). However, at the PEEP level, the maximum is
5 seconds. The trigger window can be switched off.

Description
Appendix
Units and standards MAC definition

MAC (Minimum Alveolar Concentration) is the
Fresh-gas flow anesthetic gas concentration in the blood at which
50 % of patients no longer respond to a skin
The set point of fresh-gas flow is an STPD value. incision with movement.
The displayed delivery and consumption values
(O2 uptake and gas consumption) are also The integrated MAC algorithm is based on the MAC
normalized to STPD conditions. values as indicated (see table). It is the information
on the slip accompanying the anesthetic agents
Very high set values (e.g., 100% O2 at 18 L/min) which is binding.
can no longer be delivered. The maximum
deliverable flow for O2, Air, and N2O is 18 L/min 1 MAC corresponds to: (at
NTPD for each. The set point is limited internally so 100% O2)
that the set concentration is still achieved.
Halothane 0.77 Vol%SL
The anesthetic gas metering device is also a mass-
Enflurane 1.7 Vol%SL
flow metering device standardized according to
NTPD requirements. Changes in ambient Isoflurane 1.15 Vol%SL
conditions do not become apparent in the fresh-gas Desflurane 6.0 Vol%SL
concentration since the mixed gas and anesthetic
Sevoflurane 2.1 Vol%SL
gas metering devices adapt their flows
simultaneously. N2O 105 Vol%SL
The MAC values depend on the age of the patient.

Oxygen concentration
The specified values relate to an age of 40 years.
The setting and measurement of oxygen
concentration is always performed in Vol.%SL.
Age-dependent MAC values
The MAC values used in Zeus IE are adjusted for
Anesthetic agent concentration
age. Therefore make sure the patient's age is
The setting and measurement of anesthetic agent entered correctly. Calculation follows the equation
concentration can either be performed in partial from W.W. Mapleson (British Journal of
pressures Vol.%SL or kPa. With this type of setting, Anaesthesia 1996, P. 179-185). The equation
the user no longer has to consider the level. The applies to patients >1 year of age.
physiological effect is dependent on the partial
MACage-adjusted = MAC40 x 10(–0.00269 x (age –40))
pressure, in contrast to the setting in Vol%SL.
CO2 concentration
The concentration setting for CO2 on Zeus IE can
be either BTPS or normal (without correction). The
appropriate correction then applies both to
concentration setting and to concentration
measurement.

Description
Vol%SL MAC as a function of age xMAC display

9
Zeus IE indicates the MAC multiple (xMAC)

8
determined from the present expiratory
measurements and the age-dependent MAC
7
values. In the case of gas mixtures the respective
6 multiples for nitrous oxide and the anesthetic
agents are added in accordance with the following
5
Desflurane equation.
4
1/20 N2O
3
2
Sevoflurane
Enflurane
1
Isoflurane
0
Halothane
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Age (years)
253
Exp. anesth. conc.1 Exp. anesth. conc.2 Exp. N2O conc.

xMAC = Anesth.1 MACage-corrected + Anesth.2 MACage-corrected + N2O MACage-corrected
Example:
etSEV = 1.5 Vol%SL; et N2O = 60 %; age = 10 years
MACage-corrected of SEV: MAC10 = 2.5 Vol%SL
MACage-corrected of N2O: MAC10 = 126 Vol%SL
xMAC = 0.6 + 0.5 = 1.1
Mixture detection
Zeus IE automatically detects the anesthetic gas
used and switches the anesthetic gas
concentration measurement and monitoring to the
gas detected.
If a mixture of two volatile anesthetic agents is
detected, the concentration of the secondary agent
is displayed as of 0.4 hPa or 0.4 Vol%SL.

Index
Index
A Calculation settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377

Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259, 261
Accessories for Cardiac output (C.O.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
the patient monitoring system . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228 Catheter positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Additional oxygen delivery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453 Ceiling unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Adjust mixed gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 Change patient data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Adjusting the AutoSet limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Changing the patient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Advanced infusion settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 Charging the battery
Airway pressure Paw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 for emergency operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Alarm behavior at power on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 Check emergency breathing bag . . . . . . . . . . 110
Alarm info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 Check Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Alarm limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 Check the backup gas cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Alarm log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 Check the central gas supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Alarm priorities and signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 Checking patient data/weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
All limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 Checking the anesthetic
Anesthesia effect monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268 gas scavenging system AGSS . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Anesthesia ventilation off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285 Checking the APL valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Anesthetic delivery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447 Checking the breathing system . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Anesthetic gas delivery failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284 Checking the emergency O2 delivery . . . . . . . 109
Anesthetic gas receiving system (AGS) . . . . . . 72 Checking the O2 flowmeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111
Appendix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 459 Checking the O2 flush . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Arrhythmia reference pattern . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243 Checking the soda lime . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Assigning or delete profile keys . . . . . . . . . . . . 350 Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Attach the BIS sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278 CLIC adapter Zeus IE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Auto control mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 CO2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Automatic learning and relearning . . . . . . . . . . 244 CO2 alarms on/off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Automatic Self test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Color concept . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Automatic self test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Concentration control loop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 449
AutoSet limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 Configurable buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345, 346
B Configuring buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
Configuring colors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
Backup gas cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Configuring data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
Basic settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346 Configuring MediBus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
Beat and rhythm classification . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244 Configuring the basic settings . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
BIS monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274 Configuring the screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
BIS safety instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276 Configuring web access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
BIS setting on Zeus IE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 Configuring web applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
BP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256 Confirm technical alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
BP settings on Zeus IE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260 Connect IV system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Brightness / tone volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358 Connect the attachments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Connecting
C hemodynamic modules (pods) . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Connecting the hoses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
C.O. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264 Connecting the Quad Hemo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
C.O. calculations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267 Connection field for
C.O. measurement connection . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 the patient monitoring system . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
C.O. measuring accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265 Connection for
C.O. screen display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265 anesthesia effect monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237

Index
Connection for ECG accessories . . . . . . . . . . 230 Expiratory anesthetic

Connection for IBP accessories . . . . . . . . . . . 232 agent concentration control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451
Connection for NIBP accessories . . . . . . . . . . 232 Exporting setups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
Connection for
synchronization of a defibrillator . . . . . . . . . . . 237 F
Continuous measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Controls for IV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Failure behavior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
CPP measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261 Fill the absorber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Cuff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251 Fill the DIVA metering modules . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Curve configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355 Filling devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Filling level indications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
D Filling the reusable CO2 absorber . . . . . . . . . . 74
Fixed assigned buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Data protocol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417 Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Date, time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367 Flow/volume loops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Delete a drug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 Flush phases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452
Deleting profiles/views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351 Fresh-gas control mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445
Designation conflicts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260 G
Device check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Device monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 Gas control loops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 449
Disable options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374 Gas delivery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Display of the flow tubes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225 Gas failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
Display of ventilation loops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223 Gas flow diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446
Displaying alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 Gas prices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374
Displaying the test results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 General infusion settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Disposal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393 General screen layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354
with DrägerFill filling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
H
with Safe-T-Seal filling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Header bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
DIVA metering module HME filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
with safety filling device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
DIVA metering modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Drug editor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 I
Drug library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172, 369 IBP safety instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
If Zeus IE is not being used . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
E Impedance test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Importing setups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
ECG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 Infinity BISx pod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
ECG – Arrhythmia detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243 Infinity configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
ECG – ST monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244 Influence of weight and age
ECG settings on Zeus IE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245 on the device settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
ECG signal processing and display . . . . . . . . . 242 Infusion settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
ECG with HF surgery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 Initial use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
ECG with pacemakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239 Inspiratory
Editing a drug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 oxygen concentration control . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450
Electrocardiography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 Install flow sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Electrode positioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242 Installation of profiles and views . . . . . . . . . . . 362
EMC Declaration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440 Installing all . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
Emergency oxygen delivery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453 Interference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
End of operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 Intermittent measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
Event recorder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369

Index
Invasive blood pressure measurement . . . . . . 256 O

IT networks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443
O2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Online help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
L Operating concept . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Leak test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 ORC function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447
Leakage assistant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Other functions of the system . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
Load profiles/views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348 Oxygen flush . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453
Loop displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
P
M Pacemaker detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
MAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 459 Parameter boxes
Main menu bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 of NIBP measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
Manual/Spontaneous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Partial system failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
Measured values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Particular alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
MEDIBUS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417 Patient and pump settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Metering module error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341 Patient transfer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Metering modules (DIVA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 PEEP modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Metrological checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Power outage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
Mini-trends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354 Preparing catheters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
Module DPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 Preparing for NMT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
Module DPS – transport concept . . . . . . . . . . . 176 Preparing pressure transducers . . . . . . . . . . . 257
Monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 Preparing the ECG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Monitoring area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Preparing the self test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
More ECG settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247 Pressure/volume loops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
More settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374 Pretest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
MULTIMED 5/6 cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
MULTIMED PLUS OR cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 Profile Default . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
Profile settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
Protecting profiles/views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
N PTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
Network configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372 Pulse oximetry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Neuromuscular PWP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
Transmission Monitoring (NMT) . . . . . . . . . . . 269
New drugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 Q
New profiles/views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
NIBP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250, 426 Quad Hemo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
NIBP basic settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371 Quick release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
NIBP measuring intervals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253 Quik Fil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
NIBP screen display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
NIBP settings on Zeus IE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253 R
NMT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
NMT safety instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269 Recorder configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
NMT settings on Zeus IE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271 Removable media . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
Non-invasive blood pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 Removing buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
Non-rebreathing systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 Renaming profiles/views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
Notes on leaks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Repositioning buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
Restrictions to anesthetic agent delivery . . . . 452

Index
S T
Safe-Fil filling system for desflurane . . . . . . . . 104 Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395
Safety concept (HighFlow operation) . . . . . . . 452 Airway resistances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411
Saving profiles/views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349 Ambient conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Anesthetic gas measurement . . . . . . . . . . 415
Screen layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353 Anesthetic gas metering modules . . . . . . 416
Select profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Auto Control control mode . . . . . . . . . . . . 406
Selecting a drug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 BIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438
Serial ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417 BISx pod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422
Service Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383 Breathing system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410
Service functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383 C.O. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429
Service Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383 Central gas supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403
Set and select loops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224 Classification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
Set APL valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 CO2 measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415
Set details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Data communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
Set drug dose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
Setting ranges of the monitoring alarms . . . . . 207 ECG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423
Sevoflurane filling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Essential performance data . . . . . . . . . . . 439
Single measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254 FG met. control mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406
Single Twitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272 Flow measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412
SpO2 measurement connection . . . . . . . . . . . 235 Fresh-gas outlet for
SpO2 safety instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248 non-rebreathing systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410
SpO2 settings on Zeus IE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249 Hemodynamic modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420
ST measuring points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246 IBP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428
ST screen display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246 Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
ST segment analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245 Latex-free . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 Measuring systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412
Start dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 NMT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437
Start NIBP measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253 NMT Pod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421
Start settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 O2 measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414
Starting a bolus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 O2, CO2, and anesthetic gas . . . . . . . . . . 414
Starting in emergencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Power supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
Starting NMT measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272 Pressure measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412
Starting the infusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400
Starting the self test manually . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 SpO2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429
Stopping a bolus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 ST segment analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425
Stopping the infusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 Ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407
Stopwatch dialog window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381 Wedge measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428
Suppress alarm tone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205 Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
Suspending alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Switch audible alarm on again . . . . . . . . . . . . 205 Temperature measurement connection . . . . . 235
Syringe change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 Temperature screen display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
System info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Temperature settings on Zeus IE . . . . . . . . . . 264
System setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347 Test history . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Test info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Therapy bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Therapy controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
TOF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Total consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378
Touch screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Transportation of
filled DIVA metering modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89

Index
Trends and diagnosis windows . . . . . . . . . . . . 212

Trident NMT pod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
U
Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
Unlocking profiles/views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
USB devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
USB ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
Use port saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
V
VA/N2O . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
Venostasis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139, 217, 454
Ventilation modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22, 376, 454
Ventilation settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
Ventilator failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
View settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
Volume control loop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 449
Volumeter function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
W
Waveforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Wedge pressure measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
Z
Zeroing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
Zeus IE messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287

These instructions for use only apply to
Zeus Infinity Empowered SW 2.n with the
serial no.:
If no serial no. has been filled in by Dräger, these
instructions for use are provided for general
information only and are not intended for use
with any specific device.
These Instructions for Use are provided for
customer information only and will only be
updated or exchanged upon customer request.
Directive 93/42/EEC
concerning medical devices
Manufacturer
Drägerwerk AG & Co. KGaA

Moislinger Allee 53-55
D-23542 Lübeck
Germany
+49 451 8 82-0
FAX +49 451 8 82-20 80

http://www.draeger.com
9510797 – GA 5133.035 en
© Drägerwerk AG & Co. KGaA
Edition: 1 – 2019-10
Dräger reserves the right to make modifications
to the device without prior notice.

Zeus Ie Sw2n Ifu 9510797 en

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

You might also like

Zeus Ie Sw2n Ifu 9510797 en

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Zeus Ie Sw2n Ifu 9510797 en

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Instructions for use

Zeus Infinity Empowered

WARNING Anesthesia workstation system

1 Consecutive numbering indicates procedural

The illustrations of products and screen contents

Dräger uses the term "accessory" not only for

2 Instructions for use Zeus Infinity Empowered SW 2.n

Trademark Trademark owner

Instructions for use Zeus Infinity Empowered SW 2.n 3

4 Instructions for use Zeus Infinity Empowered SW 2.n

Duties of the operating organization Description of the target groups

– The target group has been trained to perform

Instructions for use Zeus Infinity Empowered SW 2.n 5

Explanations are listed under "Overview" in the

6 Instructions for use Zeus Infinity Empowered SW 2.n

Trademarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 DIVA metering module

Instructions for use Zeus Infinity Empowered SW 2.n 7

Autoset limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395

8 Instructions for use Zeus Infinity Empowered SW 2.n

Instructions for use Zeus Infinity Empowered SW 2.n 9

10 Instructions for use Zeus Infinity Empowered SW 2.n

For your safety and that of your patients

General safety information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

Product-specific safety information . . . . . . . 16

Instructions for use Zeus Infinity Empowered SW 2.n 11

General safety information

The following WARNING and CAUTION Maintenance

* Only applies in the Federal Republic of Germany

12 Instructions for use Zeus Infinity Empowered SW 2.n

Accessories Connected devices

Not for use in areas of explosion hazard

Instructions for use Zeus Infinity Empowered SW 2.n 13

The user of the medical device is responsible for

14 Instructions for use Zeus Infinity Empowered SW 2.n

Radio communication equipment (e.g., cellu-

Instructions for use Zeus Infinity Empowered SW 2.n 15

Storing the instructions for use Training

CAUTION Training for users is available from the Dräger

Product-specific safety information

WARNING Dräger recommends that the user remain in

16 Instructions for use Zeus Infinity Empowered SW 2.n

Instructions for use Zeus Infinity Empowered SW 2.n 17

18 Instructions for use Zeus Infinity Empowered SW 2.n

Instructions for use Zeus Infinity Empowered SW 2.n 19

20 Instructions for use Zeus Infinity Empowered SW 2.n

Data exchange, ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

Instructions for use Zeus Infinity Empowered SW 2.n 21

Zeus IE facilitates all forms of general anesthesia Ventilation modes

The following are displayed as curves:

22 Instructions for use Zeus Infinity Empowered SW 2.n

Patient monitoring (optional) Patient monitoring*

Additionally there are chronological trends of

* depending on the options installed

Instructions for use Zeus Infinity Empowered SW 2.n 23

Gas disposal Breathing system

Data exchange, ports

MEDIBUS is a software protocol for data transfer Network interface

24 Instructions for use Zeus Infinity Empowered SW 2.n